EIA Report of - Welcome to...

EIA Report of

M/s. Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd. Plot No. G-154,155,156,157,164,165,166,167,

RIICO Industrial area, Village: Sanwad, Tehsil: Mavli, Dist.: Udaipur, Rajasthan

(Period: September, 2015)

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. 424, Medicine Market,

Nr. Paldi Cross Road, Ahmedabad Email id: [email protected]

Prepared by

mailto:[email protected]

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad

EIA report of Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd. 1

Contents Particulars Page No.

Contents 1-8

List of Tables 9-10

List of Figures 11

List of Annexures 12

Index Sr. No. Particular Page No.

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 Preface 1-1

1.2 Purpose of the report 1-1

1.3 Identification of project & project proponent 1-2

1.3.1 Identification of project site with site specific

criteria

1-2

1.3.2 Project identification with respect to category 1-3

1.3.3 Project proponent 1-3

1.4 Brief Description of Project 1-4

1.4.1 Nature of the project 1-4

1.4.2 Size of the Project 1-4

1.4.3 Location of the project 1-5

1.5 Regulatory Framework 1-6

1.6 Scope of the Study 1-6

1.7 Compliance to Terms of Reference 1-7

1.8 Objectives of EIA 1-21

1.9 Methodology for EIA 1-22

1.10 Details of industries 1-23

Chapter-2 Project Description

2.1 Introduction 2-1

2.2 Type of the Project 2-1

2.3 Justification of the project 2-1

2.4 Capital Investment 2-2

2.5 Land Requirement 2-2

2.6 Location of the project 2-2

2.7 Size or Magnitude of Operation 2-3



2.8 Infrastructure facilities of plant (Proposed major

machineries)

2-4

2.9 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 2-5

2.10 Description of manufacturing process 2-5

2.11 Project Components 2-5

2.12 Input Requirements 2-6

2.13 Utilities Requirements 2-6

2.14 Generation of pollutants 2-7

2.14.1 Wastewater generation 2-7

2.14.2 Gaseous emission 2-7

2.14.3 Hazardous/Solid waste Generation 2-8

2.14.4 Noise generation 2-8

2.15 Pollution Control Strategy 2-8

2.15.1 Effluent Management 2-8

2.15.2 Air Pollution Control Measures 2-9

2.15.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management 2-9

2.15.4 Noise Pollution Control 2-10

2.16 Resource Conservation 2-10

2.16.1 Rain Water Harvesting 2-10

2.16.2 Green belt development 2-11

Chapter 3 Description of Environment

3.1 Prelude 3-1

3.1.1 Study area 3-1

3.1.2 Period of the study area 3-1

3.1.3 Basic Component of the Environment 3-1

3.1.4 Methodology 3-2

3.2 Establishment of baseline for environmental

components

3-5

3.3 Air Environment 3-6

3.3.1 Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring Stations

3-6

3.3.2 Reconnaissance 3-7

3.3.3 Micrometeorology of the area 3-7

3.3.4 Baseline Status 3-9

3.4 Hydro-geological status of the study area 3-9

3.5 Water Environment 3-11

3.5.1 Ground Water Quality (Primary data) 3-12



3.6 Noise Environment (Primary Data) 3-13

3.6.1 Introduction 3-13

3.6.2 Methodology 3-13

3.6.3 Day Time and Night Time Noise levels 3-13

3.6.4 Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of Noise 3-13

3.6.5 Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area 3-14

3.6.6 Conclusions 3-14

3.7 Soil Environment (Primary Data) 3-14

3.7.1 Introduction 3-14

3.7.2 Soil Characteristics 3-15

3.7.3 Corollaries 3-15

3.8 Ecology (Primary Data) 3-16

3.8.1 Period of the study 3-17

3.8.2 Study methodology 3-17

3.8.3 Floral species in the study period 3-17

3.8.4 Cultivated plants in the study area 3-17

3.8.5 Fauna in the study area 3-18

3.9 Socio Economic Environment 3-18

Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

4.1 General 4-1

4.2 Impact on Topography 4-2


4.3.1 Prediction of Impact during Construction Phase 4-2

4.3.2 Prediction of Impact during Operational Phase 4-3

4.3.3 Dispersion Modeling of Emissions from the plant 4-4

4.3.4 Micrometeorology 4-5

4.3.5 Air Quality Modeling and Predictions using the

Gaussian model (ISCST-3)

4-5

4.3.6 Details of Air Dispersion Model 4-7

4.3.7 Predicted GLCs of Proposed Plant 4-8


4.5 Noise Level Impact 4-9

4.5.1 Prediction of impact during Construction phase 4-9

4.5.2 Prediction of Impact during Operational Phase 4-10

4.6 Land/Soil Environment 4-10

4.6.1 Prediction of impact during Construction Phase 4-10



4.6.2 Prediction of impact during Operation Phase

(Solid/Hazardous Waste)

4-10

4.7 Ecological Impacts (Flora and Fauna) 4-11

4.8 Socio-Economic Environment 4-12

4.9 Mitigation measures during Construction phase 4-13

4.10 Mitigation measures during the operational phase 4-13

4.10.1 Measures for Air Environment 4-13

4.10.2 Measures for Water Environment 4-14

4.10.3 Measures for Hazardous/solid waste 4-14

4.10.4 Measures for Noise 4-14

4.11 Health & Safety measures 4-14

Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 Prologue 5-1

5.2 Project Details 5-1

5.3 Site Alternative 5-1

5.4 Alternative for Technologies 5-2

Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Programme

6.1 Prelude 6-1

6.2 Environment Monitoring Plan 6-1

6.3 Schedules for Environment Monitoring 6-2

6.4 Ambient Air Quality monitoring 6-2

Chapter 7 Additional Studies (Risk Assessment)

A Hazards Analysis & Risk Assessment 7-1


7.2 Risk Assessment 7-1

7.3 Risk Screening Approach 7-3

7.4 Hazardous Materials Storage 7-9

7.5 QRA Approach 7-10

7.6 Thermal Hazards 7-11

7.7 Damage due to Explosion 7-13

7.8 Toxic Release 7-14

7.8.1 Data Limitations 7-14

7.8.2 Likely Failure Scenarios 7-14

B Quantitative Risk Assessment & Consequence

Analysis

7-15

7.9 Preamble 7-15



7.9.1 Weather Effect 7-15

7.10 Incidents Impacts 7-15

7.11 Consequential Impacts 7-18

7.11.1 Thermal and Explosion Hazards 7-19

7.11.2 Toxic Hazards 7-19

7.11.3 Other Hazards 7-19

7.11.4 Other Toxic Hazards 7-19

7.12 Occupational Health 7-20

7.12.1 Treatment of workers affected by accidental spillage

of chemicals

7-20

7.13 Precautions during storage and transportation of

hazardous chemicals

7-22

7.14 Safe Practice for handling, storage, transportation

and unloading of chemicals

7-23

C Conclusion & Recommendations 7-24

7.15 Disaster Management Plan 7-27

7.15.1 Definitions 7-28

7.15.2 Objective of the Disaster Management Plan 7-29

7.16 Emergency Organization 7-30

7.16.1 Incident Controller 7-30

7.16.1.1 Duties of Incident Controller 7-30

7.16.2 Site Main Controller 7-31

7.16.2.1 Duties of Site Main Controller 7-31

7.16.3 Other Key Personnel 7-31

7.16.3.1 Emergency Response Team 7-32

7.16.3.2 Emergency Personnel’s responsibilities Outside

Normal Working Hours of the Factory

7-32

7.16.3.3 Assembly Points 7-32

7.16.4 Emergency Control Centre 7-32

7.16.4.1 Role of Emergency Control Centre 7-32

7.16.5 Fire & Toxicity Control Arrangements 7-33

7.16.6 Medical Arrangements 7-33

7.16.7 Transport & Evacuation, Mutual Aid Arrangements 7-33

7.17 Communication System 7-33

7.17.1 Declaring the Emergency 7-33

7.17.1.1 Types of Sirens 7-33

7.17.1.2 Location of Siren 7-34



7.17.1.3 Raising Alarm 7-34

7.17.2 Internal Communication 7-35

7.17.2.1 Availability of Key Personnel outside Normal

Working Hours

7-35

7.17.2.2 To the Outside Emergency Services 7-35

7.17.3 Communication to the Authorities 7-36

7.17.3.1 To Neighbouring Firms & the General Public 7-36

7.18 Pre-Emergency Activities 7-36

7.18.1 Evacuation and Transportation 7-37

7.18.2 Safe Close Down 7-37

7.18.3 Use of Mutual Aid 7-37

7.18.4 Use of External Authorities 7-37

7.18.5 Medical Treatment 7-37

7.18.6 Accounting for Personnel 7-37

7.18.7 Access to Records 7-37

7.18.8 Public Relations 7-37

7.18.9 Rehabilitation 7-37

7.19 Causes Of Emergency 7-38

7.19.1 Risk 7-38

7.19.1.1 Nature 7-38

7.19.1.2 Various Emergency Actions 7-38

7.19.1.3 Response Time-Minutes 7-39

7.20 Off-Site Emergency Plan 7-39

7.20.1 Need of the Site Emergency Plan 7-39

7.20.2 Structure of the Off-Site Emergency Plan 7-40

7.20.3 Role of the Factory Management 7-40

7.20.4 Role of Emergency Co-ordination Office (ECO) 7-40

7.20.5 Role of Local Authority 7-40

7.20.6 Role of Fire Authorities 7-40

7.20.7 Role of the Police and Evacuation Authorities 7-40

7.20.8 Role of Health Authorities 7-41

7.20.9 Role of Mutual Aid Agencies 7-41

7.20.10 Role of Factory Inspectorate 7-41

7.21 Training Rehearsal and Records 7-41

7.21.1 Need of Rehearsal & Training 7-41

7.21.2 Some Check Points 7-41



7.21.3 Records and Updating the Plan 7-42

Chapter 8 Project Benefits


8.2 Physical Infrastructure including technical facility

aspects

8-1

8.3 Improvement in Social Infrastructure 8-1

8.4 Employment potential 8-2

Chapter 9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

9.0 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 9-1

Chapter 10 Environment Management Plan


10.2 Objective of Environmental Management Plan 10-1

10.3 Components of EMP 10-2

10.3.1 Environmental Management systems 10-2

10.3.2 Environmental Management Cell 10-2

10.4 Environmental Management during construction

phase

10-3

10.5 Environmental Management during the operational

phase

10-4

10.5.1 Air Pollution Management 10-4

10.5.1.1 Source of air pollution and control measures 10-4

10.5.1.2 Measures for Solvent recovery 10-5

10.5.1.3 Measures for fugitive emission 10-6

10.5.1.4 Action plan for odour control 10-7

10.5.2 Water Environment 10-9

10.5.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management 10-9

10.5.4 Noise Control Technique 10-10

10.6 Greenbelt Development Plan 10-11

10.7 Resource Conservation/Waste Minimization,

Recycling, Reuse and Cleaner Production Options

10-14

10.8 Occupational health & safety 10-14

10.8.1 Possibility of occupational health hazard, its control

& Occupational surveillance

10-15

10.8.2 Preventive Measures 10-16

10.9 Occupational Health Programme 10-17

10.9.1 Occupational Health and First aid measures 10-20

10.9.2 Hazard Communication and Chemical Safety 10-20

10.10 Socio-Economic Activities 10-21



10.11 Post-Project Environmental Monitoring 10-23

10.12 Environment Management Cost Estimate 10-23

10.13 Environment Policy 10-24

10.14 Reporting System of Non Compliances/ Violations of

Environmental Norms

10-24

Chapter 11 Summary & Conclusion

11.1 Background 11-1

11.2 Project Description 11-1

11.3 Production capacities 11-2

11.4 Investment of the Project 11-3

11.5 Description of Environment 11-3



11.8 Noise Environment 11-6

11.9 Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 11-6

11.10 Environment Monitoring Programme 11-8

11.11 Qualitative Risk Analysis 11-8

11.12 Project Benefits 11-8

11.13 Environmental Management Plan 11-9

11.14 Conclusion 11-9

Chapter-12 Disclosure of Consultant engaged



List of Tables

Table No.

Name Page No.

1.1 Products details 1-4

1.2 Details of four corners Co-Ordinate of Site 1-5

1.3 List of major industries working in 10 km radius of project site

1-23

2.1 Land breakup 2-2

2.2 Location details 2-3

2.3 Product details 2-3

2.4 Utility details 2-6

2.5 Raw Material Consumption, Source & Transportation

details

2-12

2.6 Break up of water consumption & wastewater generation 2-17

2.7 Estimated Wastewater Quality 2-18

2.8 Details of Stacks 2-19

2.8(a) Estimated emission level of stacks 2-20

2.8(b) Source of Fuel 2-21

2.8(c) Fuel characteristics 2-21

2.8(d) Fugitive Emission/work place monitoring (Estimated) 2-22

2.9 Technical specification of Boiler 2-23

2.10 Technical specification of scrubber 2-24

2.11 Details of Solid/Hazardous Waste 2-25

2.12 Estimated characteristics of Hazardous Waste 2-26

2.13 Design details of ETP 2-27

3.1 Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring 3-3

3.2 Surface Water Sampling Locations 3-3

3.3 Ground Water Sampling Locations 3-4

3.4 Surface soil sampling locations 3-4

3.5 Soil Sample analysis methodology 3-5

3.6 Monitoring Methodology of Noise 3-5

3.7 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 3-19

3.8 Ambient Air Quality Status 3-20

3.9 Ambient Air Quality Status (PM10) 3-21

3.10 Ambient Air Quality Status (PM2.5) 3-22

3.11 Ambient Air Quality Status (SO2) 3-23

3.12 Ambient Air Quality Status (NOx) 3-24



3.13 Ambient Air Quality Status (CO, HC, VOCs, HCl, Cl2) 3-25

3.14 National Ambient Air Quality Standards 3-26

3.15 Results of Groundwater Quality in the Study Area 3-28

3.16 Results of Surface water Quality in the Study Area 3-29

3.17 Indian Standard Specification for Drinking Water 3-30

3.18 Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area 3-31

3.19 Ambient Air Quality Standards with respect to noise 3-31

3.20 Soil Analysis of Study area 3-32

3.21 Traffic survey 3-33

3.22 Floral Diversity 3-34

3.23 Faunal Diversity 3-37

3.24 Land use statistics base of satellite imaginary 3-40

4.1 Input data for air quality modeling 4-16

4.2 Estimated air emission Quality (with & without APCM) 4-17

4.3 Cumulative Concentrations at various locations 4-18

4.4 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SPM 4-19

4.5 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SO2 4-20

4.6 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for NOx 4-21

4.7 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for HCl 4-22

4.8 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for Cl2 4-23

6.1 Environment Monitoring Plan 6-4

6.2 Budget for implementation of Environmental Monitoring

Plan

6-5

7.1 Hazards Analysis - Raw materials 7-4

7.2 Hazardous Chemicals Storage Facilities 7-10

7.3 Risk Classification 7-11

7.4 Effects due to Incident Radiation Intensity 7-12

7.5 Thermal Radiation Impact to Human 7-12

7.6 Tolerable Intensities for Various Objects 7-13

7.7 Damage due to Overpressure 7-13

7.8 Different Failure Scenarios 7-14

7.9 Hazards Scenario Impact 7-16

10.1 Budgetary provisions for the social upliftment

(for the first five years)

10-22

10.2 Budget Allocation for Environment Management 10-24

10.3 Environment Monitoring plan 10-26



List of Figures

Figure No.

Name Page No.

1.1 Location of the project site 1-25

1.2 Google map of 10 km radius 1-26

1.3 Image showing all four boundaries coordinates of the site 1-27

2.1 Water Balance Diagram 2-28

2.2 Flow Diagram of ETP 2-29

2.3 Plant Layout 2-30

2.4 Key Plan 2-31

3.1 Graphical representation of Ambient Air quality 3-20

3.2 Graphical representation for PM10 3-21

3.3 Graphical representation for PM2.5 3-22

3.4 Graphical representation for SO2 3-23

3.5 Graphical representation for NOX 3-24

3.6 Location of AAQM 3-41

3.7 Wind Rose Diagram 3-42

3.8 Water sampling locations 3-43

3.9 Locations of Noise monitoring station 3-44

3.10 Locations of Soil sampling 3-45

3.11 Land use pattern with 10 km radius (Satellite Image) 3-46

3.12 Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km

radius (1:25,000 scales)

3-47


radius (1:50,000 scale)

3-48


radius (1:1000000 scale)

3-49

4.1 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration Values for SPM 4-24

4.2 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration Values for SO2 4-25

4.3 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration values for NOx 4-26

4.4 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration values for HCl 4-27

4.5 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration values for Cl2 4-28

7.1 Ethylene Dichloride; Tank Failure & Pool Fire 7-16

7.2 Heavy Hexane Spillage & Pool Fire 7-17

7.3 Ethyl Acetate; Tank Failure & Pool Fire 7-17

7.4 Acetonitrile Tank Failure & toxic vapour Threat Zone 7-18

7.5 Hydrogen Overpressure (blast force) from vapor cloud

explosion

7-18

10.1 EHS Management 10-27



List of Annexures

Annexure No. Annexure Name Page

No.

Annexure-I Undertaking stating that no banned pesticides will

be manufactured

A-1

Annexure-II Memorandum of Understanding signed with

cement manufacturer

A-2

Annexure-III MSDS of major hazardous chemicals A-4

Annexure-IV Photographs of proposed plant site A-72

Annexure-V Land documents A-74

Annexure-VI Manufacturing process A-77

Annexure-VII Letter of water permission A-110

Annexure-VIII Questionnaire for industry sector A-111

Annexure-IX NABET/QCI Certificate A-131

Annexure-X Copy of Terms of Reference (TOR) A-133


EIA report of Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd. 1-1

Chapter-1

Introduction

1.1 PREFACE

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the

possible positive or negative impact that a proposed project may have on

the environment, together consisting of the environmental, social and

economic aspects. It is an assessment and management tool that

evaluates the possible positive or negative impact that a proposed project

may have on the environment. EIA systematically examines both beneficial

and adverse consequences of the project and ensures that these effects

are taken into account during project design.

The purpose of the assessment is to ensure that decision makers

consider the ensuing environmental impacts when deciding to proceed with

a project.

As India is a developing country, lots of industrialization has been came in

focus since last few decades that ultimately leads the bigger issues related

the environmental quality of the country. Hence, it is needful for

Government of India to control the haphazard industrial development by

providing sustainable development under the legislation.

In India, Ministry of Environment and Forests has defined elaborated

„Environmental Clearance (EC)‟ framework along with requirements for

preparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) under the

Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 (Environmental Impact Assessment

Notification, 2006) for establishing/expanding and industry/development

projects although it supports development but only if the development

does not hamper the environment over a defined threshold limit.

1.2 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Industrial development in India has increased economic growth and

improved living standards of people. These growths are achieved through

industrialization, infrastructure development. The industrialization has

played a major role in development of the country. This industrialization is

also has many other benefits. Although the industrial development leads to

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_environment



rapid consumption of natural resources, fuel etc. in day to day operational

activity. These will deteriorating resources and increase emissions of waste

in terms of solid, liquid and gaseous. To control the pollutions from

industrial activity, government has framed regulations which are governed

by Ministry of Environment and Forest in India.

Environment Impact analysis is mandatory as per the Environment Impact

Assessment (EIA) notification issued by Ministry of Environment and

Forests (MoEF), New Delhi dated 14th September 2006, for setting up a

new projects or activities, or expansion or modernization of existing

projects or activities based on their potential environmental impacts as

indicated in the Schedule to the notification, being undertaken in any part

of India, unless prior environmental clearance has been accorded.

M/s. Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd. falls under the category of 5(b) of

schedule of EIA Notification, 2006 “Pesticides industry and pesticides

specific Agrochemical intermediates (excluding formulations)” and

categorized under “A”. Therefore, unit requires Environmental Clearance

for the proposed project.

EIA Consultant

In view of the above, legal aspect and monitoring work has been carried

out for all the environmental attributes by M/s. San Envirotech Pvt.

Ltd., Ahmedabad.

Draft Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) have been prepared after obtaining Terms of

References (TORs) from Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi.

EIA report will be submitted to MoEF for Environment Clearance.

1.3 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

1.3.1 Identification of project site with site specific criteria:

Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd.proposes setting up different types of crop

protection products (Pesticides) at Plot No. G-154, 155, 156, 157, 164,

165, 166, 167, RIICO Industrial area, Village: Sanwad, Tehsil: Mavli, Dist.:

Udaipur, Rajasthan (India). Land to be utilized is notified/designated

Industrial estate developed by Rajasthan State Industrial Development &

Investment Corporation (RIICO). The products details are provided in



Table 1.1. The manufacturing plant will be equipped with appropriate

production facilities.

Features justifying the location are summarized below:

Availability of suitable and adequate land;

Availability of all basic facilities like infrastructure, communication,

medical facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled manpower,

raw materials, road network etc.

As the proposed project is in the notified/designated Industrial estate

there is no rehabilitation and resettlement involved.

Nearest city Udaipur is @55.0 km away from the location, which is

having connectivity with other parts of the country by road, rail & air.

Availability of good communication and transportation facilities.

No National park or Wildlife Habitats falls within 10 km radial distance

from proposed project site.

No critically polluted area falls within 10 km radius.

Considering the above features, above site is selected for proposed

activities.

1.3.2 Project identification with respect to category

As per the EIA notification, 2006 and amendment thereof; pesticide

manufacturing activity is covered under 5(b) category- Pesticides industry

and pesticides specific Agrochemical intermediates (excluding

formulations).

1.3.3 Project proponent

RCPPL is subsidiary of Rotam Crop Sciences Ltd. which maintains its

Corporate Office in Hong Kong. Rotam have strong R&D and manufacturing

base in China, Taiwan, Brazil and other countries of the globe. On our

strong inspiration for the research skills in India and also with growing

market in crop protection products have planned to set up strong R&D and

manufacturing base in Sanwad, Udaipur, India.

Proposed unit of RCPPL is promoted under guidance of Dr. S. C. Tewari –

Director of the company. He has started carrier in the field of pesticides

industries since 1979. Dr. Tiwari is one of the leading scientists in the field

of Agro chemical industries and awarded by nos. of award for R&D



activities specifically for improve reaction efficiency and cost reduction of

the product.

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

1.4.1 Nature of the project:

The proposed unit is pesticide manufacturing unit. The project covered

under category of 5(b) - “Pesticides industry and pesticides specific

Agrochemical intermediates (excluding formulations)” of EIA Notification-

2006 and its amendment thereof. List of raw materials to be used are

given in Table 2.5 of chapter-2. Wastewater will be treated in ETP followed

by RO and MEE. Treated water will pass through RO and reject of RO will

be sent to MEE for furthertreatment. RO permeate & condensate from MEE

will be used for utility and greenbeltdevelopment. There will no effluent

discharge outside industry premises. Hazardous waste generation details

are given in Table 2.11.

1.4.2 Size of the project:

Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd. proposed to set up pesticides and

pesticide specific intermediates manufacturing unit. Production details are

given in below table:

Table 1.1 Product details

Sr.

No.

Name of Products Quantity*

(MT/Month)

Quantity*

(MT/Annum)

A Plant-1

1. Fenpropimorph 28 300

2. Lambda Cyhalothrin 28 300

3. Tebuconazole 28 300

4. Thiamethoxam 28 300

5. Thiodicarb 14 150

6. Imidacloprid 28 300

7. Dicamba 28 300

8. Boscalid 22.4 240

9. Mesotrione 22.4 240

10. Oxamyl 22.4 240

11. Pyraclostrobin 22.4 240

12. Prothioconazole 22.4 240



13. Tefluthrin 22.4 240

14. Chlorantraniliprole 22.4 240

15. Cyantraniliprole 22.4 240

B Plant-2

16. Nicosulfuron 14 150

17. Metsulfuron 14 150

18. Rimsulfuron 14 150

19. Sulfometuron 14 150

20. Flazasulfuron 14 150

21. Thifensulfuron 14 150

22. Tribenuron 14 150

23. Idosulfuron 14 150

24. Flufenacet 14 150

25. Mesosulfuron 14 150

C R & D products 1.0 12.0

*Note: Unit will have total production capacity 1250 TPA, out of above.

1.4.3 Location of the project:

The proposed project site will be located in village Sanwad, Mavli Taluka,

Udaipur District of Rajasthan state.

The geographical co-ordinates of the proposed project site are

24°50'47.00" N Latitude and 74°05'46.00" E Longitude. The location of the

project site can be identified from the location map shown in Figure 1.1

and satellite image or Google earth image shown in Figure 1.2.

Boundary co-ordinates latitude and Longitude of all four corners of the site

are given in Table 1.2 and shown in Figure 1.3.

Table 1.2

Details of four corners Co-Ordinate of Site

Corners Latitude Longitude

1st 24°50'48.64" N 74°05'45.97" E

2nd 24°50'46.46" N 74°05'46.58" E

3rd 24°50'45.84" N 74°05'44.47" E

4th 24°50'47.90" N 74°05'43.83" E



1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

The MoEF, CPCB and SPCBs together form the regulatory and

administrative core of the sector. Legislation for environmental protection

in India for chemical industry is mainly EIA Notification-2006, Water

(Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act-1974, Air (Prevention & Control of

Pollution) Act-1981, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act,

1977; Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary

Movement) Rules 2008, amended time to time are major Act/Rules/

Notification applicable to industry.

1.6 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The scope of the EIA study is based on the guideline provided by Ministry

of Environment and Forests, Government of India for structure of

environmental impact assessment document.

The scope of the study broadly includes:

Field sampling of environmental attributes at various representative

locations in the study area to establish the baseline status;

Collect & compile secondary data including socio-economic data;

Identification, assessment and evaluation of the beneficial and adverse

impacts on surrounding environment due to proposed project activities

considering the existing baseline status along with compilation of other

information.

Analysis of project proposal and data analysis.

Assessment of pollution potential due to proposed project.

Predict the incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the

proposed project;

Evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes

by using scientifically developed and widely accepted models.

Identification and assessment of risks associated with the proposed

project and their appropriate management through proper Risk

Assessment (RA) and Disaster Management Plan (DMP).

Prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to mitigate the

predicted impacts; and

Identify critical environmental attributes required to be monitored

during the project execution and to suggest post project monitoring.



The scope also includes all the conditions outlined in the TOR issued by

MoEF and the compliance to the TOR is given in below.

1.7 COMPLIANCE TO TERMS OF REFERENCE

Based on the documents submitted and presented before 36th

Reconstituted Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry-2) held during 16-17th

March, 2015; Terms of Reference (TOR) was issued by MoEF, dated

26.05.2015 vide TORs letter no. J-11011/45/2015-IA II (I) and directed to

prepare detailed EIA/EMP including following terms of reference.

Compliance of TORs for preparation of EIA/EMP is as below:

Sr.

No.

Condition Compliance

A. Specific TOR

1. Commitment that no banned

pesticides will be manufactured.

Undertaking stating that no banned

pesticides will be manufactured is

enclosed as Annexure-I.

2. Details on solvents to be used,

measures for solvent recovery and

for emissions control.

Pls. refer table 2.5, page no. 2-12 of

chapter-2 for details of solvent to be

used in proposed activity.

Pls. refer sec. 10.5.1.2, page no.

10-5 of chapter-10 for details of

measures for solvent recovery.

3. Details of process emissions from the

proposed unit and its arrangement to

control.


chapter-2 for details of process

emission and its APCM proposed to

control it.

4. Ambient air quality data should

include VOC, other process-specific

pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,

HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*, CS2 etc.

(*-as applicable)

Pls. refer table 3.13, page no. 3-25

of chapter-3 for details of ambient

air quality for CO, HC, VOCs, HCl,

Cl2.

5. Work zone monitoring arrangements

for hazardous chemicals.

It is covered in chapter of EMP,

chapter-10.

6. Detailed effluent treatment scheme

including segregation for units

adopting „Zero‟ liquid discharge.

Pls. refer table 2.13 & fig. 2.2, page

no. 2-27 and 2.29 of chapter-2 for

ETP scheme to achieve zero

discharge.

7. Action plan for odour control to be

submitted.

Pls. refer sec. 10.5.1.4, page no.

10-7 of chapter-10 for details of

odour control plan.

8. A copy of the Memorandum of

Understanding signed with cement

manufacturers indicating clearly that

they co-process organic

Memorandum of Understanding

(MOU) signed with cement

manufacturer is enclosed as

Annexure-II.



solid/hazardous waste generated.

9. Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of liquid effluent in CETP

andsolid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if

any.

Our is zero discharge unit hence no

need to get membership of CETP.

Unit will obtain membership of

approve TSDF/CHWIF site before

establishment of the project as ouris

a new unit.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be

used.

MSDS of all the major Haz.

chemicals are attached as

Annexure-III.


disposal of solid/hazardous waste in

TSDF.



establishment of the project as ouris

a new unit.

12. Details of incinerator if to be

installed.

Unit is not going to install its own

incinerator; hence this condition is

not applicable in our case.

13. Risk assessment for storage and

handling of hazardous chemicals/

solvents. Action plan for handling &

safety system to be incorporated.

Pls. refer chapter-7 for details of

Risk assessment for storage and

handling of hazardous chemicals/

solvents.

14. Arrangements for ensuring health

and safety of workers engaged in

handling of toxic materials.

Pls. refer sec. 7.12, page no. 7-20 of

chapter-7 for details of

arrangements for health and safety

of workers engaged in handling of

toxic materials.

B. Additional TOR

1. Public hearing was exempted as per

para 7(i) III Stage (3)(i)(b) of

EIANotification, 2006 for preparation

of EIA/EMP Report.

Noted the point.

GENERIC TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR

1. Executive Summary (maximum 2-3

sheets in A4 size paper) of the

project covering project description,

description of the environment,

anticipated environmental impacts &

its mitigation measures,

environmental management plan,

environmental monitoring

programme, public consultation,

project benefits, social impacts

including R&R.

Executive Summary of the project is

enclose separately as Chapter-11.

2. Site Details:

i. Location of the project site

covering village, Taluka/Tehsil,

Pl. refers figure-1.1 on page no.

1.25 of Chapter-1 of EIA report for



District and State on Indian map

of 1:1000,000 scale.

location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and

State on Indian map.

Topo sheet of 1:1000,000 scale is

given as figure 3.14, page no. 3-49

of chapter-3.

ii. A topo sheet of the study area of

radius of 10km and site location

on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an

A3/A2 sheet.

Topo sheet of study area with site

location on 1:25,000 & 1:50,000

scale of a circle of a radius of 10

kms is incorporated in EIA/EMP

report. Pls. refer figure no. 3.12, &

3.13 on page no. 3-47 & 3-48 of

chapter-3.

iii. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site.

Coordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site is given in Table

1.2 & figure 1.3 on page no. 1-5 &

1.27 of chapter-1.

iv. Google map-Earth downloaded of

the project site.

Google map of 10 km radius is given

as figure 1.2 on page no. 1.26 of

chapter-1.

v. A map showing environmental

sensitivity [land use/land cover,

water bodies, reserved forests,

wildlife sanctuaries, national

parks, tiger reserve etc.] and

from critically/severely polluted

area(s) and Eco-sensitive Areas

within 10km radius of the project

site vis-à-vis shortest (aerial)

distance from the project. If the

project is located within 10km of

CPAs/severely Polluted Areas,

confirm whether moratorium has

been imposed on the area.

Pl. refer figure 3.11, page no. 3-46

of Chapter-3 of EIA report for land

use map covering environmental

sensitivity including land use/land

cover, water bodies etc.

There no critically/severely polluted

area(s) and Eco-sensitive areas

within 10km radius of the project

site by aerial distance from the

project.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing

unit as well as proposed unit

indicating storage area, plant

area, greenbelt area, utilities etc.

In addition, if located within an

Industrial area/Estate/Complex,

layout of Industrial Area and

location of unit within the

Industrial Area/Estate/Complex,

layout of Industrial Area.

Our is Greenfield project.

Pls. refer figure 2.3, page no. 2-30

of chapter-2 for layout map.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and

existing (if applicable) plant site.

Photographs of proposed plant site

are attached as Annexure-IV.



If existing, in addition to site map,

provide photographs of

plantation/ greenbelt in the

existing project. If fresh EC

application, photographs.

3. Land use break-up of total land of the

project site (identified and acquired)

– agricultural, forest, wasteland,

water bodies, settlements, etc. shall

be included.


chapter-2 for details of acquired

land.

4. A copy of the mutual agreement for

land acquisition signed with land

oustees.

Total land is owned by the company

and land documents are enclose as

Annexure-V; hence no need of

mutual agreement for land

acquisition signed with land oustees.

5. Proposal shall be submitted to the

Ministry for environment clearance

only after acquiring at least 60% of

the total land required for the

project. Necessary documents

indicating acquisition of land shall be

included.

We have our own land of RIICO

industrial estate developed by

Rajasthan Govt. and no question of

acquisition of the land.

Land documents are enclosed as

Annexure-V.

6. Forest and wildlife related issues:

i. Permission and approval for the

use of forest land (forestry

clearance), if any, and

recommendations of the State

Forest Department.

No forest land is involved hence

permission from State Forest

Department is not required.

ii. Landuse map based on High

resolution satellite imagery (GPS)

of the proposed site delineating

the forest land (in case of projects

involving forest land more than 40

ha).

Not applicable as no forest land is

involved in proposed project site.

iii. Status of Application submitted

for obtaining the stage I forestry

clearance along with latest status

shall be submitted.

No forest land is involved hence

Forest clearance is not required.

iv. The projects to be located within

10 km of the National Parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory Corridors of Wild

Animals, the project proponent

shall submit the map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden showing these features

There is not any National Parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves;

Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals

falls within 10 km radius of the

project hence map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden is not required.



vis-à-vis the project location and

the recommendations or

comments of the Chief Wildlife

Warden-thereon.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly

authenticated by the Chief Wildlife

Warden of the State Government

for conservation of Schedule I

fauna, if any exists in the study

area.

Not any Schedule I fauna is exist

within study area of 10 km radius

hence Wildlife Conservation Plan

duly authenticated by the Chief

Wildlife Warden of the State

Government is not required.

vi. Copy of application submitted for

clearance under the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972, to the

Standing Committee of the

National Board for Wildlife.

There is not any National Parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals

falls within 10 km radius of the

project hence clearance under the

Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 is not

required.

7. Expansion/modernization proposals:

i. Copy of all the Environmental

Clearance(s) including

Amendments thereto obtained for

the project from MoEF/SEIAA shall

be attached as an Annexure. A

certified copy of the latest

Monitoring Report of the Regional

Office of the Ministry of

Environment and Forests as per

circular dated 30th May, 2012 on

the status of compliance of

conditions stipulated in all the

existing environmental clearances

including Amendments should be

provided. In addition, status of

compliance of Consent to Operate

for the ongoing/existing operation

of the project from SPCB shall be

attached with the EIA-EMP report.

Not applicable as our is a greenfield

project.

ii. In case the existing project has

not obtained environmental

clearance, reasons for not taking

EC Under the provisions of the

EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA

Notification 2006 shall be

provided. Copies of Consent to

Establish/No Objection Certificate

and Consent to Operate (in case

of units operating prior to EIA

Not applicable as our is a new

project.



Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of

FY 2005-2006) obtained from the

SPCB shall be submitted. Further,

compliance report to the

conditions of consents from the

SPCB shall be submitted.

Details of Industrial Operations

8. A list of major industries with name

and type within study area (10km

radius) shall be incorporated.


chapter-1 for name and type of

industries within 10 km radius.

9. Details of proposed raw materials and

products along with production

capacity. If expansion project, details

for existing unit, separately for

existing and new (proposed) unit.

Our is a new unit.

List of products & raw materials are

given in table 2.3 & 2.5; page no. 2-

3 & 2-12 of chapter-2.

10. Details of manufacturing process,

major equipment and machinery. If

expansion project, details of existing

unit, separately for existing and new

(proposed) unit.

Our is a new unit.

List of major equipments and

machineries is given as sec. 2.8,

page no. 2-4 of chapter-2.

Manufacturing process is attached

separately as Annexure-VI.

11. List of raw materials required and its

source along with mode of

transportation shall be included. All

the trucks for raw material and

finished product transportation must

be “Environmentally Compliant”.

List of required raw materials,

source along with mode of

transportation is given in table 2.5;


All hazardous chemicals are

transport through approved vehicle

by concerned authority.

12. Quantity of fuel required, its source

and characteristics and documentary

evidence to substantiate confirmed

fuel linkage shall be furnished.

Pls. refer sec. 2.12 (c) and Table

2.8, page no. 2-6 & 2-19 of chapter-

2 for quantity of fuel.

Pls. refer table 2.8(b) & 2.8(c) on

page no. 2-21 for source of fuel & its

characteristics. We have no CPP

hence confirmed fuel linkage may

not require in our case. Moreover,

fuel is locally easily available as per

our requirement.

13. Project site layout plan to scale using

AutoCAD showing raw materials, fly

ash and other storage plans, bore

well or water storage, aquifers

(within 1 km) dumping, waste

disposal, green areas, water bodies,

rivers/drainage passing through the

project site shall be included.


of chapter-2 for layout plan.

14. Manufacturing process details of all Manufacturing process is attached



the plants including captive power

plant if any along with process flow

chart shall be included.

separately as Annexure-VI.

We are not going set up captive

power planthence not applicable.

15. Mass balance for the raw material

and products shall be included.

Pls. refer Annexure-VI for mass

balance of raw materials & products.

16. Energy balance data for all the

components of the plant shall be

incorporated.

Our is small scale unit and energy

balance data for all the components

of plant may not technically feasible

and may not correct in our case.

Environmental Status

17. Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area

shall be included.

Hydrogeological status of the study

area is given in sec. 3.4; page no.

3-9 of chapter-3.

18. Details of drainage of the project

upto 5km radius of study area. If the

site is within 1 km radius of any

major river, peak and lean river

discharge as well as flood occurrence

frequency based on peak rainfall data

of the past 30 years. Details of RL of

the project site and mRL of the river

should also be provided.

There is not any major river & flood

Hazard zone within 1 km radius

from the site hence this point is not

applicable.

19. One season site-specific micro-

meteorological data using

temperature, relative humidity,

hourly wind speed and direction and

rainfall and AAQ data (except

monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and HC

(methane & non-methane) should be

collected. The monitoring stations

shouldtake into account the pre-

dominant wind direction, population

zone and sensitive receptors

including reserved forests.

One season site-specific micro-

meteorological data are given in sec.

3.3.3 on page no. 3-7 and AAQ data

are tabulated in table no. 3.9 to

3.13 on page no. 3-21 to 3-25.

Figure 3.6 shows air monitoring

stations on page no. 3-41.

20. Surface water quality of nearby River

(60m upstream and downstream)

and other surface drains at eight

locations to be provided.

Our is Greenfield project. We are not

going to disposed off our treated

effluent into river hence, 60 m

upstream and downstream sampling

may not require in our case.

However, we have collected samples

from ponds, as a surface water

sources. Pls. refer table 3.16, page

no. 3-29 of chapter-3 for result of

surface water analysis.

21. Ground water monitoring minimum at

8 locations shall be included.

We have carried out ground water

monitoring at 8 locations in the



study area.

Results are tabulated in table 3.15,


22. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations

within the study area.

We have carried out noise level

monitoring at 8 locations in the

study area.

Noise monitoring results with

locations are tabulated in table 3.18,


23. Traffic study of the area for the

proposed project in respect of

existing traffic, type of vehicles,

frequency of vehicles for

transportation of materials, additional

traffic due to proposed project,

Parking arrangement etc.


of chapter-3 of EIA report for traffic

survey.

24. Detailed description on flora and

fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) exists

in the study area shall be given with

special reference to rare, endemic

and endangered species. If Schedule-

I fauna are found within the study

area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan

shall be prepared and furnished.

Pls. refer table 3.22 and 3.23 on

page no. 3-34 & 3-37 for details of

flora and fauna.

25. Emissions (g/second) with and

without the air pollution control

measures.

Pl. refers table no. 4.2, page no. 4-

17 of chapter-4 for emissions

(g/second) with and without air

pollution control system.

26. Cumulative impact of all sources of

emissions (including transportation)

on the AAQ of the area shallbe well

assessed. Details of the model used

and the input data used for modeling

shall also be provided. The air quality

contours should be plotted on a

location map showing the location of

project site, habitation nearby,

sensitive receptors, if any.

Pl. refer table no. 4.3, page no. 4-

18 of chapter-4 for cumulative

impact along with 24 hrs. maximum

GLC.

Pls. sec. 4.3.7, page no. 4-8 and

table 4.1, page no. 4-16 of chapter-

4 for details of model used and input

data used for modeling.

Pls. refer figure 4.1 to 4.5, page no.

4-24 to 4-28 for the air quality

contours plotted on a location map.

27. Impact of the transport of the raw

materials and end products on the

surrounding environment shall be

assessed and provided. In this

regard, options for transport of raw

materials and finished products and

wastes (large quantities) by rail or

rail-cum road transport or conveyor-

Estimated 5-6 nos. of trucks/tanker

will be in and out from our factory

premises. There is no nearby railway

line for such type of transportation

so entire materials are transport

through road only. Moreover, qty. of

transportation is not so high.



cum-rail transport shall be examined.

28. Details of water requirement, water

balance chart for new unit or for

existing unit as well as proposed

expansion (in case of expansion).

Our is a new unit.

Water balance diagram is given as

figure 2.1; page no. 2-28 of

chapter-2.

29. Source of water supply and quantity

and permission of withdrawal of

water (surface/ground) from

Competent Authority.

Source of water supply will be

through from local body. Permission

letter is enclosed as Annexure-VII.


for quantity of water requirement.

30. Details regarding quantity of effluents

generated, recycled and reused and

discharged to be provided. Methods

adopted/to be adopted for the water

conservation shall be included. Zero

discharge effluent concepts to be

adopted.

Pls. refer water balance diagram

figure 2.1, page no. 2-28 for

detailed water balance including

quantity of effluent generated,

recycled and reused & discharge.

31. A note on treatment of wastewater

from different plant operations,

extent recycled and reused for

different purposes shall be included.

Complete scheme of effluent

treatment. Characteristics of

untreated and treated effluent to

meet the prescribed standards of

discharge under E(P) Rules.

Pls. refer sec. 2.15.1, page no. 2-8

for complete scheme of wastewater

treatment, reuse/recycle details.


for diagram of ETP.


for details of characteristics of

untreated and treated effluent.

32. Action plan for control of ambient air

quality parameters as per NAAQES

Standards for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and

NOX, etc. as per GSR 826(E) dated

16th November, 2009.

Following steps will be taken to

control the air quality as per the

NAAQES standards notified by the

Ministry on 16th September, 2009.

Paved road will be made.

Pneumatically transfer of raw

materials.

Adequate implementation of

APCM.

Effective implementation of air

pollution monitoring.

Development of greenbelt.

33. An action plan to control and monitor

secondary fugitive emissions from all

the sources as per the latest

permissible limits issued by the

Ministry vide G.S.R. 414(E) dated

30th May, 2008.

All liquid raw materials and finished

products shall be transferred

pneumatically. Solid materials are

handling in close manner.

34. Action plan for solid/hazardous waste

generation, storage, utilization and

disposal. Copies of MOU regarding


of chapter-2 for details of hazardous

waste details.



utilization of solid waste shall also be

included. EMP shall include the

concept of waste minimization,

recycle/reuse/recover techniques,

Energy conservation and natural

resource conservation.

Our prime focus is to utilize our high

calorific waste to nearby cement

industries. MOU with cement

industry is enclose as Annexure-II.

Pls. refer sec. 10.7 of Chapter-10 on

page no. 10-14 for resource

conservation/waste minimization,

recycle/ reuse techniques.

35. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be

ensured as per Fly Ash Notification,

1999 and subsequent amendment in

2003 and 2009. A detailed plan of

action should be provided.

No generation of fly ash as FO will

be used as fuel.

36. Action plan for the greenbelt

development plan in 33% area i.e.

land with not less than 1,500 trees

per ha. Giving details of species,

width of plantation, planning

schedule etc. shall be included. The

green belt shall be around the project

boundary and a scheme for greening

of the roads used for the project shall

also be incorporated. All rooftops/

terraces shall have some green

cover.

Pls. refer sec. 10.6, page no. 10-11

of chapter-10 for greenbelt

development plan of 33% of

industrial area.

Design details along with

methodology and type of species are

covered under this section.

37. Action plan for rainwater harvesting

measures at plant site shall be

submitted to harvest rainwater from

the roof tops and storm water drains

to recharge the ground water and

also to use for the various activities

at the project site to conserve fresh

water and reduce the water

requirement from other sources. Rain

water harvesting and groundwater

recharge structures may also be

constructed outside the plant

premises in consultation with local

Gram Panchayats and Village Heads

to augment the ground water level.

Incorporation of water harvesting

plan for the project is necessary, if

source of water is bore well.

Pls. refer sec. 2.16.1, page no. 2-10

of chapter-2 for rain water

harvesting details.

38. Environment Management Plan (EMP)

to mitigate the adverse impacts due

to the project along with item wise

cost of its implementation. Total

Pls. refer chapter-10 for detailed

EMP.



capital cost and recurring cost/annum

for environmental pollution control

measures shall be included.

39. Details of Rehabilitation &

Resettlement (R & R) involving the

project. R&R shall be as per policy of

the State Govt. and a detailed action

plan shall be included.

No Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R

& R) is involve in this project.

40. Action plan for post-project

environmental monitoring shall be

submitted.

Pls. refer sec. 10.11, page no. 10.23

and table 10.3, page no. 10-26 of

chapter-10 for details of

environmental monitoring plan.

41. Disaster Preparedness and

Emergency Management Plan

including Risk Assessment and

damage control needs to be

addressed and included.

Pls. refer chapter-7 for risk

assessment.


chapter-7 for disaster management

plan.

42. Occupational health:

i. Details of existing Occupational &

Safety Hazards. What are the

exposure levels of above

mentioned hazards and whether

they are within Permissible

Exposure Level (PEL). If these are

not within PEL, what measures

the company has adopted to keep

them within PEL so that health of

the workers can be preserved.

Our is Greenfield project.

Estimated work area quality with

TWA limit is summarized in Table

2.8(d), page no. 2-22 of Chapter-2

which is well within the limit.


of chapter-10 of EIA report for

proposed activity carry out by the

industry for occupation health.

ii. Details of exposure specific health

status evaluation of worker. If the

workers‟ health is being evaluated

by pre designed format, chest x

rays, Audiometry, Spirometry,

Vision testing (Far & Near vision,

color vision and any other ocular

defect) ECG, during pre-

placement and periodical

examinations give the details of

the same. Details regarding last

month analyzed data of

abovementioned parameters as

per age, sex, duration of exposure

and department wise.

Activity proposed in sec. 10.9, page

no. 10-17 of chapter-10 of EIA

report.

iii. Annual report of health status of

workers with special reference to

Occupational Health and Safety.

Noted the point and regularly submit

annual report of health status after

commissioning of the plant.

iv. Action plan for the Noted the point and prepare action



implementation of OHS standards

as per OSHAS/USEPA.

plan for the implementation of OHS

standards. Unit proposed to follow

OHSAS 18001 standard and obtain

certification from competent agency.

v. Plan and fund allocation to ensure

the occupational health & safety

of all contract and casual workers.

It is already proposed in EMS plan.

43. Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well

laid down Environment Policy

approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy

prescribe for standard operating

process / procedures to bring into

focus any infringement / deviation

/ violation of the environmental or

forest norms / conditions? If so, it

may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the

company to deal with the

environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this system

may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of

reporting of non-compliances /

violations of environmental norms

to the Board of Directors of the

company and / or shareholders or

stakeholders at large? This

reporting mechanism shall be

detailed in the EIA report.

Our is a proposed unit and there will

be an Environment Policy approved

by Director.

Pls. refer sec. 10.13 on page no. 10-

24 of chapter-10 for environment

policy.

Environment Policy includes

standard operating process including

commitment from management.

Pls. refer figure 10.1 of chapter-10

on page no. 10-27.

Pls. refer sec. 10.14 of chapter-10

on page no. 10-24.

44. Details regarding infrastructure

facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as

well as to the casual workers

including truck drivers during

operation phase.

Our is Greenfield project and all the

facilities will be provided during the

construction and operational phase.

45. At least 5% of the total cost of the

project shall be earmarked towards

the Enterprise Social Commitment

based on Public Hearing issues and


of chapter-10 for budget of CSR

activities.



item-wise details along with time

bound action plan shall be included.

Socio-economic development

activities need to be elaborated upon.

46. Any litigation pending against the

project and/or any direction/order

passed by any Court of Law against

the project, if so, details thereof shall

also be included. Has the unit

received any notice under the Section

5 of Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 or relevant Sections of Air and

Water Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and

present status of the case.

No, as this is a greenfield project.

47. The questionnaire for industry sector

(available on MoEF website) shall be

submitted as an Annexure to the EIA-

EMP Report.

Pls. refer Annexure-VIII for

questionnaire for industry sector.

48. TORs‟ prescribed by the Expert

Appraisal Committee (Industry) shall

be considered for preparation of EIA-

EMP report for the project in addition

to all the relevant information as per

the „Generic Structure of EIA‟ given in

Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA

Notification, 2006. Where the

documents provided are in a

language other than English, an

English translation shall be provided.

The draft EIA-EMP report shall be

submitted to the State Pollution

Control Board of the concerned State

forconduct of Public Hearing. The

SPCB shall conduct the Public

Hearing/public consultation,

districtwise, as per the provisions of

EIA notification, 2006. The issues

raised in the Public Hearing and

during the consultation process and

the commitments made by the

project proponent on the same shall

be included separately in EIA-EMP

Report in the form of tabular chart

with financial budget (capital and

revenue) along with time-schedule of

implementation for complying with

EIA report is prepared based on TOR

as well as generic structure given in

Appendix-III of EIA Notification,

2006.

Public Hearing is exempted under

provision of para 7 (i) III stage (3)

(i)(b) of EIA Notification, 2006.



the commitments made. The final EIA

report shall be submitted to the

Ministry for obtaining environmental

clearance.

49. A tabular chart with index for point

wise compliance of above TORs.

Done

50. The TORs prescribed shall be valid for

a period of two years for submission

of the EIA-EMP reports along with

Public Hearing Proceedings (wherever

stipulated).

Noted the point

ADDITIONAL TORs FOR SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY

1. Manufacturing process details along

with the chemical reactions and

process flow chart.

Pls. refer Annexure-VI for

manufacturing process.

2. Name of all the solvents to be used in

the process and details of solvent

recovery system.

Pls. Table 2.5 on page no. 2-12 of

chapter-2 for name of solvent used

in the process.

3. Design details of ETP, incinerator, if

any along with boiler, scrubbers/bag

filters etc.


of chapter-2 for details of ETP units.

Refer table 2.9, page no. 2-23 for

technical specification of boiler,

table 2.10 page no. 2-24 for

technical specification of scrubber.

4. The details of solid and hazardous

wastes generation, storage,

utilization and disposal particularly

related to the hazardous waste,

calorific value of hazardous waste

and detailed characteristic of the

hazardous waste. Action plan for the

disposal of fly ash generated from

boiler shall be included.


of chapter-2 for details of hazardous

waste and table 2.12, page no. 2-26

for characteristics of hazardous

waste.

No generation of ash form proposed

project.

5. Precautions to be taken during

storage and transportation of

hazardous chemicals shall be clearly

mentioned and incorporated.


chapter-7 for precautions during

storage and transportation of

hazardous chemicals.

6. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be

used. CAS No./RTECS No./DOT/UN

etc to be mentioned against each

chemicals.

MSDS of major Haz. Chemicals are

given as Annexure-III.

7. Details of VOC monitoring in the

working zone environment and other

hazardous emissions such asChlorine,

HCl, etc if any.

Pls. refer chapter-6 of EIA report.




disposal of solid/hazardous waste in

TSDF.



establishment of the project.

9. Risk assessment for storage for

chemicals/solvents. Action plan for

handling & safety system.

Pls. refer chapter-7 for risk

assessment.

10. Details of occupational health

programme.

i) To which chemicals, workers are

exposed directly or indirectly.

ii) Whether these chemicals are

within Threshold Limit Values

(TLV)/Permissible Exposure

Levels as per ACGIH

recommendation.

iii) What measures company has

taken to keep these chemicals

within PEL/TLV.

iv) How the workers are evaluated

concerning their exposure to

chemicals during pre-placement

and periodical medical

monitoring.

v) Liver function tests (LFT) during

pre-placement and periodical

examination.

Pls. refer sec. 10.9 on page no. 10-

17 of chapter-10 for occupational

health programme details.

Refer sec. 10.9 (A, B, C) on page

no. 10-17 for list of chemicals, and

measures, details of Pre-placement

and periodical medical monitoring of

workers, LFT.

Pls. refer table 2.8(d), page no. 2-

22 of chapter-2 for threshold limit &

estimated results of Haz. Chemicals.

11. A Toxic management Plan shall be

prepared.

No toxic chemicals will be handled

by unit hence not required.

12. A write up on “Safe Practice” followed

for handling, storage, transportation

and unloading of chemicals to be

submitted.

Pls. refer 7.14, page no. 7-23 of

chapter-7 for Safe Practice for

handling, storage, transportation

and unloading of chemicals.

13. What are onsite and offsite

emergency plan during chemical

disaster.

Pls. refer section 7.18 & 7.20, page

no. 7-36 & 7-39 of chapter-7 for

onsite & offsite emergency plan.

14. A write up on “Treatment of workers

affected by accidental spillage of

chemicals”.

Pls. refer 7.12.1, page no. 7-20 of

chapter-7.

1.8 OBJECTIVE OF EIA

EIA is a policy and management tool for both planning and decision

making. EIA assists in identification, prediction and evaluation of the

foreseeable environmental consequences of proposed developmental and

industrial projects.



The objectives of the present EIA Study is to assess the impacts on various

environmental components due to the proposed project activity, identify

potential source of pollution, evaluate impact on environment and to

recommend appropriate environmental management system and

environment management plan for the unit to ensure that the adverse

impacts if any will be minimized. Moreover, to prepare an Environmental

Statement to indicate conclusively if the overall impacts are positive or

negative.

1.9 METHODOLOGY FOR EIA

Environmental Assessment (EA), another term used in the environmental

studies, refers to an understanding of the present status of environment

and a study of how to manage them. Keeping in view the nature and size

of the proposed project and industrial area and various guidelines

available, it was decided to cover an area of 10-km radius from the center

of proposed plant site for the purpose of environmental impact assessment

study. The methodology is briefly reported below and has been described

in this section.

Baseline data Collection

The baseline data for the impact zone have been generated for the

following environmental parameters:

Ambient Air Quality

Micrometeorology

Noise Levels

Surface and ground water quality

Soil Quality

Flora and fauna

Land use pattern

Socio-economics

The baseline status of the above environmental parameters has been

worked out based on the rapid monitoring/analysis carried out during the

study period of 20th March, 2015 to 15th June, 2015 supplemented by

data collected from various government departments, census publications

etc. The data is collected and analyzed as per the standard methods for



establishing the baseline data and to determine the impact of proposed

activity on the same.

Evaluation of Impact from Project Activities

The environmental Impact resulting from the various project activities,

have been identified, predicted and evaluated based on the study of

manufacturing process and other project related activities as well as

correlating the same with existing base line status.

Preparation of Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Management plan has been prepared covering pollution

prevention measures at source in terms of air and water pollution control

measures, solid waste/hazardous waste management, safety management,

green belt development, environmental surveillance and environmental

management team.

Finally, the detailed assessment of the resultant environmental impacts

have been made based on the impacts identification and evaluated from

the activities over the baseline status of various environmentalcomponents

to reduce the pollution and to delineate a comprehensive environment

management plan along with recommendations and suggestions to

improve environment management system.

1.10 DETAILS OF INDUSTRIES

Table 1.3

List of major industries working in 10 km radius of project site

Sr.

No.

Name of Industry Type of

Industry

Location

1. M/s. Blue Phosphate

Limited

Fertilizer Sanwar-RIICO industrial

area

2. M/s. Jainam Industries

Limited


area

3. M/s. Mewar Pesticide &

Fertilizer Limited


area

4. M/s. RAM Prakash

Minerals & Mines (P) Ltd.

Minerals Sanwar-RIICO industrial

area

5. M/s. Tilam Sangh

Rajasthan Fateh Nagar

Oil Fateh Nagar-RIICO

industrial area



6. M/s. Shree Sai Sagar Oil

Refinery

Oil Fateh Nagar-RIICO

industrial area

7. M/s. Agrawal Oil Products Oil Fateh Nagar-RIICO

industrial area

8. M/s. Gulab Oil Product Oil Fateh Nagar-RIICO

industrial area

9. M/s. Fatehnagar Guar

Gum Industries

Guar Gum Fateh Nagar-RIICO

industrial area

10. M/s. Bhaval Synthetics

(India) Ltd.

Synthetics

Yarn

Fateh Nagar-Mavli



Figure 1.1

Location of the project site

Project Location



Figure 1.2

Google map of 10 km radius



Figure 1.3

Image showing all four boundaries coordinates of the site



Chapter-2

Project Description 2.1 INTRODUCTION

Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd. (henceforth RCPPL), proposes to

manufacture different types of crop protection products (Pesticides) at Plot

No. G-154, 155, 156, 157, 164, 165, 166, 167, RIICO Industrial area,

Village: Sanwad, Tehsil: Mavli, Dist.: Udaipur, Rajasthan (India). Detailed

product list is summarized in Table 2.3 below.

RCPPL is subsidiary of Rotam Crop Sciences Ltd. which maintains its

Corporate Office in Hong Kong.

2.2 TYPE OF THE PROJECT

Unit proposes to manufacture different type of technical pesticides. As per

the EIA Notification-2006 and amendments made thereof; proposed

pesticide products are covered under 5(b) category-Pesticides industry and

pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations) and falls under

category “A”. Therefore EC is require prior to establishment of

manufacturing facility.

2.3 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

RCPPL has strong R&D and manufacturing base in China, Taiwan, Brazil

and other countries of the globe. On our strong inspiration for the research

skills in India and also with growing market in crop protection products

have planned to set up strong R&D and manufacturing base in Sanwad,

Udaipur, India.

Rotam can draw strengths from scientists located at various international

locations, who have wide experience in developing technology with major

focus on following:

High yields and reproducible compositions.

Efficient water usage and its recycling.

Minimizing solvent usage during different steps.

Recovery of solvent, raw materials and active ingredients from waste

stream.

RCPPL, India will benefit from above domain knowledge.



The Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd. is registered under District Industries

Centre, Udaipur in April 2012 for establish of a manufacturing unit for

production of Crop protection product - Technical, intermediates &

formulations.

2.4 CAPITAL INVESTMENT

The estimated cost of the proposed project will be around Rs. 30 crores.

Out of which, around Rs. 3.5 crores will be invested for EMS as capital

investment and around Rs. 3.0 crores as recurring cost per annum.

2.5 LAND REQUIREMENT

Land to be utilized is notified/designated Industrial estate developed by

Rajasthan State Industrial Development & Investment Corporation

(RIICO). Total area of the premises is 8560 m2.

Detailed breakup of the area is given hereunder,

Table 2.1: Land Breakup

Sr.

No.

Particular Area in m2

1 Plant Facilities including finished products storage

784

2 Storage (Raw Material) 400

3 Storage (Fuel) and bulk raw material

intermediate storage

1000

4 Haz. waste storage area 200

5 Storage (Water) 125

6 Utilities 680

7 Internal Road(s) 1250

8 Green Belt 2825

9 ETP 420

10 Lab and R&D, Office & OHC 640

11 Security Cabin 25

12 Worker amenities and maintenance 75

13 Parking area 136

Total 8560

2.6 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The proposed project site is located in Sanwad Village, Mavli Tehsil of

Udaipur District, Rajasthan.



Table 2.2 Location details

Sr.

No.

Particulars Details

1. Plant location

Plot No. G-154, 155, 156, 157 & 164, 165,

166, 167

Village Sanwad

Taluka Mavli

District Udaipur

State Rajasthan

2. Plant site Co-ordinates 24°50'47.00" N

74°05'46.00" E

3. Nearest Railway Station @ Fatehnagar (3.0 km)

4. Nearest Airport @ Maharana Pratap Airport (35.0 km)

6. Nearest City @ Udaipur (55.0 km)

7. Nearest Town @ Mavli (13.0 km)

8. Reserved/protected

forest

None within 10 km radius

Note: Aerial distances are presented in above table.

2.7 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

Unit proposed to manufacture following products:

Table 2.3 Product details

Sr.

No.


(MT/Month)

Quantity*

(MT/Annum)

A Plant-1







7. Dicamba 28 300



10. Oxamyl 22.4 240








B Plant-2











C R & D products 1.0 12.0

*Note: Unit will have total production capacity 1250 TPA at a time, out of

above.

Plant 1: The total annual capacity covering product no. 1 to 7 shall not

exceed beyond 850 TPA the product as above shall be taken on

campaigning basis and plant is designed to take maximum three products

simultaneously.

Total annual capacity covering product no. 8 to 15 shall not exceed

beyond 250 TPA. Only one product from above shall be taken on

campaigning basis and plant is designed to produce maximum one product

from above at one given time.



campaigning basis and plant is designed to take maximum one product at a

time.

2.8 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES OF PLANT (PROPOSED MAJOR

MACHINERIES)

Sr.

No.

Name of the

Equipment/Machinery

Nos. Capacity

1. Reactor-SS 16 1-6 kl

2. Reactor-MSGL 9 3-6.3 kl

3. ANF/Centrifuge 8 2-4 m2

4. Dryer 6 2 kl

5. Column 2 10 mtr.



6. Vessels 35 1-5 kl

7. Condenser 35 2-20m2

8. Vaccum system 3 5 mmhg

9. Scrubber (2 stage) 2 3 mtr.

10. Multiple effect evaporator 1 40 m3/day

2.9 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

Specifics Applied under

the Act

Specifics for

approval or legal

procedure

Related

recent status

Implementation

EC for

Proposed

Project

Under

Environment

(Protection)

Act, 1986

Environment

clearance for the

Proposed Project

from MoEF as per

the guideline of EIA

Notification-2006.

Submitted

Form I, TOR

presentation,

TORs awarded

on 26.05.15.

Project will be

executed after the

obtaining EC from

MoEF.

Operation

of the

proposed

project

Under Air,

Water &

Environment

(Protection) Act

CTE & CTO/CCA

from SPCB.

Shortly apply

for CTE/CCA

to SPCB.

Establishment after

EC/CTE and operate

after obtaining

CC&A.

2.10 DESCRIPTION OF MANUFACTURING PROCESS

Manufacturing process of all products is attached separately as Annexure-

VI.

2.11 PROJECT COMPONENTS

Components of the project include all facilities required for the operation of

the project with legal necessity.

a) Input requirements: Raw materials, Water, Fuel, Power etc.

b) Utility requirement: Boiler, Cooling tower, RO, D.G. set etc.

c) Treatment Facilities:

Water Treatment facilities: ETP having Primary & Tertiary treatment

units.

Air Pollution Control Facilities: No need of APCM for flue gas stacks as

FO will be used as fuel which is an environmental friendly fuel and

Alkali scrubber followed by water scrubber proposed for process stacks.

Hazardous/solid waste facilities: It includes sludge storage and final

disposal facility at approved TSDF site by SPCB.

d) Other facilities: It includes greenbelt area, rain water harvesting

system etc.



2.12 INPUT REQUIREMENTS

(a) Raw Material Requirement:

The details of the raw material requirement are given in Table 2.5.

(b) Water requirement:

The unit will satisfy its fresh water requirement through tanker from local

bodies. Total water requirement of the plant will be 216.5 KL/day, out of

which 143 KLD will be fresh water requirement and 73.5 KLD will be met

from recycle/treated water (permeate from RO and condensate recovery

from MEE). Fresh water will be required during operation of the plant for

process, utilities, washing & domestic purpose. Detailed breakup of the

water consumption is given in Table 2.6. Water balance diagram is given

in Figure 2.1.

(c) Fuel:

FO will be used as fuel for boiler. Fuel requirement will be 255 kg/hr. HSD

@ rate of 50 lit/hr. will be used as a fuel in stand by D.G. set of 250 kVA.

(d) Power:

Power requirement will be tune around 750 kVA and fulfilled from

Rajasthan State Electricity Board (RSEB). Unit will install 250 kVA of D.G.

set to meet emergency power requirement and it will be treated as standby

and used only during failure of power supply by state grid.

(e) Manpower:

The total manpower proposed for the plant operations will be approx. 70

nos. which includes manpower at all levels (i.e. Chemists, Supervisors,

Operators, miscellaneous).

2.13 UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS

The utility facilities are tabulated below:

Table: 2.4 Utility details

Sr. No. Particulars Qty. Capacity

1. Boilers (One stand by)

2 nos. 4 TPH each

2. RO Plant 1 no. 80 m3/day

3. Cooling Plant 1 no. 650 TR

4. Chilled water plant 1 no. 100 TR

5. Chilled brine plant 1 no. 60 TR



6. Air Compressor 1 no. 18 CFM

7. D G Set 1 no. 250 kVA

2.14 GENERATION OF POLLUTANTS

The sources of pollution will be as below;

2.14.1 Wastewater Generation

The main source of the industrial wastewater generation will be from

process, washing and utilities. Total industrial wastewater generation will

be 76.5 KLD.

Entire quantity of wastewater will be treated in ETP. Treated water from

ETP will be passed through RO & reject of RO will be sent to MEE for

further treatment. RO permeate & condensate from MEE will be reused for

utility & greenbelt development, so there will be no effluent discharge from

unit.

Sewage generation will be approximately 5.0 KLD, which will be disposed

through soak pit followed by septic tank.

The details of the water consumption and wastewater generation are

shown in Table 2.6.

2.14.2 Gaseous Emission

Main source of gaseous emission will be point source and fugitive emission.

Flue gas emission will be from one common stack of 2 nos. of Boilers (out

of which one will be treated as standby) due to combustion of fuel. FO will

be used as fuel in boiler.

Process emission will be from stack attached to Lambda Cyhalothrin

reactor and Fenpropimorph reactor.

Emitted pollutants from flue gas stacks will be SPM, SO2 and NOx and

pollutants from process stacks will be HCl, Cl2 & SO2.

Unit proposed to install D.G. set of 250 kVA capacity which will be treated

as standby and use in case of non-availability of power and or emergency,

where HSD will be used as a fuel. Probable pollutants likely to emit will be

SPM, SO2 and NOx, but it will not the constant source of emission as it will

be used in case of power failure only. Details of the stacks are given in

Table 2.8.



Sources of fugitive emission:

In proposed activities, there will be chances of generation of VOCs, acid

fumes from material handling area, process area, solvent storage area etc.

There will be also changes of generation of PM (Dust) from packing/

finishing area. Details of fugitive emissions (estimated) are given in Table

2.8 (d).

2.14.3 Hazardous/Solid waste generation

There will be six types of Haz. Waste generation from the proposed

activities i.e. ETP sludge, waste carbon, process residue, Off specific

products, Discarded containers/ liners, Used Lubricating Oil.

The quantity of ETP sludge will be 112 MT/month, Waste Carbon-1.0

MT/month, Process Residue-65.0 MT/month, Off specific products,

Discarded containers- 1000 Nos./month, Liners will be 0.2 MT/month; used

oil will be estimated around 1.0 kl/year. The details of the hazardous

wastes with its category are given in Table 2.11.

2.14.4 Noise generation

The main sources of noise pollution will be from operation of boiler, D.G.

set, process plant, APCM and other machineries etc. The noise level in the

unit will be well within the prescribed limit.

2.15 POLLUTION CONTROL STRATEGY

The unit is equally conscious about the pollution control strategy. The

details of pollution control strategy for various parameters are given

hereunder,

2.15.1 Effluent Management

The main source of the industrial wastewater generation will be process

effluent, washing and utilities. Entire quantity of wastewater will be treated

in ETP having primary and tertiary treatment units. Treated water from ETP

will be passed through RO & reject of RO will be sent to MEE for further

treatment. RO permeate & Condensate from MEE will be reused for utility &

greenbelt development, so there will be no effluent discharge outside the

premises from unit. Design details of ETP are given in Table 2.13 and flow

diagram of ETP is given as Figure 2.2.

Other source of wastewater generation will be domestic wastewater of 5.0

KL/day; which will be disposed to soak pit followed by septic tank.



2.15.2 Air Pollution Control Measures

Sources of emissions will be flue gas emission from one common stack of 2

nos. of boilers (out of which one will be treated as standby) and one

standby D. G. Set due combustion of fuel. FO will be used as fuel in boiler

and HSD for D. G. Set. There is no need to install APCM as FO is an

environmental friendly fuel and emission will be well within the prescribed

norms. Emitted pollutants from flue gas stack will be SPM, SO2 and NOX.

Alkali scrubber followed by water scrubber will be installed to the stack

attached to Lambda Cyhalothrin reactor and Fenpropimorph reactor. Main

pollutants emitted from process will be HCl, Cl2 and SO2.

Unit also proposes adequate stack height to flue gas stacks & process

stacks for proper dispersion of gaseous emission as per SPCB guideline.

Thus, air pollution control system proposed by the unit will be adequate to

meet gaseous emission norms. The details of stacks with their APC

measures & height are given in Table 2.8.

Fugitive Emission Control

To control fugitive emission, following steps will be implemented in the

proposed unit:

Adequate scrubbing system to absorb the process gas, condensing

systems.

Entire process will be carried out in closed reactors.

Pneumatically transfer of liquid raw material in rector.

Raw material will be stored in the covered structure.

Regular maintenance of valves, pipes etc.

PPE will be provided to the workers.

Frequent work area monitoring will be done ensure fugitive emissions

level.

Greenbelt will be developed around the plant to arrest the fugitive

emission.

2.15.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management

Entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as per

Hazardous waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement)

Rules, 2008, amended time to time.



ETP sludge will be disposed by land filling at approved TSDF site. Waste

carbon, process residue will be incinerated at CHWIF (Common Hazardous

Waste Incineration Facility) approved by RSPCB or send to cement

industries for co-processing. Off specific products will be sent for

Incineration at CHWIF (Common Hazardous Waste Incineration Facility)

approved by RSPCB. Spent oil will be sold to actual users and Drums &

liners will be sold to registered recyclers.

Entire quantity of the hazardous waste will be stored in the isolated

hazardous waste storage area within premises having leachate collection

system and roof cover. Details of hazardous waste disposal are given in

Table 2.11.

2.15.4 Noise Pollution Control

The main noise generating sources in the plant will be boiler, reaction

vessels, APC system, D.G. set, plant & machinery etc. All these sources will

generate continuous noise. However, the noise transmitted outside the

plant boundary will be low because most of the noise generating

equipment will be in closed structures with low noise sources. Ear muff, ear

plug will be provided to all workers working at noisy area.

2.16 RESOURCE CONSERVATION

2.16.1 Rain Water Harvesting

Rain Water Harvesting is a method of utilizing rain water for domestic and

agricultural use is already widely used throughout the world. It is a method

which has been used since ancient times and is increasingly being accepted

as a practical method of providing potable water in development projects

throughout the world. Improve the ground water in Industrial area is one

of the main problems which is being faced by developed countries of the

world.

In Industrial area, charging of underground water in natural way like rural

areas is not taking place due to large sprawl of Industrial activities. But it is

feasible by injecting the water by percolating wells. To considering the

Industrial area and various types of activities may contaminate the rain

water, recharging the rain water by injecting the rain water to underground

aquifers is not advisable. Unit will partial reuse the rain water collect from

rooftop during the rainy season.



2.16.2 Green Belt Development

Total land area is 8560 m2. Unit proposes to develop greenbelt in area of

2825 m2 and it will be 33% of the utilized area of the project.



Table 2.5

Raw Material Consumption, Source & Transportation details

Sr.

No.

Name of Raw Materials Quantity

(MT/month)

Source Transportation

Fenpropimorph

1 Methylene dichloride (MDC) 6.38 Indigenous By road

2 4-tert-butylbenzene 17.72 Imported Sea

3 Propionyl chloride 12.21 Indigenous By road

4 Aluminium Chloride (solid) 17.61 Indigenous By road

5 Hydrochloric acid (HCl) 6.27 Indigenous By road

6 Dimethyl formamide (DMF) 4.40 Indigenous By road

7 Phosphorous oxychloride 50.82 Indigenous By road

8 Sodium hydroxide 93.32 Indigenous By road

9 Ethylene dichloride (EDC) 10.86 Indigenous By road

10 Palladium on carbon (catalyst, Pd/C) 1.82 Imported Sea

11 Methanol 11.26 Indigenous By road

12 Toluene 3.58 Indigenous By road

13 2,6-Dimethylmorpholine 11.26 Imported Sea

14 Hydrogen Gas 0.28 Indigenous By road

Lambda Cyhalothrin

1 n-Hexane 4.59 Indigenous By road

2 Lambda acid (k-acid) 17.50 Indigenous

/Imported

Sea/road

3 Catalyst 0.22 Indigenous By road

4 Thionyl chloride 8.68 Indigenous By road

5 Sodium Cyanide 5.04 Indigenous By road

6 m-Phenoxy Benzaldehyde (MPB) 12.46 Indigenous By road

7 Triethyl Amine (TEA) 1.12 Indigenous By road

8 Sodium Hypochlorite 22.4 Indigenous By road

9 Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) 8.32 Indigenous By road

Tebuconazole



3 p-chlorobenzaldehyde (Solid) 16.8 Indigenous

/Imported

Sea/road

4 Pinacolone 11.98 Imported Sea

5 Raney nickel (Catalyst) 0.14 Indigenous By road

6 Tetrahydrofuran (THF) 3.36 Indigenous By road


8 Hydrogen gas 0.56 Indigenous By road

9 Triethylsulfoniumiodide

(Yellow crystalline solid)

23.52 Imported Sea

10 Potassium hydroxide Flakes 7.28 Indigenous By road

11 Ethyl acetate 4.2 Indigenous By road

12 1,2,4-Trizole 8.96 Imported Sea

13 Ethanol 3.75 Indigenous By road

14 Sodium Hydroxide flakes 0.588 Indigenous By road



Thiamethoxam

1 Dimethyl carbonate 6.66 Indigenous

/Imported

Sea/road

2 2-chloro-5-chloromethylthiazole

(Solid)

21.39 Imported Sea

3 3-methyl-4-nitroimino-perahydro-

1,3,5-oxadiazine (Solid)

23.41 Imported Sea

4 Tetramethylammonium hydroxide

pantahydrate

0.50 Indigenous By road

5 Potassium carbonate (K2CO3) 30.8 Indigenous By road


Thiodicarb

1 Pyridine 0.7 Indigenous By road

2 Sulfur dichloride 6.1 Indigenous By road

3 Methomyl (solid) 14.2 Indigenous By road

4 Sodium hydroxide flakes 6.4 Indigenous By road

5 Sodium chloride 12.5 Indigenous By road

Imidacloprid

1 Butanone 1.68 Indigenous

/Imported

Sea/road

2 2-nitroimino imidazolidine (solid) 14.28 Imported Sea

3 2-chloro-5-chloromethyl pyridine 16.16 Imported Sea

4 Benzyltriethylammonium chloride

(BTEAC Catalyst)


5 Potassium carbonate (K2CO3) 13.75 Indigenous By road

6 Ethanol 1.68 Indigenous By road

Dicamba


2 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 42.22 Indigenous By road

3 Sodium hydroxide flakes 28.00 Indigenous By road


5 Xylene 5.82 Indigenous By road

6 Potasium hydroxide solution 15.88 Indigenous By road

7 Anhydrous Potassium carbonate 18.20 Indigenous By road

8 CO2 Gas feeding 7.08 Indigenous By road

9 Dimethyl sulfate 40.82 Indigenous By road

10 Caustic lye 93.27 Indigenous By road

Boscalid

1 2-Chloro-3-nicotinyl chloride 12.10 Indigenous By road

2 2-(4-chlorophenyl)aniline 14.0 Indigenous By road

3 Triethyl amine 2.24 Indigenous By road


Mesotrione

1 1,3-cyclohexadione 8.67 Indigenous By road

2 Ethylene dichloride 1.68 Indigenous By road

3 Acetone cyanohydrins 2.40 Indigenous By road

4 Triethylamine 2.24 Indigenous By road

5 2-nitro-4-methylsulfonyl benzoyl

chloride


6 Sulfuric acid 18.70 Indigenous By road




Oxamyl

1 Methyl-2-(dimethylamino)-N-

hydroxy-2-oxoethanimidothioate


2 Sodium Cyanate 7.84 Indigenous By road

3 Dimethyl Sulfate 14.56 Indigenous By road

4 Trimethyl Amine 0.40 Indigenous By road

5 Acetonitrile 3.14 Indigenous By road

6 Methylene Chloride 4.03 Indigenous By road

Pyraclostrobin

1 1-(4-Chlorophenyl)-3-hydroxy-1H-

pyrazole


2 Methyl [2-(bromomethyl)

phenyl]methoxycarbamate


3 Potassium Carbonate 4.37 Indigenous By road

4 Dimethyl Formamide (DMF) 3.88 Indigenous By road

Prothioconazole

1 Thiosemicarbazide derivative 23.30 Indigenous By road

2 Isobutyl formate 2.8 Indigenous By road

3 Formic acid 5.6 Indigenous By road

4 Ethyl Acetate 3.65 Indigenous By road

5 40% Ammonium chloride solution 56.90 Indigenous By road


Chlorantraniliprole

1 2-Amino-5-chloro-N-3-

dimethylbenzamide


2 3-Bromo-1-(3-chloropyridin-2-yl)-1H-

pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride




Tefluthrin

1 3-[(1E)-2-chloro-3,3,3-trifluoroprop-

1-en-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylcyclopropane

carbonylchloride


2 4-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetratluorobenzyl

alcohol


3 Pyridine 4.66 Indigenous By road


5 5% Hydrochloric acid 22.40 Indigenous By road

6 10% sodium bicarbonate 33.60 Indigenous By road

Cyantraniliprole

1 2-Amino-5-cyano-N,3-

dimethylbenzamide


2 3-bromo-1-(3-chloropyridin-2-yl)-1H-

pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride



4 Xylene 3.72 Indigenous By road

Nicosulfuron

1 2-ethoxycarbonylaminosulfonyl-N,N-

dimethyl-3-pyridinecarboxamide


2 2-Amino-4,6-dimethoxypyrimidine 5.66 Indigenous By road




4 Sodium carbonate 3.50 Indigenous By road

5 Hydrochloric acid(HCl) 3.36 Indigenous By road

Metsulfuron

1 o-Carboxymethylphenylisocyanate 9.52 Indigenous By road

2 2-amino-4-methoxy-6-methyl-1,3,5-

triazine




Rimsulfuron

1 3-(Ehylsulfonyl) pyridine-2-

sulfonamide


2 Phenyl (4,6-dimethoxypyrimidin-2-yl)

carbamate




5 Hydrochloric acid 27.72 Indigenous By road


Sulfometuron

1 4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-2-amine

(DMPA)


2 Methyl 2-isocyanatosulfonyl)

benzoate (MICNSB)




Flazasulfuron

1 Methyl {[3-(trifluoromethyl) pyridin-

2-yl] sulfonyl} carbamate


2 4,6-dimethoxy pyrimidin-2-amine 6.09 Indigenous By road

3 Triethylamine (TEA) 1.43 Indigenous By road


5 MeOH 0.98 Indigenous By road

Thifensulfuron

1 Methyl 3-{[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]

sulfonyl} thiophene-2-carboxylate

(MMASTC)


2 4-methoxy-6-methyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-

amine (MMTA)


3 Acetone 1.97 Indigenous By road

4 Potassium Carbonate 3.89 Indigenous By road

5 Methylchloroformate (Liquid) 0.07 Indigenous By road

6 Hydrochloric Acid 2.88 Indigenous By road

Tribenuron

1 Methyl 2-(Isocyanatosulfonyl)

benzoates


2 4-Methoxy-N,6-dimethyl-1,3,5-

triazin-2-amine





Idosulfuron



1 2-(aminosulfonyl)-4-iodobenzoic acid 11.13 Indigenous By road

2 2-isocyanato-4-methoxy-6-methyl-

1,3,5-triazine






Flufenacet

1 N-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-hydroxy-N-

isopropylacetamide


2 2-(Methylsulfonyl)-5-

(trifluoromethyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole


3 p-Toluenesulfonic acid

(Catalyst, PTSA)





7 Ethylene dichloride 1.72 Indigenous By road

Mesosulfuron

1 Methyl 2-(aminosulfonyl)-4-

{[(methylsulfonyl)amino]methyl}ben

zoate


2 2-Isocyanato-4,6-

dimethoxypyrimidine








Table 2.6

Break up of water consumption & wastewater generation

Sr.

No.

Category Water Consumption,

KL/day

Wastewater Generation,

KL/day

1. Domestic 6.0 5.0

2. Gardening 14.5* 0

3. Industrial

i Process 30.0 40.0

ii Boiler 48.0 0.5

iii Cooling 43 + 59* 20.0

iv Washing 5.0 5.0

vi Water treatment 9.0 9.0

vii Scrubber 1.0 1.0

viii Lab 1.0 1.0

Total Industrial 196.0 76.5

Total (1+2+3) 216.5 81.5

Less recycle 73.5 -

Actual fresh water

requirement

143.0 -

* Permeate water from RO and condensate from MEE

Source of water: Through tanker from local body



Table 2.7

Estimated Wastewater Quality

Sr.

No.

Parameters Unit Results

Before treatment

After treatment

1 pH pH unit 3-4 7.5-8.0

2 TDS mg/L 14000-15000 14000-15000

3 SS mg/L 500-600 80-100

4 COD mg/L 10000-12000 5000-6000

5 BOD mg/L 3000-3500 1500-1800

6 O&G mg/L 10-15 5-7

7 Sulphate mg/L 1400-1600 1200-1400

8 Chloride mg/L 2500-3000 2500-3000

9 Phenolic Compound mg/L 3-5 1-2

10 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/L 75-100 25-40



Table 2.8

Details of Stacks

Sr.

No.

Stack attached to Fuel

Type

Stack

Height

APC measures Probable

emission

Flue Gas Stacks

1 Boiler (steam

generation)-4 T/hr.

FO-255

kg/hr.

30 m

(common

stack)

-- PM<150 mg/NM3

SO2<100 ppm

NOx<50 ppm 2 Boiler-4 T/hr.

(stand by)

3 D.G. set

(250 KVA)

HSD-50

ltr./hr.

11 m -- PM<150 mg/NM3

SO2<100 ppm

NOx<50 ppm

Process Gas stacks

1 Vent attached to

Lambda Cyhalothrin

reactor

-- 11 m Alkali scrubber

followed by

water scrubber

HCl<20 mg/NM3

SO2<40 mg/NM3

2 Vent attached to

Fenpropimorph

reactor

-- 11 m Alkali scrubber

followed by

water scrubber

HCl<20 mg/NM3

Cl2<9 mg/NM3



Table 2.8(a)

Estimated emission level of stacks

Sr.

No.

Stack attached

to

Stack

Temp.

(0K)

Fuel Velocity

(m/s)

Dia.

of

stack

(m)

Stack

Height

(m)

SPM

mg/

Nm3

SO2

mg/

Nm3

NOX

mg/

Nm3

1. Boiler - 4 T/hr. 445 FO 9.5 0.45 30 (common

stack)

95 10 20

2. Boiler - 4T/hr.

(stand by)

3. D.G. set

(250 KVA)

(Standby)

453 HSD 15.0 0.225 11 80 25 30

4. Vent attached to

Lambda

Cyhalothrin

reactor

310 -- 6.5 0.225 11 HCl - 10 mg/NM3

SO2 - 15 mg/NM3

5. Vent attached to

Fenpropimorph

reactor

310 -- 6.5 0.225 11 HCl - 10 mg/NM3

Cl2 - 4.0 mg/NM3



Table 2.8 (b)

Source of Fuel

Name of

Fuel

Source Distance from

plant site

Mode of

transportation

FO Local Supplier Within 50 km from

plant site

Road Tanker

transport

Table 2.8(c)

Fuel characteristics

FO Analysis

Ultimate analysis by % weight (Dry basis)

Component FO

Density (Approx. g/cc at 15°C) 0.89–0.95

Flash Point (°C) 66

Pour Point (°C) 20

Sulphur (%) 2.0-4.0

Ash 0.1%

Moisture content, % Vol. Max. 1.0

G.C.V (Kcal/kg) 10000-10500



Table-2.8(d)

Fugitive Emission/work place monitoring (Estimated)

Sr.

No.

Pollutant Location Results

(μg/m3)

TLV/TW

A Limit (ppm)

1 RPM Packing area 160 -

2 RPM Raw material storage

yard

140 -

3 EDC Solvent storage area 50 1

4 DMF 125 10

5 Iso Propyl Alcohol 285 200

6 Methanol 640 200

7 Cl2 Process area 3.1 0.5

8 HCl Process area 18 1.5



Table 2.9

Technical specification of Boiler

Sr.

No.

Item/Parameter Unit Specification

1 Capacity (F & A 100 C) Kg/hr. 4000

2 Design 3 pass wet back

3 Fuel Furnace oil

4 Pressure Kg/cm2 Gauge

10.54

5 Thermal efficiency % 89

6 Fuel consumption kg/hr. 255

7 Heat transfer area m2 120

8 Type of burner - mono block

9 Burner turn down - 1.3 to 1.4

10 Efficiency monitoring system - PLC based

11 Efficiency monitoring system - Effimax and auto blow

down control system

12 Stack dia. mm 500

13 Stack height mtr. 30



Table 2.10

Technical specification of Scrubber

Sr.

No.

Details Lamdacyhalot

hrine step-1

Fenlil step-2

HCl + SO2

scrubber

HCl scrubber

Primary Scrubber details

1. Primary Scrubbing tank 5 kl 4 kl

2. Pump Cap. 5 m3/hr. 5 m3/hr.

3. Motor 2.2 kw 2.2 kw

4. Column height/Dia. 4 mt/300 mm 4 mt/250 mm

5. Packing 1"intallex saddle 1"intallex saddle

6. Scrubbing media 10% caustic sol. 10% caustic sol.

SECONDRY SCRUBBER DETAILS

7. Secondary scrubbing tank 5kl 4kl

8. Secondary pump 5 m3/hr 5 m3/hr

9. Column height/Dia. 3mt/250mm 3mt/200mm

10. Packing 1"intallex saddle 1"intallex saddle

11. Secondary scrubbing media Water Water

12. External cooler primary

scrubber

10m2 10m2

13. Blower 400m3/hr.,

200mmwc

250m3/hr.,

200mmwc

14. Stack height/ Dia. 11mtr/200mm 11mtr/200mm



Table 2.11

Details of Hazardous Waste

Sr.

No.

Type of

Waste

Sources Category of

Waste as per

HWM Rules

2008

Quantity

(MTPM)

Disposal facility

1. ETP Sludge

& MEE salt

ETP 34.3 112 Collection, Storage,

Transportation & Disposal

at TSDF site approved by

RSPCB.

2. Waste

Carbon

Process 35.3 1.0 Collection, Storage,

Transportation &

Incineration at CHWIF

(Common Hazardous Waste

Incineration Facility)

approved by RSPCB or send

to cement industries for co-

processing.

3. Process

Reside

Process 29.1 65.0 Collection, Storage,

Transportation &




approved by RSPCB or send

to cement industries for co-

processing.

4. Off specific

products

Process 29.3 As & when

generated

Collection, Storage,

transportation &




approved by RSPCB.

5. Discarded

containers/

liners

Process 33.3 Drum:

1000

Nos./month

Liner: 0.2

MT/month

Being used for packing of

ETP sludge in case of

excess it will be sold to

approved recycler or

traders.

6. Used

Lubricating

Oil

Driving

unit &

D.G. set

5.1 1.0 Kl/Year Collection, Storage,

Transportation & disposal

by selling to Registered

Recyclers.



Table 2.12

Estimated Characteristics of Hazardous waste

S.

No.

Parameters Unit Result

(ETP Sludge)

AS IS BASIS

1. Moisture (%) - 23.2

2. Ether Soluble gm/Kg 0.11

3. TIS at 5500C gm/Kg 655

WATER LEACHATE (10% SOLUTION IN DISTILLED WATER)

1. pH pH Unit 7.8

2. Sulphate gm/Kg 13.1

3. Chloride gm/Kg 10.9

4. Total Alkalinity gm/Kg 6.7

5. Total Dissolved Solid gm/Kg 28.4

6. COD gm/Kg 9.7

7. Iron gm/Kg 1.23

8. Total Chromium gm/Kg ND

9. Hexavalent Chromium gm/Kg ND

10. Copper gm/Kg ND

ACID LEACHATE

1. Iron gm/Kg 65.3

2. Total Chromium gm/Kg ND

3. Hexavalent Chromium gm/Kg ND

4. Copper gm/Kg 8.7



Table 2.13

Design details of ETP

Design Capacity-100 KLD

Sr.

No.

Name of Unit Dimension

(Size) (m)

No. of

Unit

Capacity (m3)

1 Oil & grease trap 2.0x2.0x1.2 4 4.8

2 Equalization Tank 5.0 x 5.0 x 4.0 2 100

3 Flash Mixer 1.5 x 1.5 x 2.5 1 5.625

4 Flocculator 2.0 x 2.0 x 2.0 1 8

5 Lime Dosing Tank 2.0 x 2.0 x 2.0 1 8

6 Alum Dosing Tank 1.0 x 1.0 x 2.0 1 2

7 Poly Floc Dosing Tank HDPE Tank 1 1

8 Primary Settling Tank (Clarifier) 4.0 dia. x 2.5 1 31.4

9 Pressure Sand Filter 1.5 dia. x 2.0 1 10 m³/hr.

10 Activated Carbon Filter 1.5 dia. x 2.0 1 10 m³/hr.

11 Sludge Drying Beds/filter press 3.0 x 3.0 x 1.0 5 45 m²

12 Holding Sump 5 x 5 x 4 2 100

13 Reverse Osmoses-RO Sets of RO 2

(1 standby)

5.0 m³/hr

14 Multi Effect Evaporator -MEE Sets of MEE 1 2.0 m³/hr.

Note: Above scheme may vary subject to outcome of actual treatability of our

effluent.



Figure 2.1

Water Balance Diagram

Water consumption

216.5 KLD (143 Fresh + 73.5* recycle)

Domestic 6.0

Process & Lab 32.0

Washing 5.0

Utilities

100 Green

belt 14.5*

Boiler 48

Cooling 59*+43

Effluent 41

ETP

41+1+5+9+20.5=76.5 KLD

20.5

Domestic

effluent 5.0

Water retained With RM

10

Drying/Evp. Loss 4.0 Water treatment

100

9

20 0.5

Scrubber

1

Soak pit

To Land fill site

RO 76.5

Permeate 46.5*

Reject 30

MEE 30

Condensate 27*

Salt 3



Figure 2.2

Flow Diagram of ETP

Utility Block

Waste

water

Storage

oil and

grease

trap

lime

dosing

tank

Alum

dosing

tank

Poly floc

dosing

tank

Process plant-1

Waste

water

Storage Equilisati

on tank

Pressure

sand

filter

storage

Activated

carbon

filter

Storage liquid waste

for incineration

Process plant-2

Waste

water

Storage

Low

volatile

stripping

Flash

mixture

Floculato

rclarifier RO Clean water

R &D Block

Waste

water

Storage Solvent for incineration

Solid for

land fillFilter MEE Clean water

Toilet Block Saftic tank Soak Pit ETP

ETP FLOW DIAGRAM



Figure 2.3

Plant Layout



Figure 2.4

Key Plan



Chapter-3

Description of Environment

3.1 PRELUDE:

To assess environmental impacts from proposed project at a specific

location, it is essential to monitor the environmental quality prevailing in

the surrounding area prior to implementation of the proposed project. The

environmental status within the impact zone could be used for

identification of significant environmental issues to be addressed in the

impact assessment study.

In order to identify and establish the extent of likely impacts, it is essential

to gather information on existing environmental quality with regard to

various components of the environment.

3.1.1 Study area:

Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd. (RCPPL), proposes to manufacture

different types of crop protection products (Pesticides) at Plot No. G-154,

155, 156, 157, 164, 165, 166, 167, RIICO Industrial area, Village:

Sanwad, Tehsil: Mavli, Dist.: Udaipur, Rajasthan. The baseline study was

carried out within 10 km radius (as per TOR) from the center of the

proposed project.

3.1.2 Period of the Study area:

The baseline study of the proposed project was done during 20th March,

2015 to 15th June, 2015 within 10 km radius from the center of the

proposed project.

3.1.3 Basic Component of the Environment:

The component study of the present environment is necessary to predict

the environmental impact on the study area; therefore it is necessary to

classify the various components of which Environment made.

Environment consists of Atmosphere, Hydrosphere, Lithosphere and

Biosphere. These Environment components have been considered for the

study of the Existing environment. They are as follows:

(I) Lithosphere: It includes the terrain and landscape study. Such as

a) Topography and Geology of the study area



(II) Hydrosphere or Water Environment: It include water quality of the

study area by means of

a) Surface water quality

b) Ground water quality

(III) Atmosphere or Air Environment: Atmospheric condition mainly depend

upon the

a) Climatic condition, and

b) Micrometeorological data such as wind, temperature, humidity,

Rainfall etc. of the project area.

(IV) Biosphere: Ecological systems consist of varieties of interrelationship

between both abiotic and biotic components including dependence,

competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprises of both plant and

animal communities, which interact not only within and between

themselves but also with the abiotic physical and chemical components of

the environment. Whereas biotic component includes study of

a) Fauna: Study of the animal

b) Flora: Study of the plant

(V) Other Component: Other components of the surrounding area include

Socio- Economic data and noise level data of the surrounding area.

Survey for above all components of the study area and data collected by

means of primary and secondary data are described in Sec: 3.3 to 3.9.

3.1.4 Methodology

(a) AIR ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

Process:

Reconnaissance

Design of Network for AAQM Stations (fig: 3.6 shows all eight Air

monitoring stations)

Air quality monitoring or data collection

Air analysis

Methodology:

To understand the Air environment in the study area, monitoring of the Air

quality was done by setting up reconnaissance and using Respirable Dust



Sampler (RDS) and Fine Particulate Sampler for monitoring of PM10, PM2.5,

SO2, NOX. Details of methodology are given in below table.

Table 3.1 Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring

Sampling

Parameters

Sampling

equipment

Analytical

Equipment

Sensitivity

/Detection

Limit

Methodology

PM10 Respirable Dust

Sampler with

Cyclone & Flow

measurement

Electronic

balance

1 μg/m3 Gravimetric

IS: 5182 (Part 23)

2006

PM2.5 Fine Particulate

Sampler

Electronic

balance

1 μg/m3 Guideline for the

measurement of

ambient air pollutant

Volume-1 by CPCB,

2011, Gravimetric

SO2 Gaseous Flow

attachment with

RDS Sampler

Spectro

photometer

0.002 ppm Colorimetric

IS: 5182: (Part II)

2001

NOx Gaseous Flow

attachment with

RDS Sampler

Spectro

photometer

0.002 ppm Colorimetric

IS: 5182: (Part VI)

2006

(b) WATER ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

Process:

Reconnaissance

Design of network stations for collection of water sample (fig: 3.8 shows all

eight ground water & surface water sampling stations)

Sample collection & preservation

Analysis of water quality by using following methodology

Methodology for water sample collection:

Water sampler was use for collection of surface water sample. Sampling

locations with source & date of sampling is given in table below:

Table 3.2: Surface Water Sampling Locations

Sample

Code

Location Date of

Sampling

Source Taluka District

SW1 Fatehnagar 13/05/15 Pond Mavli Udaipur

SW2 WasniKhurd 15/05/15 Pond Mavli Udaipur

Methodology for water sample Analysis:

To understand the water quality of the study area, analysis of all eight

locations including the plant site was conducted as per IS: 10500:2012 of

drinking water or APHA (American Public Health Association).

Details are given in below table:



Table 3.3 Ground Water Sampling Locations

Sample

Code

Location Date of

Sampling

Source Taluka District

GW1 Nr. Project

site

13/05/15 Tube well

Water

Mavli Udaipur

GW2 Sadipura 14/05/15 Tube well

Water

Mavli Udaipur

GW3 WasriKhurd 15/05/15 Tube well

Water

Mavli Udaipur

GW4 Changeri 15/05/15 Tube well

Water

Mavli Udaipur

GW5 Girdharipura 14/05/15 Tube well

Water

Mavli Udaipur

GW6 Fatehnagar 13/05/15 Tube well

Water

Mavli Udaipur

GW7 Jagatsinghji

Kakhra

13/05/15 Tube well

Water

Mavli Udaipur

GW8 Bhumlawas 14/05/15 Tube well

Water

Mavli Udaipur

(c) LAND ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

Reconnaissance

Design of network stations for collection of soil sample (fig: 3.10 shown all

six soil sample collection stations)

Sample Collection

Physio-Chemical analysis of soil based on following methodology

Methodology for soil sample collection:

Undisturbed top soil samples were collected manually using hammer and

container tube. Sampling locations with date of sampling is given in table

below:

Table 3.4 Surface soil sampling locations

Sample

Code

Locations Date of

sampling

Tehsil District

S1 Project site 13/05/15 Mavli Udaipur

S2 Sadipura 14/05/15 Mavli Udaipur

S3 Changeri 15/05/15 Mavli Udaipur

S4 Girdharipura 14/05/15 Mavli Udaipur

S5 Fatehnagar 13/05/15 Mavli Udaipur

S6 Bhumlawas 14/05/15 Mavli Udaipur

Methodology for analysis:

To understand the soil quality of the study area, analysis of all six locations

including the plant site was conducted by making suspension of soil sample

and analysis were done by using following methodology.



Table 3.5 Soil Sample analysis methodology

Sampling

Parameters

Sample

collection

Analytical

Equipment

Methodology

Remarks

Porosity

Manual

sample

collection

using

hammer

and

container

tube for

collecting

undisturbed

top soil

- IS: 2720 Part 7 Trial pit method

for topsoil

sample collection;

disturbed

samples

Water holding

capacity

- -

Permeability - IS: 2720 Part 17

Particle size

Distribution

Glass wares IS: 2720 Part 4 5% Leachate to

be made and

analyzed as per

APHA,

“Standard

Methods”

All method

numbers are as

per APHA

“Standard

Methods”

(22nd

edition)

Cation

Exchange

Capacity

Centrifuge IS: 2720 Part 24

(1976)

SAR

F. Photometer

(Na, K)

Titration

(Ca & Mg)

Calculation

pH pH Meter 4500 H+B

Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B

Magnesium Glass wares 3500 Mg B

Sodium Flame

Photometer

3500 Na B

Potassium Flame

Photometer

3500 K B

(d) NOISE ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

Reconnaissance

Design of network stations for noise monitoring (fig: 3.9 shows all eight

noise monitoring stations)

Methodology:

To understand the noise environment in the study area, a survey was

conducted using Sound Level Meter at each of the eight locations including the

plant site. Monitoring methodology of noise is given in below table.

Table 3.6 Monitoring Methodology of Noise

Environment Component

Sampling Location

Sampling Parameter

Sampling Frequency

Sampling Equipment

Detection

Limit

Ambient Noise levels

08 Locations

Decibels – dB (A)

Once during the study

Hourly reading

for 24 hours at each location

Noise Level Meter

0.1 dB (A)

3.2 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

COMPONENTS

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies need a significant amount

of primary and secondary baseline environmental data.



The primary baseline environmental data are those which need to be

collected in the field to define the status of environment (like air quality

data, water quality data, noise quality etc.).

The secondary baseline environmental data are those data which have

been collected over the years and can be used to understand the existing

environmental scenario of the study area by any recognized agencies.

(Such as used IMD data for micrometeorological data- rainfall, humidity

and Census data for Socio Economic etc.)

The environmental impact assessment (EIA) studies are conducted over a

short period of time and therefore the understanding the environmental

trends based on few months of primary data has its own limitations.

Ideally, the primary data has to be considered along with the secondary

data for complete understanding of the existing environmental status of

the area.

3.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The impact on air environment would depend and has been identified on

the basis of identification of sources of air pollution from various process

operations; the nature of pollutants and their quantities likely to be

discharged to the atmosphere; and the baseline data on air quality.

The baseline data on air quality and micrometeorological conditions of the

area surrounding the project site have been generated through an

appropriately designed network for monitoring of Ambient Air Quality

(AAQ) within the zone of likely impacts.

3.3.1 Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

The following criteria were taken into account while designing the ambient

air quality-monitoring network:

Topography/Terrain of the study area

Populated areas within the region

Prediction of maximum concentrations and distances of their likely

occurrence under prevailing meteorological conditions

Representation of regional background

Representation of valid cross sectional distribution in downwind

direction.



3.3.2 Reconnaissance

Reconnaissance was undertaken to establish the baseline status of air

environment in the study region. The prime objective of the NAAQ survey,

within 10 km radial study area around the plant was to establish the

existing ambient air quality levels. Eight Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

(AAQM) stations including project site were selected based on the criteria

used for designing the network. The locations (relative directions and

distances) of these stations with respect to project site are given in Figure

3.6 and details of these stations are described in Table 3.7.

Particulate Matter (PM10), Particulate Matter (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2),

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), CO, HC (methane & non methane), HCl, Cl2 &

VOCs were identified as significant parameters for ambient air quality

monitoring, particularly because these are likely to be emitted from the

industries and for which ambient air quality standards are prescribed.

The micrometeorological data on wind speed, wind direction, temperature

and relative humidity were collected through a weather monitoring station

for the study period. The baseline status of air quality was monitored

within the study area i.e. 10 km radial distance from project site as per the

terms of reference.

3.3.3 Micrometeorology of the area

The micrometeorological conditions at the project site will regulate the

transport and diffusion of air pollutants released into the atmosphere. The

principle meteorological variables are horizontal convective transport

(average wind speed and direction), vertical convective transport

(atmospheric stability, mixing height) and topography of the area.

The data on surface meteorological parameters (hourly average wind speed

and direction) in the study area were collected during the 20th March,

2015 to 15th June, 2015 using portable weather monitoring station

placed at industry site. The sensors of this equipment were kept at about

10 m above ground level with free exposure to the atmosphere all through

the study period in pre monsoon season. In addition, data on temperature

as well relative humidity were also recorded simultaneously using a data

logger.



Wind Rose (Secondary data)

The 24 hourly wind rose was prepared using the data on wind direction and

speed collected for pre monsoon season in the study area. The same, as

depicted in Figure 3.7, shows the predominant wind directions are WNW,

W, WSW & NW implying that wind blows from these directions for most of

the time during the study period. The wind speed class 1-5 kmph occurred

for 3.22%, 6-10 kmph about 27.17%, 11-15 kmph 31.52% and above 15

kmph and below 35 kmph occurred for 28.96% of the study duration and

of the time. The calm condition (below 1 kmph) prevails 9.13% of time.

The wind data generated at site were also compared with the

climatologically data obtained from the closest Indian Meteorological

Department station at Udaipur.

Temperature (Primary data)

During the study period the maximum and minimum temperatures were

recorded as 46.0°C and 21.0°C respectively.

Relative Humidity (Primary data)

During study period at project site during study period, the maximum

relative humidity was recorded as 72% and minimum as 2%.

Rainfall (Primary data)

No rainfall during the study period in the study area except 0.1 mm to 0.2

mm rainfall on 03.06.15 in some part of study area.

Ambient Air Quality Survey

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at eight AAQM

locations, with a frequency of twice a week to assess the existing

sub-regional air quality status in pre monsoon season. The Respirable Dust

Sampler and Fine Particulate Sampler along with the analytical methods

prescribed by CPCB were used for carrying out air quality monitoring. At all

these sampling locations; PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO, HC (methane & non

methane), HCl, Cl2 & VOCs were monitored to enable the comparison with

ambient air quality standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control

Board. The data on concentrations of various pollutants were processed for

different statistical parameters like arithmetic mean, standard deviation,

minimum and maximum concentration and various percentile values.



3.3.4 Baseline Status

The existing baseline levels with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO, HC

(methane & non methane), HCl, Cl2 & VOCs are presented in Tables 3.9

to 3.13 with interpretation of statistical analysis of observed ambient air

quality data for eight locations. Below results, represent the cross sectional

distribution of baseline air quality status of the study region.

Particulate Matter (PM10)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly PM10 values at all the

locations varied between 58.2-65.6 g/m3 and 62.2-72.0 g/m3, which are

well within the stipulated standard of CPCB, 100 g/m3.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly PM2.5 values at all the



Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly SO2 value of arithmetic

mean at all the locations ranged between 7.8-13.6 g/m3 and 8.7-15.8

g/m3 respectively, which are well within the stipulated standards of 80

g/m3.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24 hourly NOx value of arithmetic


g/m3 respectively, which are much lower than the standards i.e. 80

g/m3, stipulated by CPCB.

3.4 HYDRO-GEOLOGICAL STATUS OF THE STUDY AREA

Udaipur district is located between 23o46’ & 25o05’ North latitude and

73o09’ & 74o35’ East longitude covering an area of 11630.66 sq. km. The

district is part of Udaipur Division and is divided into seven sub-divisions

namely Girwa, Dhariyawad, Mavali, Vallabhnagar, Kotra, Jhadol and

Salumbar. Administratively the district is divided into 10 tehsils and 11

development blocks.

Rainfall & Climate Average annual rainfall of the district is 657.0 mm.

The southern part of the district receives slightly more rainfall. The mean



annual rainfall is 854.4 mm at Dhariyawad and minimum average rainfall is

566.7 mm at Sarada.

The climate of the district is dry except S-W monsoon season. The cold

season is from December to February and is followed by summer from

March to June. From mid of September to end of November constitute post

monsoon season.

Geomorphology & Drainage

The district is characterized by undulating topography. Towards the

western part of district, series of Aravalli hills run along NE-SW direction. A

typical plain of gneisses and granites without any alluvium cover is

observed to the east of Aravalli ridges.

The district has a well-developed drainage system. The main rivers of the

district are Jakham, Som, Wakal, Sei, Sabarmati, Gomti and Berach. These

are monsoon fed rivers and flow more rigorously in rainy season.

Jakham, Gomti and Som drain the south eastern plains of the district.

Wakal, Sabarmati and Sei rivers flow through the valley region of Aravalli

ranges in the south west of the district. These rivers have been dammed at

various sites and thus several artificial lakes have been created in the

district. Important ones are Jaisamand, Udaisagar, Pichhola, Fatehsagar,

Som Kagdar and Jakham.

Drainage density in most part of the district varies from 0.5 to 0.7 km/km2.

Drainage density is from 0.7 to more than1 km/km2 in the south eastern

and south western part of the district. In the north central part of the

district its low and ranges between 0.3 to 0.5 km/km2

Geology: The oldest formation exposed in the area belongs to Bhilwara

Super group of Arachean age. The central and western part of the district

is occupied by the younger formations of Aravalli super group and Delhi

super group of Proterozoic age. Quaternary and recent alluvium overlies

most of the formations in isolated patches, along river courses and in the

shallow depressions. Lithology of region is Phyllite, mica schists, meta

siltstone, quartzite, dolomite, gneisses & migmatites.

Hydro-geology: The occurrence of ground water in the district is mainly

controlled by the topographic and structural features present in the

geological formations. Groundwater occurs mainly under unconfined



condition to semi-confined in saturated zone of rock formation. Its

occurrence is controlled by topography. Physiography and structural

features of the geological formations. The movement of the groundwater in

hard rock areas is governed by size, openness, interconnection and

continuity of structural weak planes while in unconsolidated rocks

groundwater movement takes places through pore space between grains.

The eastern part of the district is underlain by rock belonging to Bhilwara

super group. These aquifers occur predominantly in Bhinder, Salumbar,

Sarada, Mavli Blocks. Few intrusive are also found which have low

permeability. Groundwater in these rocks occurs under water table

conditions in the zone of weathering and fracturing, joints and foliation

planes. When schists are inter mixed with gneisses it forms a better

aquifer. The rate of recuperation is slow in gneisses and schist; it is

comparatively faster in granites. The depth of dug wells ranges from 15 to

35 metres. The depth to water level in the area tapping this aquifer ranges

from 3 m to 35 m. The depth to water level varies widely depending upon

topography, drainage, bedrock geology etc. Depth to water varies from

less than 2 m to more than 31m bgl. In the Mavali area DTW varies from

10 to 20 m.

3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water is one of the essential requirements of living as well as non-living

elements. Also it is an essential requirement for many of the industrial

activities. The change in quality of water may bring about an adverse

impact on the entire environment. Due to their physical, chemical and

biological interrelations, change in water quality parameter may trigger

changes in other variables. Physico-chemical parameters have been

analyzed to ascertain the baseline status of fresh water.

There are mainly two types of water available in the region: surface water

and ground water.

Surface water: There are surface water bodies like River, lakes, village

pond/reservoir in the study area. Samples are collected from ponds from

Fatehnagar & Wasnikhurd villages. Results of surface water are given in

Table 3.16.



Ground water: It is an important source of water in the study area. There

are many bore wells in the study area. Water samples have been collected

from near project site and different seven locations (Sadipura, WasriKhurd,

Changeri, Girdharipura, Fatehnagar, Jagatsinghji, Kakhra & Bhumlawas).

3.5.1 Ground Water Quality (Primary data)

Collected water samples were analyzed for various desirable characteristics

of ground water. Sampling location is shown in Figure 3.8. The results are

shown in Table 3.15.

Color: All the samples were found color less meeting desirable norms.

pH: All the samples meet the desirable standards (pH ranges from 7.13 to

8.02).

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): TDS in samples ranges from 789 mg/L

(Nr. Project Site) to 1118 mg/L (Girdharipura). All the samples meet the

permissible limit of 2000 mg/L, (If alternate sources of potable water are

not available).

Calcium: Calcium contents in the water ranges from 47 mg/L (Changeri)

to 89 mg/L (Nr. Project site), all the samples meet the permissible limit of

200 mg/L, (If alternate sources of potable water is not available).

Magnesium: Magnesium content in the water ranges from 12 mg/L

(Changeri) to 53 mg/L (Sadipura). All the samples meet the permissible

limit of 100 mg/L (if alternate source of potable water in not available).

Sulfate: Sulfate content in the water ranges from 58 mg/L (Bhumlawas) to

102 mg/L (Changeri). All the samples meet the permissible limit of 400

mg/L for drinking water (if alternate source of potable water in not

available).

Fluoride: Fluoride content in the water ranges from 0.73 mg/L (Sadipura)

to 1.35 mg/L (Bhumlawas). All the samples meet the permissible limit (1.5

mg/L).

Total Alkalinity: Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 156

mg/L (WasriKhurd) to 277 mg/L (Sadipura). All the samples are within the

permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L) (if alternate source of

portable water is not available).



Other Parameters: Potassium (ranges from 11 mg/L to 53 mg/L),

Sodium (ranges from 126 mg/L to 301 mg/L) and Chloride (ranges from

321 mg/L to 483 mg/L).

Heavy metals like copper, lead, chromium and zinc are well below the

limit in all samples.

Conclusions: Ground water samples from villages meet the permissible

limit set by the authority (BIS). Indian Standard specification for drinking

water is given in Table 3.17.

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT (PRIMARY DATA)

3.6.1 Introduction

Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. It interferes with speech and

hearing and is intense enough to damage hearing or is otherwise annoying.

The definition of noise as unwanted sound implies that it has an adverse

effect on human beings and their environment. Noise can also disturb

natural wildlife and ecological system.

Sound is mechanical energy from a vibrating surface, transmitted by cyclic

series of compression and rarefaction of molecules of the materials through

which it passes. Sound can be transmitted through gases, liquids and

solids. The number of compressions and refractions of the air molecules in

the unit of time is described as its frequency. Frequency is expressed in

hertz (Hz), which is the same as the number of cycles per second.

3.6.2 Methodology

To understand the noise environment in the study area, a survey was

conducted using Sound Level Meter at each of the eight locations including

the plant site as shown in Figure 3.9.

3.6.3 Day-Time and Night-Time Noise Levels

Noise survey was carried out once at each of the eight locations in the day

and night time during the study period. Table 3.18 depicts average

Leq(day) and Leq(night) noise levels for all locations.

3.6.4 Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect to Noise

Ministry of Environment and Forest has notified the ambient standards in

respect of noise in Gazette of India dated 14th February, 2000. Table 3.19

depicts these standards in respect of noise.



3.6.5 Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area

The Leq values of noise levels during day-time varied from 47.4 dB(A) to

66.8 dB(A). Highest Leq daytime value was recorded near project site due

to industrial activities. The Leq values of noise levels during night time

varied from 38.3 dB(A) to 60.4 dB(A). Highest Leq value during night time

was also recorded near project site.

3.6.6 Conclusions

The hourly Leq noise levels recorded at various locations in the study area

show considerable fluctuations because of changes in traffic movement,

commercial and domestic activities in the study area. Generally noise levels

in public places like Bus Stop have higher values in day time. In the study

area higher Noise value during day time was noted near project, due to

industrial activities and it is less than the Ambient standards of industrial

area for day time {75 dB (A)}. Highest results in night time was also

recorded near project site, which is less than the prescribed limit of

industrial area for night time {65 dB (A)}.

3.7 Soil Environment (Primary data)

3.7.1 Introduction

Soils may be defined as a thin layer of earth’s crust that serves as a

natural medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral

matter that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and

environmental factors. Soils serve as a reservoir of nutrients for plants and

crops and provide mechanical anchorage and favorable tilth.

The study area has alluvial sandy loam soil locally known as Goradu.

Goradu are nothing but alluvial soils of older origin while Bhatta soils are of

recent origin deposited chiefly along the banks of river. The soils of this

group are moderately deep, well drained, calcareous fine soils on very

gently sloping alluvial plain with slight erosion and moderate salinity;

associated with deep, moderate well drained, calcareous, fine soils with

moderate erosion. The study area has alluvial sandy loam soil with the

following physical and chemical characteristics.



3.7.2 Soil Characteristics

Samples of soils were collected from 6 locations (Project site, Sadipura,

Changeri, Girdharipura, Fatehnagar & Bhumlawas) during the study period

and these locations are shown in Figure 3.10.

The values of important physical and chemical parameters of these soil

samples are depicted in Table 3.20. From the tabulated values, the

following conclusions can be made about the physical and chemical

characteristics of these soil samples.

3.7.3 Corollaries

Physical Parameters

Particle Size: A Particle size of the different constituents (clay, silt, sand

and gravel) controls the porosity and water holding characteristic of the

soil. Clay (size<0.002 mm) amount in the soil samples ranges from 13% to

21%; Silt (size 0.002 to 0.075 mm) in the soil samples is 23% to 29% and

Sand (size 0.075 to 0.475 mm) in the soil samples is 31% to 41%, while

Gravel (size>4.75 mm) in the soil samples is 15% to 26%. Analysis shows

that the soil has moderate water holding capacity.

Porosity: Porosity is a measure of space in between soil particles caused

by structural conditions and determined under identical conditions. Porosity

of soil samples of the study area ranges from 42.5% to 45.7%.

Water Holding Capacity (WHC): Water Holding Capacity (WHC) of soil

samples of the study area ranges between 34.8% to 41.3% and these

being sandy soils are not capable of retaining sufficient water during

irrigation for facilitating the plant growth.

Bulk Density: Bulk Density of soils in the study area is found to be in the

range from 1.34 to 1.42 g/cm3. Bulk density is of greater importance for

characterizing the physical behavior of soils. Generally, soils with low bulk

density have favorable physical conditions (porosity and permeability)

whereas those with high bulk density exhibit poor physical conditions.

Chemical Parameters

pH: pH was determined by taking 1:5 ratio of soil and distilled water. pH of

soils in the study area is found to be in the range of 7.29 to 7.84.

Chloride: Chloride content in soils of the study area is found to be in the

range of 254 to 374 mg/kg.



Soluble Calcium: The soluble calcium as CaCO3 in soil samples is found to

be in the range of 267 to 365 mg/kg.

Magnesium: Magnesium content in soil samples of the study area ranges

from 82 to 105 mg/kg.

Total Phosphorus: Available Phosphorus content in soil samples of the

study area ranges from 12 to 25 mg/kg.

Total Nitrogen: Available nitrogen content in soil samples of the study

area is found to be in the range from 168 to 218 mg/kg.

Potassium: Potassium content in soil samples of the study area is found

to be in the range from 95 to 132 mg/kg.

Sodium: Sodium content in soil samples of the study area is found to be in

the range from 75 to 94 mg/kg.

Total Organic Matter (TOM): Total organic matter content in soil

samples of the study area is found to be in the range of 3.39 to 6.12

mg/kg.

3.8 ECOLOGY (PRIMARY DATA)

3.8.1 Background:

A detailed flora fauna study was carried out in the 10 km radius area of the

site. The site is located at Plot No. G-154, 155, 156, 157, 164, 165, 166,

167, RIICO Industrial area, Village: Sanwad, Tehsil: Mavli, Dist.: Udaipur,

Rajasthan (India) at 24°50'47.00" N Latitude & 74°05'46.00" E Longitude.

The main purpose of the study was to identify the flora and fauna species

in the study region with their impact on the natural habitation due to

upcoming proposed project. The unit proposes to develop 33% of its unit

area into greenbelt area. Average annual rainfall of the district is 657.0

mm. The southern part of the district receives slightly more rainfall. The

mean annual rainfall is 854.4 mm at Dhariyawad and minimum average

rainfall is 566.7 mm at Sarada. The contents of this subsection are based

primarily on reconnaissance survey carried out by the team of San

Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. & available information from forest department. The

site has good vegetation cover in and around the premises.



3.8.2 Period of the study

The baseline study, for the assessment of the floral and faunal biodiversity

of the terrestrial environment of the study area, within 10 km radius from

the site was conducted during 20th March, 2015 to 15th June, 2015.

3.8.3 Study methodology

The study region was earmarked for 10 km radius area and its relevant

baseline data was collected from the Census data book. The survey

methodology was based on the flora and fauna species identification in

personal and recently recorded and found in the region by the localities.

Sampling of grass species was carried out by quadrat sampling method to

examine the species distribution and its frequency in the region.

Quadrat Sampling Method:

A quadrat (or plot-based) survey is a quantitative examination of species

distribution and abundance. Quadrats are more likely to detect

inconspicuous or threatened species because a smaller area is sampled in a

concentrated search. This survey technique also provides a basis for

subsequent monitoring. The survey was carried out for the vegetation

ground cover found in the road edges by 1 m2 quadrat and study on the

edge effect due to rapid industrialization and urbanization. The results and

findings of the same are discussed in the following sections.

3.8.4 Floral species in the study area

This biodiversity is the natural biological capital of the earth, and presents

important opportunities for all nations. It provides goods and services

essential to support human livelihoods and aspirations and enables

societies to adapt to changing needs and circumstances.

In addition, biodiversity maintains the ecological balance necessary for

planetary and human survival.

Species of Herbs, Shrubs, and Trees:

The species of trees, herbs, shrubs and major crops observed in the study

area were identified and presented in the Table 3.22 of this report.

3.8.5 Cultivated plants in the study area

A single crop in kharif is the predominant cropping system in the project

area. In the project site practices legume-wheat- based cropping system.



Cropping pattern is pearl – millet - wheat, pearl-millet-mustard, Maize-

wheat etc in the project study area. The major kharif crops in the project

study area are pulses, maize, jower, soya been, groundnut and rape seed.

While the major Rabi crop in the area are wheat, mustard, barley and

gram.

3.8.6 Fauna in the study area

For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with

respect to birds, reptiles, amphibians sps.; a baseline survey had been

conducted for the study area of 10 km radius. A faunal biodiversity with

their scientific names and common names is presented in Table 3.23.

3.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

An essential part of environmental study is socio-economic environment

incorporating various facts related to socio-economic conditions in the

area, which deals with the total environment.

Socio economic study includes demographic structure of the area, provision

of basic amenities viz., housing, education, health and medical services,

occupation, water supply, sanitation, communication, transportation,

prevailing diseases pattern as well as feature of aesthetic significance such

as temples, historical monuments etc. at the baseline level. This would

help in visualizing and predicting the possible impact depending upon the

nature and magnitude of the project.

Socio-economic study of an area provides a good opportunity to assess the

socio-economic conditions of an area. This study will possibly make a

change in living and social standards of the particular area benefitted due

to the project.



Table 3.7: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

(Period of Monitoring: 20th March-2015 to 15th June-2015)

Sr.

No.

Sampling

Location

Direction

w.r.t. center

of Industry

Distance

(km)

Type of

Area

1 Project site (A1) -- -- Industrial

2 Girdharipura (A2) E 2.5 Residential

3 Bhumlawas (A3) N 2.6 Residential

4 Man khand (A4) NW 3.5 Residential

5 Fatehnagar (A5) S 3.1 Residential

6 Wasni khurd (A6) WSW 5.2 Residential

7 Bhawali (A7) W 7.3 Residential

8 Sadipura (A8) ENE 4.8 Residential



Table 3.8: Ambient Air Quality Status

(Period: 20th March-2015 to 15th June-2015)

Sr.

No.

Sampling

Location

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

Average (Min-Max) -g/m3

1 Project site (A1)

63.7 (56.3-68.1)

32.8 (28.5-36.3)

13.6 (11.1-15.8)

15.9 (12.8-19.0)

2 Girdharipura

(A2)

59.3

(59.7-69.2)

31.4

(23.2-36.9)

10.7

(9.2-11.9)

13.4

(10.2-15.9)

3 Bhumlawas

(A3)

58.6

(53.4-63.0)

28.3

(22.6-32.8)

10.1

(8.3-11.6)

11.8

(9.4-14.4)

4 Man khand (A4)

64.4 (58.6-72.4)

30.4 (25.5-37.8)

12.9 (9.9-15.9)

14.7 (12.6-16.6)

5 Fatehnagar (A5)

60.4 (55.4-65.0)

27.0 (21.9-29.8)

8.6 (7.2-9.8)

10.1 (8.3-12.7)

6 Wasni khurd

(A6)

58.2

(52.4-63.3)

26.6

(23.6-30.4)

7.8

(6.6-8.8)

9.1

(7.2-10.6)

7 Bhawali (A7) 65.6 (61.9-70.3)

37.3 (32.1-40.5)

12.7 (10.1-14.6)

14.4 (12.6-16.4)

8 Sadipura (A8) 59.2 (56.3-62.4)

28.2 (25.3-32.8)

12.8 (10.2-14.8)

13.5 (11.1-16.1)

Standard 100 60 80 80

Figure 3.1 Graphical representation of Ambient Air quality



Table 3.9: Ambient Air Quality Status (PM10)


Average-24 Hours Unit-g/m3

Station Name Max Min 98th

Percentile

75th

Percentile

50th

Percentile

25th

Percentile

Avg SD

Project site (A1) 68.1 56.3 67.9 66.6 64.2 62.6 63.7 3.5

Girdharipura (A2) 69.2 59.7 68.6 62.9 59.7 54.8 59.3 4.9

Bhumlawas(A3) 63.0 53.4 62.9 60.8 59.5 56.0 58.6 3.1

Man khand (A4) 72.4 58.6 72.0 66.4 63.6 61.1 64.4 4.1

Fatehnagar (A5) 65.0 55.4 64.9 62.7 60.9 57.9 60.4 3.0

Wasni khurd (A6) 63.3 52.4 63.2 61.4 58.7 55.3 58.2 3.6

Bhawali (A7) 70.3 61.9 70.0 67.9 65.5 63.5 65.6 2.6

Sadipura (A8) 62.4 56.3 62.2 60.6 59.4 58.0 59.2 1.9

Figure 3.2 Graphical representation for PM10



Table 3.10: Ambient Air Quality Status (PM2.5)


Average-24 Hours Unit-g/m3


Percentile

75th

Percentile

50th

Percentile

25th

Percentile

Avg SD

Project site (A1) 36.3 28.5 36.3 34.9 32.5 31.0 32.8 2.4

Girdharipura (A2) 36.9 23.2 36.6 33.1 32.0 29.6 31.4 3.1

Bhumlawas(A3) 32.8 22.6 32.1 29.8 28.9 27.4 28.3 2.4

Man khand (A4) 37.8 25.5 37.1 32.3 29.6 28.5 30.4 3.2

Fatehnagar (A5) 29.8 21.9 29.5 28.4 27.6 26.5 27.0 2.0

Wasni khurd (A6) 30.4 23.6 30.1 28.4 26.4 24.8 26.6 2.2

Bhawali (A7) 40.5 32.1 40.5 38.9 37.7 36.1 37.3 2.4

Sadipura (A8) 32.8 25.3 32.5 29.0 28.0 26.5 28.2 2.3

Figure 3.3 Graphical representations for PM2.5



Table 3.11: Ambient Air Quality Status (SO2)


Average - 24 Hours Unit - g/m3


Percentile

75th

Percentile

50th

Percentile

25th

Percentile

Avg SD

Project site (A1) 15.8 11.1 15.7 14.7 13.6 12.9 13.6 1.4

Girdharipura (A2) 11.9 9.2 11.8 11.3 10.9 10.2 10.7 0.8

Bhumlawas(A3) 11.6 8.3 11.6 10.8 10.2 9.5 10.1 1.0

Man khand (A4) 15.9 9.9 15.8 13.9 13.1 11.9 12.9 1.7

Fatehnagar (A5) 9.8 7.2 9.8 9.3 8.6 8.0 8.6 0.9

Wasni khurd (A6) 8.8 6.6 8.7 8.3 7.9 7.2 7.8 0.7

Bhawali (A7) 14.6 10.1 14.4 13.5 12.8 12.2 12.7 1.1

Sadipura (A8) 14.8 10.2 14.7 13.9 12.9 12.1 12.8 1.3

Figure 3.4 Graphical representation for SO2



Table 3.12: Ambient Air Quality Status (NOx)


Average-24 Hours Unit - g/m3


Percentile

75th

Percentile

50th

Percentile

25th

Percentile

Avg SD

Project site (A1) 19.0 12.8 18.8 17.3 15.8 14.7 15.9 1.7

Girdharipura (A2) 15.9 10.2 15.9 14.5 13.4 12.5 13.4 1.6

Bhumlawas(A3) 14.4 9.4 14.1 12.6 11.7 10.7 11.8 1.4

Man khand (A4) 16.6 12.6 16.6 15.6 14.8 13.7 14.7 1.3

Fatehnagar (A5) 12.7 8.3 12.5 10.6 10.1 9.2 10.1 1.2

Wasni khurd (A6) 10.6 7.2 10.5 9.8 9.2 8.4 9.1 0.9

Bhawali (A7) 16.4 12.6 16.1 15.1 14.2 13.8 14.4 0.9

Sadipura (A8) 16.1 11.1 16.0 14.7 13.2 12.5 13.5 1.5

Figure 3.5 Graphical representation for NOX



Table 3.13: Ambient Air Quality Status (CO, HC, VOCs, HCl, Cl2)

(Period: 20th March-2015 to 15th June-2015)

Station Name Concentration (g/m3)

CO HCl Cl2 HC VOCs as BTX

MHC NMHC Benzene Toluene Xylene Total

Project site (A1) 198 BDL BDL 910 48 1.36 2.14 0.61 4.11

Girdharipura (A2) 192 BDL BDL 972 19 BDL BDL BDL BDL

Bhumlawas(A3) 179 BDL BDL 1007 20 BDL BDL BDL BDL

Man khand (A4) 185 BDL BDL 1019 23 BDL BDL BDL BDL

Fatehnagar (A5) 174 BDL BDL 895 22 0.96 1.26 0.42 2.64

Wasni khurd (A6) 210 BDL BDL 918 34 BDL BDL BDL BDL

Bhawali (A7) 207 BDL BDL 942 29 BDL BDL BDL BDL

Sadipura (A8) 203 BDL BDL 979 24 BDL BDL BDL BDL



Table 3.14: National Ambient Air Quality Standards

(EP, 7th amendment rules-2009)

Pollutants Time-weighted

average Concentration in ambient air

Industrial,

Residential,

Rural and

others area

Ecologically

Sensitive

area

(Notified by

Central

Government)

Method of

Measurement

Sulphur Dioxide

(SO2), µg/m3

Annual Average* 50 20 Improved west and

Gaeke

Ultraviolet

fluorescence

24 hours** 80 80

Oxides of

Nitrogen as

(NO2), µg/m3

Annual Average* 40 30 Modified Jacob

&Hochheiser

(Na-Arsenate)

Chemiluminescence

24 hours** 80 80

Particulate

Matter (Size less

than 10 µm or

PM10, µg/m3

Annual Average* 60 60 Gravimetric

TOEM

Beta attenuation 24 hours** 100 100

Particulate

Matter(Size less

than 2.5 µm or

PM2.5, µg/m3

Annual Average* 40 40 Gravimetric

TOEM

Beta attenuation 24 hours** 60 60

Ozone (O3)

µg/m3

8 hours ** 100 100 UV photometric

Chemiluminescence

Chemical Method 1hours** 180 180

Lead (Pb)

µg/m3

Annual Average* 0.50 0.50 AAS/ICP method

after sampling on

EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter

paper

ED-XRF using

Teflon filter

24 hours** 1.0 1.0

Carbon

Monoxide (CO)

mg/m3

8 hours** 02 02 Non Dispersive

Infra Red (NDIR)

spectroscopy 1 hour** 04 04

Ammonia (NH3)

µg/m3

Annual Average* 100 100 Chemiluminescence

Indophenol Blue

Method 24 hours** 400 400

Benzene (C6H6)

µg/m3

Annual* 05 05 Gas

chromatography

based continuous

analyzer

Adsorption and

desorption followed

by GC analysis

Benzo(a)Pyrine

(BaP)-

particulate

phase only,

µg/m3

Annual* 01 01 Solvent extraction

followed by

HPLC/GC analysis



Arsenic (As),

µg/m3

Annual* 06 06 AAS/ICP method

after sampling on

EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter

paper

Nickel (Ni)

µg/m3

Annual* 20 20 AAS/ICP method

after sampling on

EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter

paper

*

Annual Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken

twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.

**

24 hourly/8 hourly or 01 hourly values, as applicable, shall be complied

with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the

limits but not two consecutive days of monitoring.



Table 3.15: Results of Groundwater Quality in the Study Area

(Date of Sampling: 13/05/15 to 15/05/15)

Parameters Unit CONCENTRATION Method of Test (Ref. to IS) Nr.

Project site

(GW1)

Sadipura (GW2)

WasriKhurd (GW3)

Changeri (GW4)

Girdharipura (GW5)

Fateh nagar (GW6)

Jagatsinghji Kakhra (GW7)

Bhumlawas (GW8)

pH pH Unit 7.62 7.65 7.48 7.53 7.88 8.02 7.59 7.13 3025(Part 11)

Color Co-Pt Unit

Color less

Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless Color less

Colorless Colorless 3025(Part 4)

Taste - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3025(Part 7 & 8)

Conductivity Micro mhos/

cm

1123 1468 1392 1195 1681 1275 1305 1523 3025 (Part 14)

Turbidity NTU 2.3 1.7 3.3 1.3 2.9 3.7 5.6 3.4 3025(Part 10)

TDS mg/L 789 1024 975 836 1118 888 914 1058 3025(Part 16)

Total Hardness as

CaCO3

mg/L 379 398 286 167 258 363 384 311 3025(Part 21)

Total Alkalinity mg/L 175 277 156 186 289 274 266 164 3025 (Part 23)

Calcium as Ca+2 mg/L 89 72 65 47 62 81 86 52 3025(Part 40)

Magnesium as

Mg+2

mg/L 38 53 30 12 25 39 41 44 3025(Part 46)

Chlorides as Cl- mg/L 321 432 428 335 418 327 357 483 3025(Part 32)

Sulfates as SO4-2 mg/L 92 81 75 102 97 85 88 58 3025(Part 24)

Fluoride as F- mg/L 0.95 0.73 1.19 0.82 1.24 0.76 1.26 1.35 3025(Part 60)

Nitrates as NO3-3 mg/L 12 11 15 14 10 17 18 13 3025(Part 34)

Sodium as Na+ mg/L 126 256 239 263 301 174 205 258 3025(Part 45)

Potassium as K+ mg/L 43 11 17 24 44 53 48 31 3025(Part 45)

Phenol mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 43)

Cadmium as Cd mg/L <0.003 <0.001 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 3025(Part 41)

Nickel as Ni mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 54)

Copper as Cu mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 42)

Lead as Pb mg/L <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 3025(Part 47)

Manganese as Mn mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 59)

Iron as Fe mg/L 0.16 0.18 0.31 0.17 0.22 0.20 0.26 0.30 3025(Part 53)

Chromium mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 3025(Part 52)

Zinc as Zn mg/L <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 3025(Part 49)



Table 3.16: Results of surface water Quality in the Study Area


Parameters Unit CONCENTRATION Test Method

(Ref to IS) Fatehnagar

(SW1)

WasniKhurd

(SW2)

pH pH Unit 8.86 7.5 3025 (Part 11)

Temperature 0C 32 32 --

Conductivity Micro

mhos/cm

773 479 3025 (Part 14)

Turbidity NTU 18.5 21.6 3025 (Part 10)

TDS mg/L 547 335 3025 (Part 16)

Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 4.7 4.2 --

Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 220 166 3025 (Part 21)

Total Alkalinity mg/L 261 196 3025 (Part 23)

Sodium as Na+ mg/L 155 88 3025(Part 45)

Potassium K+ mg/L 34 27 3025(Part 45)

Calcium Ca+2 mg/L 47 35 3025 (Part 40)

Magnesium Mg+2 mg/L 25 19 3025 (Part 46)

Chlorides as Cl- mg/L 226 148 3025 (Part 32)

Sulfates as SO4-2 mg/L 29 33 3025 (Part 24)

Nitrates as NO3-3 mg/L 4.83 3.61 3025 (Part 34)

Phenol as C6H5OH mg/L <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 43)

Arsenic as As mg/L <0.03 <0.03 3025 (Part 37)

Cadmium as Cd mg/L <0.001 <0.001 3025 (Part 41)

Copper as Cu mg/L <0.003 <0.003 3025 (Part 42)

Lead as Pb mg/L <0.02 <0.02 3025 (Part 47)

Manganese as Mn mg/L <0.007 <0.007 3025 (Part 59)

Iron as Fe mg/L 0.22 0.16 3025 (Part 53)

Total Chromium mg/L <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 52)

Zinc as Zn mg/L 0.005 <0.001 3025 (Part 49)

Nickle as Ni mg/L <0.07 <0.07 3025 (Part 54)

Total Coliform MPN/ml 6 10 IS: 5401 (P-I)



Table 3.17: Indian Standard Specification for Drinking Water

Sr.

No.

Parameters Desirable

Limit

Permissible Limit

in the Absence of

Alternate Source

I Essential Characteristics

1. Colour, Hazen Units, Max. 5 25

2. Odour Unobjectionable -

3. Taste Agreeable -

4. Turbidity, NTU, Max. 5 10

5. pH 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation

6. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l, Max. 300 600

7. Iron (as Fe) mg/l, Max. 0.3 1.0

8. Chlorides (as Cl) mg/l, Max. 250 1000

9. Residual Free Chlorine, mg/l, Min. 0.20* -

II Desirable Characteristics

10. Dissolved Solids, mg/l, Max. 500 2000

11. Alkalinity (as CaCO3), mg/l, Max. 200 600

12. Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l, Max. 200 400

13. Nitrate (as NO3) 45 100

14. Fluoride (as F) mg/l, Max. 1.0 1.5

15. Calcium (as Ca) mg/l, Max. 75 200

16. Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l, Max. 30 100

17. Copper (as Cu) mg/l, Max. 0.05 1.5

18. Manganese (as Mn) mg/l, Max. 0.1 0.3

19. Mercury (as Hg) mg/l, Max. 0.001 No Relaxation

20. Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l, Max. 0.01 No Relaxation

21. Selenium (as Se) mg/l, Max. 0.01 No Relaxation

22. Arsenic (As As) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

23. Cyanide (as CN) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

24. Lead (as Pb) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

25. Zinc (as Zn) mg/l, Max. 5 15

26. Aluminium (as Al) mg/l, Max. 0.03 0.2

27. Boron (as B) mg/l, Max. 1 5

28. Chromium (as Cr) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

29. Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH)

mg/l, Max.

0.001 0.002

30. Anionic Detergents (as MBAS) mg/l,

Max. mg/l, Max.

0.2 1.0

31. Mineral Oil mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.03

32. Pesticides Absent 0.001

33. Radioactive Materials

a. Alpha Emitters, Bq/I, Max.

b. Beta Emitters, Pci/I, Max

-

-

0.1

0.037

Note: * Applicable only when water is chlorinated

Source: IS: 10500, 2012



Table 3.18: Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area

(Date of Monitoring: 13/05/15 to 15/05/15)

Sr.

No.

Noise

Monitoring

Locations

Date of

Monitoring

CPCB Limits in

dB (A)

Average Noise

levels in dB (A)

Leq

(Day)

dB A

Leq

(Night)

dB A

Leq

(Day)

dB A

Leq

(Night)

dB A

1. Nr. Project Site (N1)

13/05/15 75.0 70.0 66.8 60.4

2. Village Bhumlawas

(N2)

14/05/15 55.0 45.0 54.1 43.7

3. Village Sadipura (N3)

14/05/15 55.0 45.0 52.5 44.2

4. Village Wasni Khurd (N4)

15/05/15 55.0 45.0 53.9 45.0

5. Village ManKhand

(N5)

13/05/15 55.0 45.0 54.6 43.9

6. Bus stand,

Fatehnagar (N6)

13/05/15 65.0 55.0 63.3 56.1

7. Temple Fatehnagar (N7)

13/05/15 50.0 40.0 47.4 38.3

8. State highway 9

(N8)

13/05/15 65.0 55.0 59.8 52.9

Table 3.19

Ambient Air Quality Standards with respect to Noise

Category of Area Limits Leq, dB(A)

Day Time Night Time

Industrial 75 70

Commercial 65 55

Residential 55 45

Silence 50 40



Table 3.20: Soil Analysis of Study area


S.

No.

Parameters Unit Project Site (S1)

Sadipura (S2)

Changeri (S3)

Girdhari-pura (S4)

Fateh-nagar (S5)

Bhumlawas (S6)

1. pH (5%) Solution -- 7.67 7.84 7.29 7.45 7.37 7.76

2. Conductivity mS/cm 1.498 1.492 1.443 1.431 1.552 1.417

3. Loss of Ignition % 2.6 2.3 3.1 1.8 1.7 1.2

4. Particle Size

Clay (<0.002 mm) % 14 16 18 13 15 21

Silt (0.002 to 0.075

mm)

% 29 27 26 29 25 23

Sand (0.075 -

0.475 mm)

% 39 31 33 40 41 41

gravel (size > 4.75

mm)

% 18 26 23 18 19 15

5. Water Holding

Capacity

% 34.8 40.7 38.1 36.5 41.3 39.6

6. Permeability cm/hr 3.31 3.07 2.77 3.25 3.14 2.83

7. Bulk Density g/cm3 1.39 1.34 1.39 1.38 1.36 1.42

8. Porosity % 43.7 45.7 43.7 44.1 44.9 42.5

9. Sodium Absorption

Ratio

Meq/

100 gm

1.09 1.05 0.92 1.18 1.13 1.02

10. Sodium mg/kg 84 89 75 88 94 82

11. Potassium mg/kg 95 102 112 124 132 114

12. Calcium mg/kg 282 365 351 267 362 354

13. Magnesium mg/kg 102 105 89 94 98 82

14. Chlorides mg/kg 374 284 254 332 302 255

15. Sulphates mg/kg 95 83 94 81 79 89

16. Organic Matter mg/kg 4.82 3.41 4.52 6.12 3.39 4.49

17. Total Nitrogen mg/kg 194 168 197 218 205 192

18. Total Phosphorus mg/kg 25 14 16 12 14 15

19. Iron mg/kg 2.31 1.46 1.52 1.43 1.22 1.07

20. Cation Exchange

Capacity

Meq/

100 gm

2.87 3.35 3.11 2.82 3.37 3.1



Table 3.21

Traffic Survey

TRAFFIC SHEET

LOCATION Rajasthan SH-9, Exit of Industrial Estate

TIME 09.00 to 10.00 DATE 15/05/2015

TOTAL PCU calculation Total PCU/hr

BUSES* 12 PCU x 3 36

CARS/VANS 85 PCU x 1 85

MOTORCYCLES/

BICYCLES

168 PCU x 0.5 84

Total 205

TIME 18.00 to 19.00 DATE 15/05/2015

TOTAL PCU calculation Total PCU/hr

BUSES* 17 PCU x 3 51

CARS/VANS 102 PCU x 1 102

MOTORCYCLES/

BICYCLES

175 PCU x 0.5 88

Total 241

Note: *Mini-bus, Chartered Bus, School Bus, have been collectively classified as

Buses.

Carrying capacity of existing road is 2900 PCU/hr.

Additional traffic from our project will be estimated 15 PCU/day (5 trucks x 3)

and 40 PCU/day from car and motorcycle, which have insignificant impact on

existing traffic load.



Table 3.22

Floral Diversity

A. Trees

Scientific Name Local Name Family

Annona squamosa Sitafal Annonaceae

Cassia siamea Kassod Fabaceae

Delonix regia Gulmohor Caesalpiniaceae

Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae

Cassia fistula Amaltash Fabaceae

Acacia nilotica Babool Fabaceae

Eucalyptus globulus Safeda/Sugandhapatra Myrtaceae

Albizia lebbeck Siris Mimosaceae

Acacia catechu Khair Fabaceae

Ziziphus mauritiana Ber Rhamnaceae

Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae

Butea monosperma Dhak Fabaceae

Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceae

Ficus religiosa Pipal Moraceae

Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae

Maytenus emarginata Kankera Celastraceae

Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae

Mitragyna parvifolia Kadam Rubiaceae

Polyalthia longifolia Ashok Annonaceae

Tamarindus indica Imli Fabaceae

Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae

Pongamia pinnata Karanj Fabaceae

Ficus benghalensis Bargad Moraceae

B. Shrub


Plumeria alba Champa Apocynaceae

Ricinus communis Arandi Euphorbiaceae

Calotropis procera Aak Asclepiadaceae

Carica papaya Papaya Caricaceae

Carissa carandas Karonda Apocynaceae

Capparis decidua Kair Capparaceae

Ipomoea carnea Behaya Convolvulaceae

Calotropis gigantea Aakra Asclepiadaceae

Ziziphus nummularia Jharberi Rhamnaceae

Euphorbia neriifolia Dandathor Euphorbiaceae



C. Herbs


Citrullus colocynthis Chitraa Cucurbitaceae

Borreria ocymoides Purple- Leaf Button Weed

Rubiaceae

Acalypha indica Muktajhuri Euphorbiaceae

Argemone mexicana Pili Kantili Papaveraceae

Helianthus annuus Sunflower Asteraceae

Anisomeles indica Kala bhangra Lamiaceae

Boerhavia diffusa Punarnava Nyctaginaceae

Amaranthus spinosus Jangli chaulai Amaranthaceae

Indigofera cordifolia Gokhru Fabaceae

Datura metel Dhatura Solanaceae

Polygala erioptera Gulpankhi Polygalaceae

Thevetia peruviana Peeli Kaner Apocynaceae

Tecoma gaudichaudi Yellow Bell Bignoniaceae

Sonchus oleraceus Dudhi Asteraceae

Pedalium murex Bada gokhru Pedaliacae

Mukia maderaspatana

Bilari Cucurbitaceae

Melochia corchorifolia Tikiokra Sterculiaceae

Tephrosia purpurea Sarphonk Fabaceae

D. Grass

Scientific Name Local name Family

Aristida depressa Bristle grass Poaceae

Cynodon dactylon Doob ghas Poaceae

Chloris dolichostachys - Poaceae

Cenchrus biflorus - Poaceae

Dichanthium

annulatum

Doob ghas Poaceae

Eragrostis japonica Panghas Poaceae

Echinochloea

colonum

-- Poaceae

Eragrostis unioloides Chinese Love Grass Poaceae

Saccharum

spontaneum

-- Poaceae

Saccharum munja -- Poaceae



E. Aquatic Plant


Ceratophyllum

Demersum

Water head, pond

weed

Ceratophyllales

Hydrilla verticillata Hydrilla Hydrocharitales

Potamogeton diversifolius American pond

weed

Potamogetonacea

Nymphaea alba White water lily Nymphaeales

Lemna perpusilla Small Duckweed Lemnaceae

Wolffia Columbiana Water meal Arales

Vallisneria spiralis Tape grass Hydrocharitaceae

Polygonum species knotweed Polygonaceae



Table 3.23

Faunal Biodiversity

A. Mammals

Scientific Name Common Name

Lepus nigricollis Hare

Felis chaus Jungle cat

Boselaphus tragocamelus Nilgai

Hystrix indica Indian porcupine

Rattus rattus House Rat

Herpestes edwardsii Common Mongoose

Funambulus pennanti Five Striped Palm Squirrel

Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox

Presbytis entellus Common Langur

Lepus nigricollis Indian hare

B. Reptiles


Calotes versicolor Common Garden

Lizard/Girgit

Hemidactylus flaviviridis House Gecko/Chhipkali

Eryx johnii Red sand Boa

Mabuya carinata Brahminy Skink/ Bahmani

Vipera russelli Russels viper

Ptyas mucosa Indian Rat Snake/Dhaman

Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait

Naja naja Indian cobra

C. Amphibians


Rana hexadactyla Indian Pond Frog

Rana tigerinus Indian Bull Frog

Rana limnocharis Indian cricket Frog

D. Butterflies


Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger

Ixias Marianne White –orange Tip

Papilio domoleus Lime butterfly

Papilio polytes Common mormon

Precis orithya Blue Pancy

Precis hierta Yellow Pansy



E. Arthropods and Mollusca


Macrochlamys indica Snail

Periplaneta amercana Cockroach

Buthus sp. Scorpion

Plexippus paykullii Spider

Crossopriza lyoni Spider

Argiope arcuata Spider

Acheta domestica Kala Jhingur

Indoplanorbis exustus Fresh water Snail

lymnaea acuminata Snail

Scolopendrid centipedes Kan Khajura

F. Birds

Scientific Name Common Name Family

Bubo bubo Owl Indian -

Milvus migrans Black kite Accipitriformes

Nycticorax nycticorax Black crown night

Heron

Ardeidae

Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Heron Ardeidae

Grus antigone Sarus Crane Grusformes

Ardea cinerea Grey Heron Ardeidae

Merops

Orientalis

Green bee-eater Meropidae

Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite Accipitridae

Streptopelia

enegalensis

Laughing dove

Columbidae

Streptopelia

decaocto

Eurasian dove Columbidae

Elanus axillaris Blackshouldered Kite Accipitridae

Corvus splendens House crow Corvidae

Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo Dicruridae

Apus affinis House swift Apodidae

Pavo cristatus Indian peafowl Phasianidae

Egretta garzetta Little egret Ardeidae

Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Ardeidae

Acridotherestristis Common myna Sturnidae

Acridotheres

ginginianus

Bank myna Sturnidae

Passer domesticus House sparrow Passerinae

Clamator Jacobinus Pied cuckoo Cuculidae

Ardea purpurea Purple Heron Ardeidae



Scientific Name Common Name Family

Upupa epops Common hoopoe Upupidae

Columba livia Rock pigeon Columbidae

Lanius excubitor Great Gray shrike Laniidae

Apus apus Common Swift Apodiae

Chrysocola ptes

festivus

Wood picker Picidae

Microcarbo niger Little cormorant Phalacrocoracidae

Anas poecilorhyncha Spotted bill Duck Anatidae

Prinia socialis Ashy Warn-Warbler Cisticolidae

Amaurornis

phoenicurus

White-breasted

waterhen

Rallidae



Table 3.24

Land use statistics based on satellite imagery

S. No.

Class Name Area (Sq. Km.)

Percentage

1 Agricultural Land 216.74 69.03

2 Urban or Built-up Land 0.92 0.29

3 Reservoir 1.8 0.57

4 Barren Land 71.1 22.64

5 Water 6.22 1.98


7 Water 0.55 0.18

8 Barren Land 0.05 0.02


Total 314.00 100



Figure 3.6

Location of AAQM

Indicating AAQM stations A1 – Project site

A2 – Girdharipura village

A3 – Bhumlawas village

A4 – Man Khand village

A5 – Fatehnagar

A6 – Wasni khurd village

A7 – Bhawali village

A8 – Sadipura village

10 km

Project site A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

4

A8



Figure 3.7

Wind Rose Diagram



Figure: 3.8

Water sampling Locations

Indicating Ground Water sampling location

Indicating Ground Water sampling location

Code Location Code Location

GW1 Nr. Project site SW1 Fatehnagar pond

GW2 Sadipura village SW2 Wasni khurd village pond

GW3 Wasni khurd village

GW4 Changeri village

GW5 Girdharipura village

GW6 Fatehnagar

GW7 Jagatsinghji Kakhra village

GW8 Bhumlawas village

10 km

Project site

GW1

GW2

GW3

GW4

GW5

GW6

GW7

GW8

SW1

SW2



Figure: 3.9

Locations of Noise monitoring station

Indicating Noise Monitoring Stations

Code Location

N1 Nr. Project Site

N2 Village Bhumlawas

N3 Village Sadipura

N4 Village Wasni Khurd

N5 Village ManKhand

N6 Bus stand, Fatehnagar

N7 Temple Fatehnagar

N8 State highway 9

10 km

Project site

N1

N2

N3

N4

N5

N6 & S7

N8



Figure: 3.10

Locations of Soil Sampling

Indicating Location of Soil Sampling

Code Location

S1 Project site

S2 Sadipura Village

S3 Changeri village

S4 Girdharipura village

S5 Fatehnagar village

S6 Bhumlawas village

10 km

Project site

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6



Figure 3.11

Land use pattern with 10 km radius (Satellite Image)

Project site



Figure 3.12

Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius

(1:25,000 scales)



Figure 3.13


(1:50,000 scale)



Figure 3.14


(1:1000000 scale)



Chapter-4

Anticipated Environmental Impacts &

Mitigation Measures 4.1 GENERAL

Environmental Impact can be defined as any change in environmental

conditions which may be adverse or beneficial; occurred due to action or

set of actions under consideration.

Environmental impact can be assessed by identifying the sources of the

impact and predicting the same. The identification of environmental

impacts has been made by co-relating the relationship between project

activity and environmental parameters. The project activities of the

proposed project are usually divided into two phases: Construction Phase

and Operation Phase. The activities like building construction,

transportation of construction material, etc. are usually considered in the

construction phase. While in the operation phase, the activities like

manufacturing process, transportation and storage of raw materials and

finished products, resource consumption, emergency, disaster and

greenbelt development has been considered.

The next step is prediction of impacts, which is an important component in

environmental impact assessment process. Several techniques and

methodologies are in vogue for predicting the impacts due to proposed

industrial development on physical, chemical, biological and socio-

economic components of environment. Such predictions delineate

contribution in existing baseline condition for the proposed project. The

additional impacts due to proposed activities are analyzed by keeping in

mind the baseline status. This helps to assess the assimilative capacity of

the environment and in turn the gravity of the impacts. The third important

component of the environmental assessment is the evaluation. Based on

the identification and prediction of the nature of impact the environment,

the impact can be evaluated qualitatively and quantitatively.

As such it becomes important to estimate the peak incremental

concentrations of gaseous pollutants caused due to the emissions from the



proposed activities. Chapter 2 of this report discusses the details of

pollution sources from the plant.

There are various types of impacts arise arising due to the proposed

activities which will be evaluated considering the following parameters in

construction and operational phase,

Impact on Topography

Impact on Air Environment

Impact on Noise Environment

Impact on Water Environment

Impact on Land Environment (Hazardous/solid waste generation)

Impact on Ecology (Flora and Fauna)

Impact on Socio-Economic Environment

4.2 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY

Project activities include excavation of soil in the plant area and

construction of shed and storage facilities. The area of the proposed plant

is flat terrain. During construction, excavated soil will be restored to its

original shape. Thus the impact during the construction is reversible, for

short term and insignificant.

During the operation phase of the project, no impact is envisaged on the

topography. Thus, topography will remain unchanged after proposed set up

of unit.

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Sources of Impact

There are chances of impact on the air environment due to installation of

machineries during construction phase and due to gaseous emission from

the flue and process gas stacks and fugitive emission during operational

phase.

4.3.1 Prediction of impact during Construction Phase

The source of air emission during the construction will include dust from

site cleaning, excavation of the plant area, construction activity etc. These

emissions are expected to result in change in baseline air quality, primarily

in the working area only. Dust and other emissions are not likely to spread

in wider area and not affect homes and other properties. Dust will generate

within working areas and measures will be taken to protect workers. Some



fugitive emission will generate from transportation of raw material within

the plant premises for construction and vehicular movement. To mitigate

the impact of fugitive emission due to Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM),

regular sprinkling of the water will be done along with the construction

activities.

4.3.2 Prediction of Impact during Operational Phase

Mathematical model used for predictions of impact includes steady state

Gaussian Plume Dispersion model designed for multiple point sources.

The impacts on air quality from project depend on various factors like

design capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to be

used, air pollution control measures, operation and maintenance. Apart

from the above, other activities associated with any project, viz.,

transportation of fuel, raw materials and finished products, storage

facilities and material handling within the plant premises may also

contribute to air pollution.

(a) Sources of Air Pollution (Point Source)



of which, one will be treated as standby) due to combustion of fuel. FO will

be used as fuel. There will be no need to install APCM as FO is an

environmental friendly fuel.


reactor and Fenpropimorph reactor. Alkali scrubber followed by water

scrubber will be installed to the stack attached to Lambda Cyhalothrin

reactor and Fenpropimorph reactor.


as standby and use in case of non-availability of power and/or emergency,

where HSD will be used as a fuel.

Emitted flue gas pollutants will be SPM, SO2 and NOx and main pollutants

from process stacks will be HCl, Cl2 and SO2. Adequate stack height to the

flue gas stack and process gas stack has been provided for proper

dispersion of gaseous emission. Estimated emission levels of stack are

given in Table: 4.1. The results show that all parameters are well within

the stipulated norms.



(b) Fugitive Emission

The fugitive emissions may be from leakage through valves, fittings,

pumps, etc. Excess use of solvent may also results in the fugitive emission

from the process vessels. The fugitive pollutants such as RPM, Acid fumes,

VOCs are likely to emit from process area. However it will be within

acceptable level.

Unit proposes to adopt following measures:

Regular maintenance of valves, pumps and other equipments to

prevent leakage and thus minimize the fugitive emissions of VOCs.

Entire process will be carried out in the closed reactors with proper

maintenance of pressure and temperature.

Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive

emission.

PPE will be provided to the workers.

To mitigate the impact due to Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM),

following control measures will be implemented:

Paved road will be developed inside the plant premises.

Regular monitoring of housekeeping will be carried out.

Speed of the vehicle will be controlled.

Construction material will be stored separately and covered to control

dust emission due to wind.

Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery will be carried out.

PUC certified vehicles will be used.

Ambient air quality monitoring will be done at strategic location.

To reduce the pollutant emitted during transportation, the unit will

adopt the practice of regular check-up and maintenance of vehicular

engines for complete combustion of the fuel.

Water sprinkler will be provided to reduce the dusting from road

transportation.

4.3.3 Dispersion Modeling of Emissions from the plant

The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground level

concentration during the operation of proposed activities and its impact on

ambient air quality of the area. The ground level concentrations of

pollutants have been computed using computer simulation model Industrial



Source Complex Short Term (ISCST-3) of United State Environmental

Protection Agency (USEPA) and considering guidelines stipulated by CPCB

for air pollution dispersion modeling. The key emitted pollutants will be

Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen

Oxide (NOx), HCl & Cl2.

4.3.4 Micrometeorology

The hourly wind speed, solar insolation and total cloudiness during day

time and wind speed and total cloudiness during night time were used to

determine the hourly atmospheric stability classes (defined by Pasquill and

Gifford as A to F, A being most unstable and F being most stable). The

hourly stability classes were determined based on the technique suggested

by Turner.

Turner’s system used for determining the stability classes is as follows:

- For day or night: If total cloud cover (TC) = 10/10 and ceiling <7000

ft (2134 m), NR=0

- For night-time (defined as period from one hour before sunset to one

hour after sunrise):

a) If TC<4/10, use NR = -2

b) If TC>4/10, use NR = -1

- For daytime: determine isolation class number (IN)

a) If TC<5/10, use NR=IN

b) If TC>5/10, modify IN by the sum of the following applicable criteria

If ceiling<7000 ft (2134m), modification = -2

If ceiling>7000 ft but <16000 ft (4877 m), modification = -1

- If TC=10/10 and ceiling>7000 ft, modification = -1, and let modified

value of IN=NR, except for day-time NR cannot be <+1.

During the study period, stability calculated based on above-mentioned

Turner method gives average stability as A-B class during Day time and E

class during Night time. Average micro meteorological data of 20th March,

2015 to 15th June, 2015 is used.

4.3.5 Air Quality Modeling and Predictions using the Gaussian Model

(ISCST-3)

The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground level

concentration during the operation of proposed plant and its impact on



ambient air quality of the area. The impact on air quality due to emissions

from single source or group of sources is evaluated by use of mathematical

models. When air pollutants are emitted into the atmosphere, they are

immediately diffused into surrounding atmosphere, transported and diluted

due to winds. The air quality models are designed to simulate these

processes mathematically and to relate emissions of primary pollutants to

the resulting downwind air quality. The inputs include emissions,

meteorology and surrounding topographic details to predict the impacts of

conservative pollutants.

The impacts of air pollutants were predicted using Gaussian air dispersion

model, which is selected on the basis of existence of multiple point sources

within the industrial complex and the plain terrain at the project site. The

Gaussian air dispersion model has been developed to simulate the effect of

emissions from point sources on air quality. Gaussian model is extensively

used for predicting the Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) of conservative

pollutants from point, area and volume sources. The impacts of primary air

pollutants are predicted using this air quality model keeping in view the

plain terrain at the project site. The micrometeorological data monitored at

project site during study period have been used in this model.

The Gaussian model provides estimates of pollutant concentrations at

various receptor locations. It is, an hour-by-hour steady state Gaussian

model which takes into account the following:

Terrain adjustments

Stack-tip downwash

Gradual plume rise

Buoyancy-induced dispersion, and

Complex terrain treatment and consideration of partial reflection

Plume reflection off elevated terrain

Building down wash

Partial penetration of elevated inversions is accounted for Hourly

source emission rates, exit velocity and stack gas temperature

Gaussian air dispersion models were used to estimate the ambient air

quality levels at the different monitoring stations due to stack emissions.

Only two stability conditions based on the meteorology aspects were used



to calculate the theoretical maximum ground level concentration.

Comparing the actual data and data generated from mathematical

modeling, it highlights that the stability condition E & A-B were

predominant in the region. Using the estimated stack emission data and

wind speed directions, a mathematical model was prepared to establish the

ground level concentration in the region.

4.3.6 Details of Air Dispersion Model

Prediction of GLC values are made by using Industrial Source Complex

Short Term Model Version-3 (ISCST-3) software approved by U.S.

Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). This model uses a steady state,

sector-averaged Gaussian plume equation for application in complex

terrain (i.e. terrain stack or release height) and is run using stability

classes developed by Pasquill and Gifford.

Following are the assumptions made while using the model:

- No dry and wet depletion of pollutants

- Receptors are on flat terrain with no flag pole

(a) Input data for air quality modeling

Stack emissions data have been used for prediction of short-term

incremental GLC values of PM, SO2, NOx, HCl & Cl2 using one season

meteorological data collected at site during 20th March, 2015 to 15th

June, 2015. Input data is given in Table 4.1.

(b) Source Characteristics/Release Characteristics

The details of stack emissions (with and without APCM) are given in Table

4.2 and cumulative Concentrations at various locations are given as Table

4.3.

(c) Meteorological Parameters

Hourly meteorological data collected at site for the period of 20th March,

2015 to 15th June, 2015 have been used for computing the

meteorological parameters.

(d) Dispersion Modeling Results

The 24 hourly average ground level concentration (GLC) values from

proposed project have been computed for PM, SO2, NOx, HCl & Cl2

considering topographical features around the proposed plant and

applicable stability classes. The maximum 24 hourly average GLC values



for PM, SO2, NOx, HCl & Cl2 from proposed plants are given in Table 4.4 to

Table 4.8. Corresponding isopleths plotted are shown in Figure 4.1 to

Figure 4.5.

4.3.7 Predicted GLCs of Proposed Plant

It is predicted that highest 24–hourly incremental GLC value for SPM, SO2,

NOx, HCl and Cl2 are 0.370 g/m3, 0.118 g/m3, 0.105 g/m3, 0.042 g/m3

and 0.011 g/m3 respectively. The point of maximum concentration by unit

would be 1.41 km from center of industry in SE direction.

With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the

levels of PM10, SO2, NOx, HCl & Cl2 will remain well below the 24 –hourly

ambient air quality standards for SO2 & NOx (80 g/m3), PM10 (100 g/m3),

PM2.5 (60 g/m3), HCl, Cl2 (norms not prescribed by CPCB) prescribed by

CPCB. The 24-hourly average GLC Values for SPM, SO2 and NOX are

reported in Table 4.4 to Table 4.8. The operation of proposed plant is not

likely to cause any significant impact on the ambient air quality of the

study area.


(A) Sources of Impacts

The main sources of impact on water environment will be due to

requirement of fresh water during construction and operation phase. These

are discussed below:

Prediction of Impact during-

Construction phase

During construction activities, required quantity of water will be met

through tanker from local bodies. No disposal of construction waste outside

the plant and no leaching are anticipated. Thus, the quality and quantity of

ground water will not have any adverse impact during construction phase.

Operational Phase

Total water demand during operational phase will be 216.5 KLD. Out of

which, 143 KLD will be fresh water requirement and 73.5 KLD will be met


from MEE). Fresh water will be required during operation of the plant for

process, utilities, washing & domestic purpose. Raw water requirement for

proposed project will be met through tanker from local bodies. However,



unit will also recharge ground water through ground water recharging

structures.

(B) Impact Assessment

As fresh water will be met from through tanker from local bodies, there will

be slight impact on the ground water table. However, it will be balanced by

recharging ground water during the monsoon season. For that, Industry

has proposed to develop recharging sump at low lying area which will be

connected to the storm water drainage system to recharging the ground

water during the rain. Thus, by recharging the ground water during the

rain, unit will contribute to balance groundwater.

Entire quantity of generated wastewater will be treated in ETP. Treated

water from ETP will be passed through RO & reject of RO will be sent to

MEE for further treatment. RO permeate & Condensate from MEE will be

reused for utility & greenbelt development, so there will be no effluent

discharge outside the premises from unit. The other source of wastewater

generation will be domestic wastewater of 5.0 KL/day; which will be

disposed off to soak pit through septic tank. Thus, there will not be any

major impact on the water environment due to proposed activities.

4.5 NOISE LEVEL IMPACT

Any unwanted sound that creates disturbance in hearing is termed as

Noise. Hence, it is important to assess the present noise quality of the area

in order to predict the potential impact of future noise levels due to the

proposed project. During construction phase, the impact on noise

environment will be due to construction equipments and machineries while

during the operational phase the impact on noise environment will be due

to boiler, D.G. set, manufacturing activities, transportation etc. activities.

4.5.1 Prediction of Impact during Construction Phase

The noise generates during construction phase may have significant impact

on the existing ambient noise levels. As this is a new project, construction

activities will be carried out as per the plant design. Furthermore, noise will

also be generated due to installation of new machineries and equipments.

However, these impacts will be very minor and temporary in nature. The

noise impact will be relatively more on construction workers during their

duty hours, which will be mitigated by use of personal protective devices



like ear muffs/plugs etc. All over the impact will be very minor and

temporary in nature.

4.5.2 Prediction of Impact during Operational Phase

The main sources of noise within the plants will be operation of boiler, D.G.

Set, material handling systems & other machineries, process plant.

Suitable noise control system will be provided to ensure that noise does

not exceed the limit. Noise level shall, however, exceed the above limits for

a short period during start-up of equipments. Other sources of noise are

the movement of vehicles along the road. However, proper noise

preventive measures have been taken to minimize the noise pollution like

ear plugs, dampers to the boilers, efficient silencers to the vehicles, etc.

The results of baseline monitoring carried out in the region have been

presented in Chapter-3. The results are below the standards prescribed for

Industrial environment. It can be concluded that, the impact on noise

environment will be long term but insignificant. The mitigation measures

proposed for minimising impacts on noise quality are provided in Chapter

10.

4.6 LAND/SOIL ENVIRONMENT

The main source of impact on land and soil environment will be due to

construction activities and hazardous waste disposal.

4.6.1 PREDICTION OF IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

As this is a new project, there will be construction activities to be carried

out. There will also be installation of new machineries and equipments. But

all this would not make a huge damage to the present condition of land.

Further the area of the plant is flat. Leveling would not be required. Thus,

topography will also remain unchanged after execution of the proposal.

Thus, the impact on the land/soil during the construction will for short

terms and insignificant.

4.6.2 PREDICTION OF IMPACT DURING OPERATION PHASE

(SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE)

Hazardous/solid waste generation will be the main source of impact on the

soil environment. Entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled and

disposed as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans

boundary movement) Rules’2008, amended time to time.



Source of haz. waste generation will be ETP sludge, waste carbon, process

residue, Off specific products, Discarded containers/liners, Used Lubricating

Oil. ETP sludge will be disposed by land filling at approved TSDF site.

Waste carbon, process residue will be incinerated at CHWIF (Common

Hazardous Waste Incineration Facility) approved by RSPCB or send to

cement industries for co-processing. Off specific products will be sent for

Incineration at CHWIF (Common Hazardous Waste Incineration Facility)

approved by RSPCB. Spent oil will be sold to actual users and drums &

liners will be sold to registered recyclers.

Entire quantity of the hazardous waste will be stored in the isolated

hazardous waste storage area within premises having leachate collection

system and roof cover. During the operation phase, there are chances of

spillage of raw materials/chemicals. This may also contaminate soil and

land. Thus, after taking adequate steps for the hazardous waste storage,

there will be insignificant impact on the environment due to proposed

project activities.

4.7 ECOLOGICAL IMPACTS (FLORA AND FAUNA)

Impacts of the proposed activities on the ecological environment like

natural vegetation, crops, species diversity is summarized here. This is a

Greenfield project; hence cutting of trees/shrubs will be done to clean the

area. However, it will be balance by developing greenbelt within premises

and along the roads. Various trees, shrubs and herbs are found in and

around it, a list of which is given in baseline. None of the plants are in the

list of endangered plant species. Also, the trees are identified for their

sensitivity & pollution tolerance capacity.

This concept helps to plan the greenbelt of the area making it less polluted

and a pollution absorber.

The high stomatal Index of Azadirachta indica, makes them susceptible to

SO2. However, the SO2 emissions from the industry will be within limits.

Hence, no major adverse impact is expected on these plants with the

increased emissions. The high SPM levels may harm leaves by blocking

stomata and thus interfering with exchange of gases during photosynthesis

and respiration. The site is not subjected to high-speed winds and the

plants can be expected to be free from any major impacts of SPM on



plants. Thus, there will not be any significant impact on ecological

environment due to proposed project activities.

4.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT

Proposed project will be of large scale, but no rehabilitation and

resettlement will be involved. The operation of plant will require educated

and trained manpower. The surrounding area has got good educational

facilities at Udaipur. The operation of the plant requires total workforce of

70 persons. Thus, increasing industrial activity will boost up the

commercial and economical status of the locality to some extent.

Thus, overall impacts on socio-economic environment due to the existence

of plant are long term and positive in nature.



Mitigation Measures for different component

4.9 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE:

In order to mitigate the adverse environment impact due to the

construction phase are given below:

Regular sprinkling of the water will be recommended along with the

construction activities.

Regular maintenance of machinery and transportation of vehicles during

construction to reduce noise pollution.

The domestic sewage generated during the construction activity will be

routed to septic tanks followed by soak pit.

To protect the workers working in noisy area, personal protective

equipments like earmuffs/earplugs, safety shoes will be provided.

Tree plantation will be proposed around periphery of plant premises and

along the road sides.

4.10 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING THE OPERATIONAL PHASE:

4.10.1 MEASURES FOR AIR ENVIRONMENT

A) Stack Emission

Flue gas volume should be checked for amount of air needed for the

complete combustion of the fuel.

The unit will also provide adequate APCM & stack monitoring facilities

for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the compliance of the

stipulated norms.

Alkali scrubber followed by water scrubber will be installed to control the

air emission as per the prescribed standard.

In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will also develop greenbelt in

and around its premises.

B) Measures for fugitive emissions

The unit will take following measures:

Paved roads make to reduce the fugitive emission. Water sprinkler will

be provided to reduce the dusting from road transportation.

Entire raw materials are transfer pneumatically to reduce fugitive

emission.

Regular maintenance of valves, pipes etc.



To reduce the pollutant emission during transportation, unit has adopted

the practice of regular check-up and maintenance of vehicular engines

for complete combustion of the fuel by the transporters.

Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive emission.

4.10.2 MEASURES FOR WATER ENVIRONMENT

ETP followed by RO & MEE will be installed and RO permeate &

condensate from MEE will be reused for utility & greenbelt development

to achieve zero discharge.

Unit proposed to recharge ground water during the whole year and

especially in monsoon to balance the water table by making a recharge

sump/ structures etc. in own premises.

Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor to reduce the amount

of wastewater generated.

4.10.3 MEASURES FOR HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE

Classification of waste

Collection, Storage, Transportation & disposal at TSDF site & sell to

appropriate recycler &/or reuse.

High calorific waste will be sent to cement industries for co-processing.

Data Management and Reporting

Separate storage area

4.10.4 MEASURES FOR NOISE

To minimize the noise pollution, the unit proposes the following noise

control measures,

Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and/or

protective measures should be provided, if required (wherever noise

level is more than 90 dB (A)).

Employees should be provided with ear protection measures like

earplugs or earmuffs. Earplug should be provided to all workers where

exposure is 85 dB (A) or more.

Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried

out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

4.11 HEALTH & SAFETY MEASURES

Provision of periodic medical check-up for all the employees.



Protective equipments will be regularly checked and will be kept easily

accessible and easily workable during emergency.

Various types of fire extinguishers such as (Foam type, water CO2 type,

CO2 type) will be provided inside the factory premises.



Table 4.1

Input data for air quality modeling

Sr.

No.

Stack attached

to

Stack

Temp.

(0K)

Velocity

(m/s)

Dia.

of

stack

(m)

Stack

Height

in m

SPM

(g/s)

SO2

(g/s)

NOX

(g/s)

1. Boiler - 4 T/hr. 445 9.5 0.45 30 (common

stack)

0.036 0.004 0.008

2. Boiler - 4 T/hr.

(stand by)

3. D.G. set

(250 KVA)

(Standby)

453 15.0 0.225 11 0.012 0.004 0.004

4. Vent attached to

Lambda

Cyhalothrin

reactor

310 6.5 0.225 11 HCl - 0.0006 g/s

SO2 - 0.001 g/s

5. Vent attached to

Fenpropimorph

reactor

310 6.5 0.225 11 HCl - 0.0006 g/s

Cl2 - 0.0003 g/s



Table 4.2

Estimated air emission Quality (with & without APCM)

Sr.

No.

Stack attached to Without APCM With APCM

SPM

g/s

SO2

g/s

NOX

g/s

SPM

g/s

SO2

g/s

NOX

g/s

1 Boiler - 4 T/hr. 0.795 0.004 0.008 0.036 0.004 0.008

2 Boiler - 4 T/hr.

(stand by)

3 D.G. Set (250 KVA) 0.012 0.004 0.004 0.012 0.004 0.004

4 Vent attached to Lambda

Cyhalothrin reactor

HCl - 3.858

SO2 - 1.851

HCl - 0.0006 g/s

SO2 - 0.001 g/s

5 Vent attached to

Fenpropimorph reactor

HCl - 3.739

Cl2 - 0.462

HCl - 0.0006 g/s

Cl2 - 0.0003 g/s



Table 4.3

Cumulative Concentrations at various locations

Station Direction Distance

(Km)

Baseline

Concentration

(g/m3)

Predicted GLC

(g/m3)

Cumulative

Concentration

(g/m3)

PM SO2 NOx PM SO2 NOx PM SO2 NOx

Project site -- -- 63.7 13.6 15.9 0.3 0.1 0.08 64.00 13.70 15.98

Girdharipura E 2.5 59.3 10.7 13.4 0.12 0.04 0.06 59.42 10.74 13.46

Bhumlawas N 2.6 58.6 10.1 11.8 0.03 0.01 0.01 58.63 10.11 11.81

Man Khand NW 3.5 64.4 12.9 14.7 0.06 0.01 0.01 64.46 12.91 14.71

Fatehnagar S 3.1 60.4 8.6 10.1 0.09 0.03 0.03 60.49 8.63 10.13

Wasni Khurd WSW 5.2 58.2 7.8 9.1 0.03 0.01 0.01 58.23 7.81 9.11

Bhawali W 7.3 65.6 12.7 14.4 0.06 0.01 0.02 65.66 12.71 14.42

Sadipura ENE 4.8 59.2 12.8 13.5 0.03 0.0 0.0 59.23 12.80 13.50



Table 4.4

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SPM

RANK CONC RECEPTOR (XR,YR) TYPE RANK CONC RECEPTOR (XR,YR) TYPE

1 0.370 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 26 0.203 (-2000.00, .00) GC

2 0.341 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 27 0.195 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

3 0.335 (1000.00, .00) GC 28 0.191 (1000.00, .00) GC

4 0.293 (-1000.00, .00) GC 29 0.190 (-1000.00, 1000.00) GC

5 0.270 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 30 0.189 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

6 0.265 (-1000.00, .00) GC 31 0.189 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

7 0.263 (1000.00, .00) GC 32 0.187 (-2000.00, .00) GC

8 0.254 (1000.00, .00) GC 33 0.186 (-1000.00, .00) GC

9 0.252 (1000.00, .00) GC 34 0.183 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC

10 0.251 (-1000.00, .00) GC 35 0.180 (3000.00, .00) GC

11 0.249 (2000.00, .00) GC 36 0.176 (2000.00, .00) GC

12 0.243 (1000.00, .00) GC 37 0.175 (1000.00, .00) GC

13 0.239 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 38 0.174 (1000.00, .00) GC

14 0.238 (-1000.00, .00) GC 39 0.173 (2000.00, .00) GC

15 0.237 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC 40 0.171 (2000.00, 2000.00) GC

16 0.234 (1000.00, .00) GC 41 0.171 (-1000.00, .00) GC

17 0.227 (1000.00, .00) GC 42 0.163 (3000.00, .00) GC

18 0.226 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC 43 0.163 (3000.00, .00) GC

19 0.218 (-1000.00, .00) GC 44 0.162 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC

20 0.218 (2000.00, .00) GC 45 0.161 (3000.00, -3000.00) GC

21 0.217 (2000.00, .00) GC 46 0.159 (-1000.00, .00) GC

22 0.215 (-2000.00, .00) GC 47 0.158 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

23 0.214 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 48 0.157 (-2000.00, .00) GC

24 0.213 (2000.00, .00) GC 49 0.156 (3000.00, .00) GC

25 0.205 (-2000.00, .00) GC 50 0.156 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

Note: Receptor Types: GC = Grid cart, Concentration in µg/m3



Table 4.5

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SO2


1 0.118 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 26 0.059 (-2000.00, .00) GC

2 0.113 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 27 0.058 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

3 0.108 (1000.00, .00) GC 28 0.058 (1000.00, .00) GC

4 0.101 (-1000.00, .00) GC 29 0.058 (-1000.00, 1000.00) GC

5 0.100 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 30 0.058 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

6 0.098 (-1000.00, .00) GC 31 0.057 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

7 0.095 (1000.00, .00) GC 32 0.057 (-2000.00, .00) GC

8 0.091 (1000.00, .00) GC 33 0.056 (-1000.00, .00) GC

9 0.090 (1000.00, .00) GC 34 0.056 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC

10 0.086 (-1000.00, .00) GC 35 0.056 (3000.00, .00) GC

11 0.085 (2000.00, .00) GC 36 0.055 (2000.00, .00) GC

12 0.085 (1000.00, .00) GC 37 0.055 (1000.00, .00) GC

13 0.085 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 38 0.055 (1000.00, .00) GC

14 0.085 (-1000.00, .00) GC 39 0.055 (2000.00, .00) GC

15 0.077 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC 40 0.053 (2000.00, 2000.00) GC

16 0.073 (1000.00, .00) GC 41 0.053 (-1000.00, .00) GC

17 0.071 (1000.00, .00) GC 42 0.053 (3000.00, .00) GC

18 0.070 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC 43 0.052 (3000.00, .00) GC

19 0.068 (-1000.00, .00) GC 44 0.051 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC

20 0.065 (2000.00, .00) GC 45 0.049 (3000.00, -3000.00) GC

21 0.062 (2000.00, .00) GC 46 0.049 (-1000.00, .00) GC

22 0.062 (-2000.00, .00) GC 47 0.048 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

23 0.061 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 48 0.047 (-2000.00, .00) GC

24 0.060 (2000.00, .00) GC 49 0.047 (3000.00, .00) GC

25 0.060 (-2000.00, .00) GC 50 0.046 ( .00, -1000.00) GC




Table 4.6

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for NOx


1 0.105 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 26 0.057 (-2000.00, .00) GC

2 0.098 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 27 0.056 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

3 0.098 (1000.00, .00) GC 28 0.056 (1000.00, .00) GC

4 0.086 (-1000.00, .00) GC 29 0.055 (-1000.00, 1000.00) GC

5 0.079 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 30 0.054 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

6 0.078 (-1000.00, .00) GC 31 0.054 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

7 0.078 (1000.00, .00) GC 32 0.053 (-2000.00, .00) GC

8 0.077 (1000.00, .00) GC 33 0.052 (-1000.00, .00) GC

9 0.074 (1000.00, .00) GC 34 0.052 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC

10 0.073 (-1000.00, .00) GC 35 0.051 (3000.00, .00) GC

11 0.073 (2000.00, .00) GC 36 0.050 (2000.00, .00) GC

12 0.073 (1000.00, .00) GC 37 0.049 (1000.00, .00) GC

13 0.070 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 38 0.049 (1000.00, .00) GC

14 0.069 (-1000.00, .00) GC 39 0.049 (2000.00, .00) GC

15 0.069 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC 40 0.048 (2000.00, 2000.00) GC

16 0.066 (1000.00, .00) GC 41 0.048 (-1000.00, .00) GC

17 0.065 (1000.00, .00) GC 42 0.047 (3000.00, .00) GC

18 0.064 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC 43 0.047 (3000.00, .00) GC

19 0.063 (-1000.00, .00) GC 44 0.047 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC

20 0.061 (2000.00, .00) GC 45 0.046 (3000.00, -3000.00) GC

21 0.061 (2000.00, .00) GC 46 0.044 (-1000.00, .00) GC

22 0.061 (-2000.00, .00) GC 47 0.044 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

23 0.059 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 48 0.044 (-2000.00, .00) GC

24 0.059 (2000.00, .00) GC 49 0.044 (3000.00, .00) GC

25 0.057 (-2000.00, .00) GC 50 0.044 ( .00, -1000.00) GC




Table 4.7

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for HCl


1 0.042 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 26 0.018 (-2000.00, .00) GC

2 0.040 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 27 0.018 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

3 0.036 (1000.00, .00) GC 28 0.018 (1000.00, .00) GC

4 0.035 (-1000.00, .00) GC 29 0.017 (-1000.00, 1000.00) GC

5 0.033 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 30 0.017 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

6 0.033 (-1000.00, .00) GC 31 0.016 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

7 0.033 (1000.00, .00) GC 32 0.016 (-2000.00, .00) GC

8 0.033 (1000.00, .00) GC 33 0.016 (-1000.00, .00) GC

9 0.032 (1000.00, .00) GC 34 0.016 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC

10 0.030 (-1000.00, .00) GC 35 0.016 (3000.00, .00) GC

11 0.029 (2000.00, .00) GC 36 0.016 (2000.00, .00) GC

12 0.029 (1000.00, .00) GC 37 0.015 (1000.00, .00) GC

13 0.028 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 38 0.015 (1000.00, .00) GC

14 0.025 (-1000.00, .00) GC 39 0.015 (2000.00, .00) GC

15 0.024 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC 40 0.015 (2000.00, 2000.00) GC

16 0.023 (1000.00, .00) GC 41 0.015 (-1000.00, .00) GC

17 0.023 (1000.00, .00) GC 42 0.015 (3000.00, .00) GC

18 0.023 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC 43 0.015 (3000.00, .00) GC

19 0.022 (-1000.00, .00) GC 44 0.014 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC

20 0.022 (2000.00, .00) GC 45 0.014 (3000.00, -3000.00) GC

21 0.021 (2000.00, .00) GC 46 0.014 (-1000.00, .00) GC

22 0.021 (-2000.00, .00) GC 47 0.014 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

23 0.021 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 48 0.014 (-2000.00, .00) GC

24 0.020 (2000.00, .00) GC 49 0.014 (3000.00, .00) GC

25 0.018 (-2000.00, .00) GC 50 0.014 ( .00, -1000.00) GC




Table 4.8

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for Cl2


1 0.011 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 26 0.005 (-2000.00, .00) GC

2 0.010 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 27 0.005 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

3 0.009 (1000.00, .00) GC 28 0.004 (1000.00, .00) GC

4 0.009 (-1000.00, .00) GC 29 0.004 (-1000.00, 1000.00) GC

5 0.008 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 30 0.004 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

6 0.008 (-1000.00, .00) GC 31 0.004 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

7 0.008 (1000.00, .00) GC 32 0.004 (-2000.00, .00) GC

8 0.008 (1000.00, .00) GC 33 0.004 (-1000.00, .00) GC

9 0.008 (1000.00, .00) GC 34 0.004 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC

10 0.008 (-1000.00, .00) GC 35 0.004 (3000.00, .00) GC

11 0.007 (2000.00, .00) GC 36 0.004 (2000.00, .00) GC

12 0.007 (1000.00, .00) GC 37 0.004 (1000.00, .00) GC

13 0.007 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 38 0.004 (1000.00, .00) GC

14 0.006 (-1000.00, .00) GC 39 0.004 (2000.00, .00) GC

15 0.006 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC 40 0.004 (2000.00, 2000.00) GC

16 0.006 (1000.00, .00) GC 41 0.004 (-1000.00, .00) GC

17 0.006 (1000.00, .00) GC 42 0.004 (3000.00, .00) GC

18 0.006 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC 43 0.004 (3000.00, .00) GC

19 0.006 (-1000.00, .00) GC 44 0.004 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC

20 0.006 (2000.00, .00) GC 45 0.004 (3000.00, -3000.00) GC

21 0.005 (2000.00, .00) GC 46 0.004 (-1000.00, .00) GC

22 0.005 (-2000.00, .00) GC 47 0.003 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

23 0.005 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 48 0.003 (-2000.00, .00) GC

24 0.005 (2000.00, .00) GC 49 0.003 (3000.00, .00) GC

25 0.005 (-2000.00, .00) GC 50 0.003 ( .00, -1000.00) GC




Figure 4.1: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for SPM



Figure 4.2: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for SO2



Figure 4.3: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for NOx



Figure 4.4: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for HCl



Figure 4.5: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for Cl2



Chapter-5

Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 PROLOGUE:

Alternative analysis is the process of analyzing the proposed locating for

suitability for basic necessities to operate the plant safely, this analysis

also covers the environmental aspect of pollution prevention and

improvement in quality of life nearby the project vicinity. The project

alternative is the course of action in pace of another, that would meet the

same purpose and need, but which would avoid or minimize negative

impacts and enhance project benefits.

Such projects may result in specific impacts which can be avoided or

mitigated by adherence to certain predetermined performance standards,

guidelines or design criteria. Alternative approaches may therefore be more

effective in integrating environmental and social concerns into the project

planning process.

5.2 PROJECT DETAILS

Unit proposes to start different types of crop protection products

(Pesticides) at Plot No. G-154, 155, 156, 157, 164, 165, 166, 167, RIICO

Industrial area, Village: Sanwad, Tehsil: Mavli, Dist.: Udaipur, Rajasthan

(India). Above activities falls under 5(b) category - Pesticides industry and

pesticides specific Agrochemical intermediates (excluding formulations) and

therefore prior EC is required.

5.3 SITE ALTERNATIVE

The project site is in proximity of Udaipur district of Rajasthan State. Site

is located in notified/designated Industrial estate developed by Rajasthan

State Industrial Development & Investment Corporation (RIICO).

Proponent is also very well familiar with the surrounding environment;

therefore, it becomes easy for the unit to set up the project on above said

location.

The other supporting features are briefly summarized hereunder,





medical facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled manpower,

raw materials, road network etc.



Nearest city Udaipur is @55.0 km away from the location, which is



No National park or wildlife habitat falls within 10 km radial distance



The location of project is best suited to start above manufacturing

activities. So no alternative for site is analyzed.

5.4 ALTERNATIVE FOR TECHNOLOGIES

Particular Proposed Technology Alternatives

Water Effluent treatment plant

consisting of primary and

tertiary treatment units

followed by RO & MEE.

Domestic wastewater will be

disposed off to soak pit

followed by septic tank.

Proposed ETP is adequate to

achieve norms fixed by

concern authorities.

Air No need to provide APCM to

flue gas stacks as FO will be

used as fuel; which is an

environment friendly fuel.

Alkali scrubber followed by

water scrubber proposed for

process stacks.

Not recommended as

proposed APCM is adequate

to keep emission within limit.

Solid/

Hazardous

waste

Haz. Waste will be stored in

separate storage area and

finally disposed to approve

TSDF site, to CHWI facility &

disposal by selling to

registered recycler.

As proposed disposal facilities

are safe disposal facilities and

also guided by authority. No

thoughts are required to

switching on other alternative.



Chapter-6

Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1 PRELUDE

Environment monitoring is the sampling and analysis tool to know the

environment conditions at particular time. The record of environmental

monitoring is most important as the environmental changes are slow in

nature and impact appears after many years. Environmental Monitoring is

the technical heart of assessment of environmental and social impacts

arising due to implementation of the proposed project. An equally essential

element of this process is to develop measures to eliminate, offset or

reduce impacts to acceptable levels during implementation and operation

of projects. The integration of such measures into project implementation

and operation is supported by clearly defining the environmental

requirements within an Environmental Management Plan.

Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd. (RCPPL) proposed to start pesticides

and pesticide specific intermediates manufacturing activities at Plot No. G-

154, 155, 156, 157, 164, 165, 166, 167, RIICO Industrial area, Village:

Sanwad, Tehsil: Mavli, Dist.: Udaipur, Rajasthan (India).

Environment Monitoring Program:

The continuous monitoring of Environmental parameters like air, water,

noise, soil and meteorological data and performance of pollution control

facilities and safety measures in the plant are vital for proper

environmental management of any industrial project. Therefore, the

company shall create environmental monitoring facilities by the

environmental and safety department to monitor air and water pollutants

as per the guideline of SPCB and CPCB. Moreover; air, water and soil shall

be monitored by outside agencies authorized by SPCB at regular

frequencies. This department shall also carry out periodical checkup of fire

and safety equipments.

6.2 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

The basic objective for implementing a monitoring plan on a regular basis

is as follows:



Know the pollution status within the plant and its vicinity.

Generate data for corrective action in respect of pollution.

Correlate the production operations with emission and control

mechanism.

Examine the performance of pollution control system.

Assess the Environmental impacts.

Remedial measures and environment management plant to reverse

the impacts.

6.3 SCHEDULES FOR ENVIRONMENT MONITORING

The environmental monitoring will be scheduled on regular interval to

assess the conditions. The record of these monitoring will be compared

with the baseline study to know the changes in environmental conditions.

The post-project environmental monitoring suggested herewith should be

as per the following guideline. The highlights of the integrated

environmental monitoring plan are:

The stack monitoring facilities like ladder, platform and porthole at all

the stacks will be maintained in good condition.

Regular monitoring of all gaseous emissions from stacks/vents.

The performance of air pollution control equipment evaluated based

on these monitoring results.

Water consumption will be recorded daily.

As far as possible, noise curbed at its source, with the help of

acoustic hoods and other such noise reducing equipment. Regular

noise level monitoring will be carried out.

Greenbelt will be properly maintained and new plantation

programmes will be undertaken frequently.

Continuous environmental awareness programmes will be carried out

for the employees and also in the surrounding villages.

6.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

Scheme for monitoring of ambient air quality stack emissions and fugitive

emissions are proposed. The ambient air quality monitoring systems are

recommended for monitoring the ground level concentrations and fugitive

emissions around the plant. Unit should install three monitoring stations

around its array limit (at 1200 as per guideline) for monitoring PM, SO2 and



NOx. The combined data will provide overall characteristic and emission

from the industry. For this, the following equipment is recommended to be

procured or hire the services from Environmental consultant by the project

proponent for implementing the above mentioned monitoring schemes:

Respirable Dust Sampler

Blower - 1.0-1.5 m3/min capacity with adapter for uniform suction

through filter and a properly calibrated manometer assembly for the

determination of flow rate through filter paper.

Rota meter - For gaseous sampling calibrated Rota meter (0-5 LPM) for

maintaining flow rate should be provided.

Main housing - The main housing should be rectangular with a stand of

about 1.25 m height. Besides this, stack emissions monitoring as per SPCB

guidelines shall be carried out.

Water Environment





unit.

Noise Environment

Monitoring of noise levels is essential to assess the efficacy of maintenance

schedules undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise protection

measures. A good quality digital sound level meter is essential for this

purpose.

Transportation:

All the necessary precaution will be taken while carrying out transport of

the materials as per the Hazardous rules of transportation, Central Motor

Vehicle Act-1988 & 1989. The vehicle for transportation of raw materials

and products will be parked at specified loading facilities where there will

be a provision of fire extinguishers.



Table: 6.1 Environment Monitoring Plan

Nature of

Analysis

Frequency of analysis with

its analyzer

Parameters

Wastewater Monthly by external agency pH, COD, BOD, NH3-N,

TDS, SS, Oil & Grease,

etc.

Stack Monitoring

of each stack

Monthly by external agency PM, SO2, NOX, HCl, Cl2

Ambient Air

Quality Monitoring

Monthly for 24 hours or as

per the statutory conditions

by external agency

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX

Noise level Monthly as per the statutory

conditions by external agency

Nr. Main gate, Nr. boiler,

Process area, Nr. ETP,

Nr. D.G. etc.

Work area

monitoring

Monthly by external agency RPM, VOC, Acid Fumes

Health check up of

workers

As per the statutory guideline All workers



Table: 6.2 Budget for implementation of Environmental Monitoring Plan

Particulars No. of

locations

Parameters Methodologies Estimated

Budget

(Rs.) Method of

Monitoring

Method of

Analysis

Stack

Monitoring of

each stack

All stacks

(flue gas

stacks and

process

stacks)

PM, SO2,

NOx, HCl, Cl2

Stack

monitoring

kit

PM: IS 11255:

part-1: 1985

SO2: IS 11255:

part-2: 1985

NOx: IS 11255:

part-7: 2005

HCl: Titrimetric

Cl2: Colorimetric

4000/stack

Ambient Air

Quality

Monitoring

3 locations PM10, PM2.5,

SO2, NOx

RDS, Fine

particulate

sampler

PM2.5: IS 5182:

part-23: 2006

PM10: IS 5182:

part-23: 2006

SO2: IS 5182:

part-2: 2001

NOx: IS 5182:

part-6: 2006

HCl: Titrimetric

Cl2: Colorimetric

6000/AAQM

Wastewater

Analysis

1 sample pH, TDS, SS,

Oil & Grease,

etc.

-- APHA-AWWA

(22nd edition)

3000/Sample

Work zone

fugitive

monitoring

2 to 3

locations

RPM, VOC,

Acid Fumes

VOC

sampler &

Personal

Sampler

Gravimetric,

GC, Colorimetric

1500/location

Noise

Pollution

6 to 8

locations

-- Sound

Level Meter

Sound Level

Meter

100/location



Chapter-7

Additional Studies (Risk Assessment)

A. HAZARDS ANALYSIS & RISK ASSESSMENT

7.1 INTRODUCTION

Industrial plants deal with materials, which are generally hazardous in

nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their operating

temperatures or pressures or a combination of these. Fire, explosion, toxic

release or combinations of these are the hazards associated with industrial

plants using hazardous chemicals. More comprehensive, systematic and

sophisticated methods of Safety Engineering, such as, Hazard Analysis

and Quantitative Risk Assessment have now been developed to improve

upon the integrity, reliability and safety of industrial plants.

The primary emphasis in safety engineering is to reduce risk to human life,

property and environment. Some of the more important methods used to

achieve this are:

Quantitative Risk Analysis: Provides a relative measure of the

likelihood and severity of various possible hazardous events by

critically examining the plant process and design.

Work Safety Analysis: The technique discerns whether the plant

layout and operating procedures in practice have any inherent

infirmities.

Safety Audit: Takes a careful look at plant operating conditions, work

practices and work environments to detect unsafe conditions.

Together, these three broad tools attempt to minimize the chances of

accidents occurring. Yet, there always exists, no matter how remote,

probability of occurrence of a major accident. If the accident involves

highly hazardous chemicals in sufficiently large quantities, the

consequences may be serious to the plant, to surrounding areas and the

populations residing therein.

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

M/s. Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd. (henceforth RCPPL), proposes to





Village: Sanwad, Tehsil: Mavli, Dist.: Udaipur, Rajasthan (India).

A three „levels‟ risk assessment approach has been adopted for the RCPPL

facilities. The risk assessment levels are generally consistent with the

practices encountered through various assignments for medium and large

chemical complexes. The brief outline of the three tier approach is given

below:

Level 1 - Risk Screening

This is top-down review of worst-case potential hazards/risks, aimed

primarily at identifying plant sites or areas within plant, which pose the

highest risk. Various screening factors considered include:

Inventory of hazardous materials;

Hazardous Materials properties;

Storage conditions (e.g. temperature and pressure);

Location sensitivity (distance to residential areas/populace).

The data/information is obtained from plant. The results provide a relative

indication of the extent of hazards and potential for risk exposure.

Level 2 - Major Risk Survey (Semi - Quantitative)

The survey approach combines the site inspection with established risk

assessment techniques applied both qualitative as well quantitative mode.

The primary objective is to identify and select major risks at a specific

location in the plant considering possible soft spots/weak links during

operation/maintenance. Aspects covered in the risk usually include:

Process Hazards;

Process Safety Management Systems;

Fire Protection and Emergency response equipments and

programs.

Security Vulnerability;

Impact of hazards consequences (equipment damage, business

interruption, injury, fatalities);

Qualitative risk identification of scenarios involving hazardous

materials;

Risk reduction measures.



Selection of critical scenarios and their potential of damage provide means

of prioritising mitigative measures and allocate the resources to the areas

with highest risks.

Level 3 – Quantitative Risk Assessment (Deterministic)

This is the stage of assessment of risks associated with all credible hazards

(scenarios) with potential to cause an undesirable outcome such as human

injury, fatality or destruction of property. The four basic elements include:

i. Hazards identification utilising formal approach (Level 2, HAZOP

etc.);

ii. Frequency Analysis. Based on past safety data (incidents/accidents);

Identifying likely pathway of failures and quantifying the toxic /

inflammable material release;

iii. Hazards analysis to quantify the consequences of various hazards

scenarios (fire, explosion, BLEVE, toxic vapour release etc.).Establish

minimum value for damage (e.g. IDLH, over pressure, radiation flux)

to assess the impact on environment.

iv. Risk Quantification: Quantitative techniques are used considering

effect/impact due to weather data, population data, and frequency of

occurrences and likely hood of ignition/ toxic release. Data are

analysed considering likely damage (in terms of injury/fatality,

property damage) each scenarios is likely to cause.

QRA provides a means to determine the relative significance of a

number of undesired events, allowing analyst and the team to focus

their risk reduction efforts where they will be beneficial most.

M/s. Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd. (RCPPL) proposed manufacturing

activity may involve few hazardous process steps/materials under adequate

safety parameters as required therein. The QRA for this plant is based on

Level 1 and Level 2.

Chapter 2 (Project Description) gives the bulk storages of liquid and

gaseous raw materials and their monthly consumption.

7.3 RISK SCREENING APPROACH

Proposed Plant: Risk screening of M/s. Rotam Crop Protection Pvt.

Ltd. (RCPPL) plant was undertaken through process study and study of



data/information provided by RCPPL. Data of major/ bulk storages of raw

materials, intermediates and other chemicals were collected. MSDS of

hazardous chemicals were studied vis a vis their inventories and mode of

storage. RCPPL plant will be using number of hazardous chemicals and also

producing pesticides and all are hazardous in nature. The chemicals stored

in bulk (liquid or gaseous) and defined under MSHIC Rule will be considered

for detailed analysis.

All RCPPL pesticides are hazardous in nature. However, hazards potential

(for damage) of products and other materials to plant personnel,

environment and off-site area is different for different materials. RCPPL will

be using nearly large number of raw materials but only 12 are liquid

chemicals stored in bulk. In addition, hydrogen gas is also used in one of

the process in small quantity. It is procured in small cylinders (0.5 kg

each). Most of these bulk stored chemicals are listed under “List of

hazardous and Toxic Chemicals” category under MSIHC Rules, 1989. The

raw materials coming under hazardous category as specified by MSIHC

Rules, 1989 (including subsequent amendments) is given in Table 7.1

below:

Table 7.1: Hazards Analysis - Raw materials

S.

No.

Raw material S. No.& Threshold

Quantity (TQ in MT)

as per MSHIC Rules

Chemicals Hazards Potential Remarks

Sch

edul

e-1,

Part

-II

Sche

dule-

2,

Part-

I

Sche

dule-

3,

Part-

I

Hazards Toxic

1. Ethylene

Dichloride

CAS No. 107-

06-2

UN No: 2265

Colourless

liquid with

chloroform

odour. Flash

point 13°C.

271 --- --- Harmful if

swallowed.

Irritating to

eyes, respiratory

system and

skin. Irritating

to eyes,

respiratory

system and

skin.

(LD50/Oral):

Acute: 200-

2000 mg/kg

[Rat].

Dermal:

LD55:2000

(Rabbit)

VAPOR

(LC50): 5

mg/l 10

hours [Rat].

Highly

flammable.

May form

flammable/ex

plosive vapor-

air mixture

2. Methanol

CAS No:67-

56-1

UN No:1230

377 --- --- A colorless fairly

volatile liquid

with a faintly

sweet pungent

odor like that of

ethyl alcohol.

ERPG-1: 200

ppm

ERPG-2:

1000 ppm

ERPG-3:

5000 ppm

Health

Hazards:

Exposure to

excessive

vapor causes

eye irritation,



Highly

Flammable;

Behaviour in

Fire: Containers

may explode.

IDLH: 6000

ppm

headache,

fatigue and

drowsiness.

50,000 ppm

will probably

cause death

in 1 to 2 hrs.

Swallowing

may cause

death or eye

damage.

3. DMF Dimethyl

formamide

CAS No:68-

12-2

UN No: 2265

A water-white

liquid with a

faint fishy

odour. Flash

point 136°F.

Slightly less

dense than

water

--- --- --- Flammable.

Water soluble.

Fire Hazard

Special Hazards

of Combustion

Products:

Vapors are

irritating (USCG,

1999)

Health Hazard

Irritation of

eyes, skin and

nose. May cause

nausea.

4. n-Hexane

CAS No:110-

54-3

UN No:1208

306 --- --- Clear colourless

liquids with a

petrol -like odor.

Flash points -

9°F

Highly

flammable;

Vapours may

explode;

TEEL-1: 400

ppm

TEEL-2: 3300

ppm

TEEL-3: 8600

ppm

IDLH 1100

ppm

Health

Hazards:

Inhalation

causes

irritation of

respiratory

tract, cough,

mild

depression,

arrhythmias.

Aspiration

causes severe

lung irritation,

coughing,

pulmonary

edema;

5. Isopropyl

Alcohols

CAS No: 67-

63-0

334 --- --- Flash Pt: 55.0 F

Method Used:

TCC Explosive

Limits: LEL:

2.5%

UEL:12.1%

LD 50/LC 50:

Acute dermal

Rabbit 1300

mg/kg; Acute

inhalation Rat

(8 hours) 12000

ppm.

-- --

6. Ethyl Acetate

(C4 H8 O2)

CAS No: 141-

78-6

Colourless

247 --- --- Hazardous in

case of

ingestion, of

inhalation.

Slightly

(LD50):

Acute: 5620

mg/kg [Rat].

4100 mg/kg

[Mouse].



liquid;

Pleasant

Etheral odour

BP-770C

hazardous in

case of skin

contact(irritant,

permeator), of

eye contact

(Irritant).

FLAMMABLE: FP

(Closed Cup)- -

4.40C

Flammable

Limits- Lower

2.2%;Upper-9%

VAPOR

(LC50):

16000 ppm 6

hours [Rat].

7. Ethanol

CAS No; 64-

17-5

A clear

colorless liquid

with pleasant

odor

248 --- --- Colourless liquid

Flammable: FP-

16.60C; Causes

respiratory tract

irritation. May

cause liver,

kidney and heart

damage. Causes

moderate skin/

eye irritation.

On ingestion

may cause

gastrointestinal

tract irritation,

vomiting and

diarrhoea.

8. Hydrochloric

acid (Gas)

CAS No: 7647-

01-0 UN No:

1789

313 --- --- Not Flammable;

Inhalation of

fumes results in

coughing and

choking

sensation, and

irritation of nose

and lungs.

Liquid causes

burns

ERPG-1: 3.0

ppm

ERPG-2: 20

ppm

ERPG-3: 150

ppm

IDLH: ----

ppm

Plant uses

liquid and

emits HCl gas

9. Acetonitrile

CAS No. 75-

05-8

UN No:1648

A colorless

limpid liquid

with an

aromatic odor.

Flash point

42°F

7 --- --- Highly

flammable; toxic

vapours

(HCN/NOX) are

generated when

heated; Vapor

heavier than air

and may travel

a considerable

distance to a

source of

ignition and

flash back.

Health Hazards:

Exposure to 160

ppm for 4 hours

causes flushing

of the face and a

feeling of

constriction in

the chest; 500

TEEL-1: 13

ppm

TEEL-2: 320

ppm

TEEL-3: 670

ppm

IDLH 500

ppm



ppm for brief

periods is

irritating to the

nose and throat.

10. Caustic Soda

(Sodium

Hydroxide)

CAS No: 1310-

730-2

UN No: 1823

571 --- --- Not flammable;

Corrosive to

metals and

tissue.

Hazardous.

ERPG-1: 0.5

ppm

ERPG-2: 5.0

ppm

ERPG-3: 50

ppm

IDLH: ----

ppm

11. Toluene

CAS No: 108-

88-3 UN No:

1294

628 --- --- A clear colorless

liquid with a

characteristic

aromatic odor.

Flash point 40°F

Flammability:

Ignites at

normal

temperatures;

Vapor is heavier

than air and

may travel a

considerable

distance to a

source of

ignition and

flash back;

ERPG-1: 50

ppm

ERPG-2: 300

ppm

ERPG-3:

1000 ppm

IDLH: 500

ppm

Health Hazard

Vapors irritate

eyes and

upper

respiratory

tract; cause

dizziness,

headache,

respiratory

arrest. Liquid

irritates eyes

and causes

drying of skin.

If aspirated,

causes

coughing, If

ingested

causes

vomiting,

griping,

diarrhea,

depressed

respiration.

12. Hydrogen 247 --- --- Hazardous in

case of

ingestion, of

inhalation.

Slightly

hazardous in

case of skin

contact (irritant,

permeator), of

eye contact

(irritant).

Oral (LD50):

Acute: 5620

mg/kg [Rat].

4100 mg/kg

[Mouse].

4935 mg/kg

[Rabbit].

VAPOR

(LC50):

Acute: 45000

mg/m 3-3

hours

[Mouse].

16000 ppm 6

hours [Rat].

Highly

Flammable/

Explosive

13. Furnace Oil --- --- ---

Note:

1. TQ-I: Threshold quantity (for application of rules 4,5,7 to 9 and 13

to 15)

2. TQ-II: Threshold quantity (for application of rules 10 to 12)



As detailed in the above table, out of 11 hazardous raw materials stored in

bulk; four are toxic (HCl, Caustic Soda, Toluene and Methanol), seven are

inflammable, all except one (DMF) are listed in MSIHC Rules. Hydrogen

though stored in small quantity is highly inflammable/explosive gas.FO is

the main fuel stored in bulk.

Acute Exposure Guideline Levels (AEGLs)

AEGL-3 is "the airborne concentration of a substance above which it is

predicted that the general population, including susceptible individuals,

could experience life-threatening adverse health effects or death."



could experience irreversible or other serious, long-lasting adverse health

effects or an impaired ability to escape."



could experience notable discomfort, irritation, or certain asymptomatic

non-sensory effects.

Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (ERPGs)

The 3 ERPG tiers are defined as follows:

ERPG-3 is "the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed

that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without

experiencing or developing life-threatening health effects."



experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious health effects or

symptoms which could impair an individual's ability to take protective

action."



experiencing other than mild transient health effects or perceiving a clearly

defined, objectionable odor."



Temporary Emergency Exposure Limits (TEELs)

TEELs are used in similar situations as the 60-minute AEGLs and ERPGs.

However, in situations where the concentration varies over time, the

TEEL developers recommend using a conservative 15-minute time-

weighted average concentration. A chemical may have up to 4 TEEL

values, each of which corresponds to a specific tier of health effects.

The 4 TEEL tiers are defined as follows:

TEEL-3 is "the maximum concentration in air below which it is believed

nearly all individuals could be exposed without experiencing or developing

life-threatening health effects."


nearly all individuals could be exposed without experiencing or developing

irreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms that could impair

their abilities to take protective action."


nearly all individuals could be exposed without experiencing other than

mild transient health effects or perceiving a clearly defined objectionable

odor."

TEEL-0 is "the threshold concentration below which most people will

experience no appreciable risk of health effects."

The National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) defines

an immediately dangerous to life or health condition as a situation "that

poses a threat of exposure to airborne contaminants when that exposure is

likely to cause death or immediate or delayed permanent adverse health

effects or prevent escape from such an environment."

The IDLH limit represents the concentration of a chemical in the air to

which healthy adult workers could be exposed (if their respirators fail)

without suffering permanent or escape-impairing health effects.

7.4 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE

The solid raw materials will be received in bags or drums and will be stored

in chemicals godowns. The products (liquid or solid) will be packed in drums

and stored in product godowns as per market demand. The bulk storages of

liquid hazardous materials are given in the Table 7.2 below:



Table 7.2: Hazardous Chemicals Storage Facilities

Sr.

No.

Name of

Chemicals

MOC RM

(MT/month)

Storage

Capacity (MT)

RM 1 Ethylene

dichloride

CS 27 20

RM 2 Methanol CS (UG) 26 20

RM 3 Dimethyl

Formamide (DMF)

CS 48 20

RM 4 N-Hexane CS (UG) 14 25

RM 5 Isopropyl alcohol CS 8 25

RM 6 Ethyl acetate CS 30 20

RM 7 Ethanol CS (UG) 13 25

RM 8 HCl PP 176 20

RM 9 Acetonitrile CS 5 20

RM 10 Sodium Hydroxide CS 187 30

RM 11 Toluene CS (UG) 11 20

RM 12 Hydrogen Gas

In cylinders of 0.5

kg capacity each

CS

Cylinders

-- 75 kg

(150 cylinders

on skid)

RM 13 Furnace Oil CS -- 50

The solid products powder or granules spillage can results in polluting small

area only. The damage to personnel can be through ingress- dermal (if

individual come in contact), oral (if individual food gets infected through

fugitive dust) or inhalation (fugitive dust). The main route is fugitive dust

which in covered area will move to short distance only.

The risk is through liquid products which are volatile material. The toxic

vapours due to spillage of such material can travel to some distance (as

they are stored in covered godowns) and cause damage. The liquid

products will be packed in drums (50 litres, 100 litres or 200 litres drums).

Gaseous materials are more prone to spread to long distances and can have

adverse impact depending upon GLC and toxicity/ flammability.

7.5 QRA Approach

Identification of hazards and likely scenarios (based on Level-1 and Level-2

activities) calls for detailed analysis of each scenario for potential of

damage, impact area (may vary with weather conditions/wind direction)

and safety system in place. Subsequently each incident is classified



according to relative risk classifications provided in Table below as Table

7.3:

Table 7.3 Risk Classification

Stage Description

High

(> 10-2/yr.)

A failure which could reasonably be expected to occur within the

expected life time of the plant.

Examples of high failure likelihood are process leaks or single

instrument or valve failures or a human error which could result

in releases of hazardous materials.

Moderate

(10-2 --10-4/yr)

A failure or sequence of failures which has a low probability of

occurrence within the expected lifetime of the plant.

Examples of moderate likelihood are dual instrument or valve

failures, combination of instrument failures and human errors,

or single failures of small process lines or fittings.

Low

(<10-4)

A failure or series of failures which have a very low probability

of occurrence within the expected lifetime of plant.

Examples of „low‟ likelihood are multiple instruments or valve

failures or multiple human errors, or single spontaneous failures

of tanks or process vessels.

Minor Incidents Impact limited to the local area of the event with potent for

„knock – on- events‟

Serious

Incident

One that could cause:

Any serious injury or fatality on/off site;

Property damage of $ 1 million offsite or $ 5 million onsite.

Extensive

Incident

One that is five or more times worse than a serious incident.

Assigning a relative risk to each scenario provides a means of prioritising

associated risk mitigation measures and planned actions.

7.6 THERMAL HAZARDS

In order to understand the damages produced by various scenarios, it is

appropriate to understand the physiological/physical effects of thermal

radiation intensities. The thermal radiation due to tank fire usually results in

burn on the human body. Furthermore, inanimate objects like equipment,

piping, cables, etc. may also be affected and also need to be evaluated for



damages. Table 7.4, Table 7.5 and Table 7.6 (below), respectively give

tolerable intensities of various objects and desirable escape time for

thermal radiation.

Thermal hazards could be from fires or explosion. Fire releases energy

slowly while explosion release energy very rapidly (typically in micro

seconds). Explosion is rapid expansion of gases resulting in rapidly moving

shock wave. Explosion can be confined (within a vessel or building) or

unconfined (due to release of flammable gases).

BLEVE (boiling liquid expanding vapour explosion) occurs if a vessel

containing a liquid at a temperature above its atmospheric boiling point

ruptures. The subsequent BLEVE is the explosive vaporisation of large

fraction of its vapour contents; possibly followed by combustion or

explosion of the vaporised cloud if it is combustible.

Thermal hazards have been considered for various scenarios including:

Fire in inflammable chemicals storage tanks.

Table 7.4: Effects due to Incident Radiation Intensity

Incident Radiation

kW/m2 Damage Type

0.7 Equivalent to Solar Radiation

1.6 No discomfort on long duration

4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec.

Blistering of skin (first degree burn are likely).

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. Second

degree burn after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of

wood, melting of plastic tubing etc.

25 Minimum Energy required for piloted ignition

of wood, melting, plastic tubing etc.

37.5 Sufficient to cause damage to process

equipment.

62.0 Spontaneous ignition of wood.

Table 7.5: Thermal Radiation Impact to Human

Exposure Duration

Radiation Energy {1% lethality;

kW/m2}

Radiation Energy for 2nd degree burns;

kW/m2

Radiation Energy for 1st degree burns;

kW/m2

10 sec 21.2 16 12.5

30 9.3 7.0 4.0



Table 7.6: Tolerable Intensities for Various Objects

Sl. No.

Objects Tolerable Intensities

(kw/m2)

1 Drenched Tank 38

2 Special Buildings (No window, fire proof

doors)

25

3 Normal Buildings 14

4 Vegetation 10-12

5 Escape Route 6 (up to 30 secs.)

6 Personnel in Emergencies 3 (up to 30 secs.)

7 Plastic Cables 2

8 Stationary Personnel 1.5

7.7 DAMAGE DUE TO EXPLOSION

The explosion of a dust or gas (either as a deflagration or detonation)

results in a reaction front moving outwards from the ignition source

preceded by a shock wave or pressure front. After the combustible material

is consumed the reaction front terminates but the pressure wave continues

its outward movement. Blast damage is based on the determination of the

peak overpressure resulting from the pressure wave impacting on the

object or structure. Damage estimates based on overpressure are given in

Table 7.7 below:

Table 7.7: Damage due to Overpressure

Sl. No.

Overpressure (psig/bar)

Damage

1. 0.04 Loud Noise/sonic boom glass failure

2. 0.15 Typical pressure for glass failure

3. 0.5 - 1 Large and small windows usually shattered

4. 0.7 Minor damage to house structure

5. 1 Partial demolition of houses, made

uninhabitable.

6. 2.3 Lower limit of serious structure damage

7. 5 - 7 Nearly complete destruction of houses

8. 9 Loaded train box wagons completely demolished.

9. 10 Probable total destruction of houses

10. 200 Limits of crater lip

In RCPPL case explosion probability is remote.



7.8 TOXIC RELEASE

Hazardous materials handled and stored in bulk in RCPPL complex are one

gas Hydrogen and liquids (as detailed in Table 7.2). The hazardous nature

of these bulk stored materials are defined in MSHIC rules and indicated in

Table 7.1. Some of these chemicals are stored in tank farm.

Most of the pesticides products are new molecules with unique properties.

The main use of these pesticides molecules are to kill insects, pests or

other small organism which are harmful or do damage to the human

system directly or indirectly. The new pesticides molecules are made

because harmful organisms are becoming immune to existing pesticides or

the existing pesticides are doing more damage to human than giving

benefits.

7.8.1 Data Limitations

It is also observed that very little data or information (regarding physical

properties required for modelling) is available about the pesticides

products. Considering these aspects modelling are based on the physical

properties of solvents or other chemicals (more volatile) used in the

manufacture of pesticides.

7.8.2 Likely Failure Scenarios

Few likely failure scenarios have been selected after critical appraisal of

raw materials, the hazardous nature and storage inventories. Failure

scenarios selected are as given in Table 7.8 below:

Table 7.8: Different Failure Scenarios

S. No. Scenario Remark

Raw materials Flammable Scenario

RM-1 Ethylene dichloride Toxic Scenario

RM-2 Methanol Toxic/Flammable

RM-4 N-Hexane Flammable Scenario

RM-6 Ethyl acetate Flammable Scenario

RM-9 Acetonitrile Toxic/Scenario

RM-11 Toluene Toxic Scenario

RM-12 Hydrogen Gas Flammable Scenario



B. QUANTATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT & CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

7.9 PREAMBLE

In the previous Chapter, we have carried out the hazards analysis of the

RCPPL complex considering various aspects including bulk storages of

hazardous chemicals, plant process system, plant incidents/accidents

records, critical appraisal and discussion at site for soft spots in the plant etc.

Based on the hazards analysis, 7 critical scenarios have been selected for

QRA and consequence analysis. QRA quantifies vulnerable zones for a

conceived incident with various levels of severity. Consequence calculations

for risk assessment are invariably in terms of percentage of fatalities but for

emergency handling, fatalities are of no interest saving lives is the main

objectives then. The injury criteria have to be agreed in terms of thermal

load or toxic concentration versus exposure duration in the first instance.

In consequence calculation, use is made of a number of calculation models to

estimate the physical effects of an accident (spill of hazardous material) and

to predict the damage (lethality, injury, material destruction, other property

damage). The risk assessment modelling can be roughly divided into three

groups:

Determination of source strength parameters;

Determination of consequential effects;

Determination of damage or damage distances (with specific severity

rates)

7.9.1 Weather Effect

The effect of ambient conditions on the impact of fire/ heat radiation and

GLC of hazardous/toxic material can be beneficial as well as harmful. A high

wind (turbulence) can dilute the toxic material while stable environment can

extend the reach of IDLH or IT (inhalation LC50 rats for products)

concentration to long distance. Any inflammable gas/vapour release in

turbulent weather will soon dilute the hazardous gases below LEL and thus

save the disaster.

7.10 INCIDENTS IMPACTS

The identified failure scenarios (Table 7.8) have been analysed (Using

ALOHA and EFFECT Modules) for the impact zones considering damage due to



thermal and toxic impacts. Similar impacts are considered for expansion

units. Each incident will have Impact on the surrounding environment which

in extreme case may cross plant boundary. The impact zones for various

scenarios are given in Table 7.9.

Table 7.9: Hazards Scenario Impact

Scenario

No.

Scenario Impact Zone

(m)

Remarks

Scenario Raw Material

RM-1 Ethylene

Dichloride

IDLH < 10 1st degree burn

Figure 7.1

RM-2 Methanol IDLH < 10 Stability Class F

RM-4 N- Hexane 16 1st degree burn

Figure 7.2

RM-6 Ethyl Acetate 14 1st degree burn

Figure 7.3

RM-9 Acetonitrile IDLH ~28 Stability Class F

Figure 7.4

RM-11 Toluene IDLH< 10 Stability Class F

RM-12 Hydrogen Gas < 10

~ 28

1st degree burn

> 1 psi; Shatter glass

Figure 7.5

Figure 7.1 Ethylene Dichloride; Tank Failure & Pool Fire



Figure 7.2 Heavy Hexane Spillage & Pool Fire

Figure 7.3 Ethyl Acetate; Tank Failure & Pool Fire



Figure 7.4 Acetonitrile Tank Failure & toxic vapour Threat Zone

Figure 7.5 Hydrogen Overpressure (blast force) from vapor cloud explosion

7.11 CONSEQUENTIAL IMPACTS

The consequential impacts from each incident scenarios can be though

thermal, over pressure wave and toxic route. The damage can be on plant

personnel (and neighbouring residents in case incident crosses boundary),



property and also loss in production. The impact zones for some of the

hazards are shown in the figures. In RCPPL none of the incidents are likely to

cross plant boundary.

7.11.1 Thermal and Explosion Hazards

Incidents involving thermal hazards are mainly due to raw material fire (in

tank farms). The impact (1st degree burn) is limited to 16 m only (i.e. within

plant boundary). However the consequences can go to worse if the incidents

lead to domino effect to other tanks.

The fire near hydrogen skid can be disastrous if the hydrogen cylinders (at

very high pressure ~ 150 atm.) get overheated and explode. The impact in

such cases cannot be predicted.

7.11.2 Toxic Hazards

Toxic hazards are mainly due to methanol; acetonitrile and toluene vapours

leakage and their impact are not likely to cross the plant boundary. Toxic

impacts due to pesticides products are to be considered and all safety

measures are to be taken for controlling dust (in case of powder product)

and vapours (in case of liquid product).

7.11.3 Other Hazards

The other hazards in the plant include (but not limited to):

Other toxic hazards due to acids/other toxic spillages (mainly limited

to spillage area only.).

Mechanical hazards due to machines/equipment.

Hazards due to individual soft spots like walking casually and noticing

a pit and falling or colliding/stumbling or slipping (not noticing a wet

place etc.).

7.11.4 Other Toxic Hazards

Acid spillage-its impact will be limited to spillage area. The spillage if comes

in contact with metal parts will produce hydrogen which is highly flammable

gas. Any person moving in area and getting splash will get the injury. In

addition the spillage will cause pollution problem. The spillage is to be

collected and neutralized for toxic contents before disposal.



7.12 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

RCPPL will have a well-equipped first aid post. It will also have staff

personnel trained in first aid. Injured personnel will be immediately rushed to

hospital after giving first aid. All employees will have regular medical checkup

as per norms. An emergency vehicle/ambulance will always (round the clock)

available for meeting any eventuality.

7.12.1 Treatment of workers affected by accidental spillage of chemicals

There is a wide range of chemicals present in the Chemical plants. The safe

cleanup of a chemical spill requires some knowledge of the properties and

hazards posed by the chemical, and any added dangers posed by the location

of the spill.

Treatment of workers affected by accidental spillage of chemicals

Employees must notify their immediate supervisor of injury by spillage of

chemicals or exposure to hazardous materials. All injuries that may be work

related must be reported. Supervisor is responsible for reporting any injuries

or occupational illnesses to the management.

Following steps will be immediate taken by the Supervisor

Identify spillage/leakages of hazardous chemicals

Chemical Exposure to Skin:

Immediately flush with cool water for at least 15 minutes. If there are no

visible burns, remove the cloth from burning part of body. Seek medical

attention if a exposure/spillages occurs major possible problems.

Chemical Exposure to Skin – Serious:

Remove all contaminated clothing. Locate the nearest emergency shower and

soak for at least 15 minutes. Have someone contact the Hospital for

immediate medical attention.

Chemicals in Eyes:

Irrigate eyes for at least 15 minutes with tempered water from emergency

eyewash station. Remove contact lenses if there is. Notify the management

and immediate medical attention.

Acid Fumes:

Anyone overcome by fumes should be removed by fresh air. Never attempt to

enter a location where potentially dangerous fumes might place you at risk. If



someone is down, contact emergency personnel and let them enter. Self-

breathing apparatus is requiring to whom enter in the acidic fumes area. Seek

medical attention for exposure as soon as possible.

Chemical Spills

There is an HCl present in the chemical plant. The safe clean-up of an acid

spill requires some knowledge of the properties and hazards posed by the HCl

and any added dangers posed by the location of the spill. If you believe a spill

is beyond your capacity to clean up, do not attempt to do so by your own,

immediately contact to nearest fire/emergency station. Spill kits with

instructions, absorbents, neutralizing agents if applicable, protective

equipment, and sealable waste buckets should be present in plant area.

Following steps to be taken for ensuring health and safety of workers

engaged in handling of toxic materials

Identify chemicals to be used, amounts required, condition followed as

per the MSDS guideline.

Evaluate the hazards posed by the chemicals and the process conditions.

The evaluation should cover toxic, physical, reactive, flammable,

explosive as well as any other potential hazards posed by the respective

chemicals.

Select appropriate controls to minimize risk, including use of engineering

controls, administrative controls, and personal protective equipment

(PPE) to protect workers from hazards. The controls must ensure that

OSHA‟s Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs).

Avoid Underestimation of Risk of handling and its reaction.

Before working with chemicals, know the facility‟s policies and procedures

for how to handle an accidental spill or fire. Emergency telephone

numbers should be posted in a prominent area. Know the location of all

safety equipment and the nearest fire alarm and telephone.

Provide popper Ventilation in the plant/process area.

Toxic or corrosive chemicals that require vented storage should be stored

in vented cabinets instead of in a chemical hood.

Local exhaust ventilation devices should be appropriate to the operations

in the plant.



Chemicals should be separated and stored according to hazard category

and compatibility.

A risk assessment should be conducted prior to beginning work with any

hazardous chemical for the first time.

7.13 Precautions during storage and transportation of hazardous

chemicals

A systematic approach to safety requires an efficient flow of information from

the suppliers to the users of chemicals on potential hazards and correct

safety precautions. The supplier should provide an employer with essential

information about hazardous chemicals in the form of a chemical safety data

sheet. This chemical safety data sheet or material safety data sheet (MSDS)

describes the hazards of a material and provides instructions on how the

material can be safely handled, used and stored. MSDSs are produced by the

manufacturer or importer of hazardous products. Manufacturer and their

representatives should have a right to an MSDS and to receive the written

information in forms or languages they easily understand. Because some of

the required information might be intended for specialists, further clarification

may be needed from the employer. The MSDS is only one source of

information on a material and, therefore, it is best used along with technical

bulletins, labels, training and other communications.

Details of the type of information that should be required are given below:

Chemical product and company identification

Information on ingredients (composition)

Hazard identification

First-aid measures

Firefighting measures

Accidental release measures

Handling and storage of Chemicals

Exposure controls and personal protection

Physical and chemical properties

Stability and reactivity

Toxicological information

Ecological information



Disposal considerations

Transport information

Regulatory information

7.14 Safe Practice for handling, storage, transportation and unloading of

chemicals

Continuous efforts to improve safety during the transport and the associated

handling of chemicals are part of the overall aim to improve safety

performance of both the chemical industry and the transport industry. It is

therefore essential to increase safety during loading and unloading. A safety

management system is meant to identify hazards, to control risks and to

measure effectiveness of mitigating actions. The safety management system

therefore should also cover the entire loading operation from gate to gate

and take into account each of the subsequent steps including Emergency

response plan, applicable legislation and Communication skills of drivers and

operators. Before starting loading, operators should ensure that loading site

are stowed and secured in an adequate way so that they cannot damage the

goods to be loaded.

Hazardous chemicals should be stored under appropriate conditions, taking

into account the chemicals‟ specific properties. Instructions on safe storage of

chemicals and important note if there are conditions under which hazardous

reactions may occur. Chemicals that can react together to form unstable or

toxic products, or produce heat, should be kept segregated. Chemicals known

to be carcinogenic, mutagenic or toxic to reproduction should be kept under

strict control. The compatibility of different chemicals like oxidizing chemicals

should be kept separate from flammable liquids or other flammable

chemicals.



C. CONCLUSION & RECOMMENDATIONS

The hazard analysis and risk assessment of few possible selected incident

scenarios indicates that such incidents mostly are not limited to plant battery

limits and have impact on adjoining plants. There are possibilities of domino

effect and the secondary scenario not predictable can be worse than the

primary one. None of the scenarios are likely to cross the RCPPL plant

boundaries. The direction of impact will be in down wind direction (wind

direction and speed varies with season).

Some of the recommendations for Tank farm storage system are as given

below:

Provision of flame detectors/ thermal sensors at strategic locations in

the tank farm area.

Auto water deluge system on each bulk storage tank for inflammable

liquids. The system should automatically start taking signal from

flame detectors or thermal relay.

Fixed foam system with adequate capacity.

Toxic Hazards are due to pesticides, Methanol, Acetonitrile and other organic

solvents. Regular „Hazard Survey‟ ensures the detection of leakage in the plant.

Safe Handling of Hydrogen

Hydrogen store and use away from heat, sparks, open flame or any other

ignition source. Use explosion-proof electrical (ventilating, lighting and material

handling) equipment. Use only non-sparking tools. Empty containers retain

product residue and can be hazardous. Close valve after each use and when

empty. Protect cylinders from physical damage; do not drag, roll, slide or drop.

Use a suitable hand truck for cylinder movement. Store in a segregated and

approved area. Store away from direct sunlight in a dry, cool and well-

ventilated area, away from incompatible materials. Cylinders should be stored

upright, with valve protection cap in place, and firmly secured to prevent falling

or being knocked over. Cylinder temperatures should not exceed 52°C (125°F).

1. Physical Properties of Hydrogen: Hydrogen is a colourless, odourless,

tasteless and highly combustible gas. Gas sensors can only detect presence.

2. Flammability & Explosive Nature: Hydrogen gas is highly flammable and

will auto ignite when in contact with air at Hydrogen concentrations ranging



from 4% to 75%. Hydrogen gas leaking into air may ignite spontaneously.

Hydrogen fire is extremely hot and invisible, thus leading to severe accidental

burns. Under the optimal combustion condition (a 29% hydrogen-to-air volume

ratio), the energy required to initiate hydrogen combustion is much lower than

that required for other common fuels. Hydrogen leaks into closed spaces and

unventilated areas can very quickly pose danger of explosion.

3. Typical reasons for accidents

Reasons for Hydrogen related accidents are similar to reasons for accidents

related to other combustible gases. Human error, or overlooking to perform

Gas handling operations as per prescribed safe practices, lead to most

accidents.

Hydrogen is a very small molecule with low viscosity, and therefore prone to

leakage. Unless dense metal forms, e.g., forgings or killed steels are used,

Hydrogen being the smallest molecule permeates out of tanks and cylinders.

Many metals embrittle due to prolonged contact with Hydrogen leading to

failure due to metal fatigue. Hence, inadequate equipment design

considerations can lead to failures and accidents.

Real time exercise with controlled release of Hydrogen

To attend the leakage in cylinder

To transfer leaky cylinder

To attend leaky cylinder with „safety Kit‟

Train staff in attending such scenarios.

Human Factors: RCPPL should have well equipped fire fighting system and also

safety department - safety practices. Human factors role in safety cannot be

ignored. Odd hours working and over/long hours work can drain out individual.

It shows in lack of efficiency and also the lack of apt attention the modern

chemical complex demand. They are to be closely looked into and avoided.

„Safety‟ has unique features:

a. If no accident has happened so far probability of incident/accident

occurring increases.

b. „No accident‟/good safety record develops complacency inertia/over

confidence in the team. This attitude gives rise to gaps/soft spots in the

system giving chances to incidents/accidents.



c. Safety requires novelty. Routine training practices get stale with no

positive results. Look for novel scheme of training/ safety practices to

build up fresh impetus in safety. Involvement of employees with

refreshed outlook for safety is to be achieved.



7.15 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Disaster/Emergency Management Plan is essential for a chemical plant as the

processes adopted for manufacturing are classified under Factory Act as

Hazardous due to handling and storage of toxic, flammable and explosive

hazardous materials. Over the years, the chemical process plant has created

adequate infrastructure and adopted risk mitigation measures to tackle any

emergency that may arise during the manufacturing process. The important

aspect in emergency planning is to control an emergency by technical and

organizational means, minimize accidents and consequent losses. Emergency

planning also brings to light deficiencies, such as, lack of resources necessary

for effective emergency response. It also demonstrates the organization's

commitment to safety of employees and physical property as well as

increases the awareness among management and employees.

Disaster Management Plan for the plant is necessarily a combination of

various actions which are to be taken in a very short time but in a pre-set

sequence to deal effectively and efficiently with any disaster, emergency or

major accident with an aim to keep the loss of men, material,

plant/machinery etc. to the minimum.

A major emergency in a pesticide plant is one, which has the potential to

cause serious injury or loss of life. It may cause extensive damage to

property and serious disruption of both inside and outside the plant.

Sometimes, it would require the assistance of outside emergency services to

handle it effectively. Although the emergency at the plant may be caused by

a number of different factors, e.g. leakage of toxic and flammable materials

from piping/tanks, total/partial power failure, earthquake or sabotage, it will

normally manifest itself in fire/toxic release.

Primarily, DMP is prepared to furnish details which may require at the time of

the emergency, to delegate responsibility, to estimate the consequences in

advance and to prepare ourselves to control any type of emergency.

The plan explains basic requirements as follows:

Definition,

Objectives,



Organization set up,

Communication System,

Action on site,

Link with Off-site Emergency Plan,

Training rehearsal and record aspect.

7.15.1 Definitions

Various definitions on different analogy used on On-site & Off-site Emergency

Plan are as follows:

Accident: An accident may be defined as “an undesirable and unplanned

event with or without or major damage consequence of life and /or property.

Major Accident: It is a sudden, unexpected, unplanned event resulting from

uncontrolled developments during an industrial activity, which causes or has

the potential to cause, death or hospitalization to a number of people,

damage to environment, evacuation of local population or any combination of

above effects.

Emergency: This can be defined as any situation, which presents a threat to

safety of person's or/and property. It may require outside help also.

Major Emergency: Occurring at a work is one that may affect several

departments within and/or may cause serious injuries, loss of life, extensive

damage to properly or serious disruption outside the works. It will require the

use of outside resources to handle it effectively.

Disaster: Disaster is a sudden calamitous event, bringing great damage, loss

or destruction.

Hazards: Hazard may be defined as “the potential of an accident”. Hazard

exists in man and the system of materials and machines.

Chemical Hazards: It is a hazard due to chemical(s) (including its storage,

process, handling, etc.) and it is realized by fire, explosion, toxicity,

corrosively, radiation, etc.

Risk: Risk may be defined as the combination of consequence and probability

or likelihood of an accident being caused in a given man-material – machine

system.

On-Site Emergency plan: It deals with measures to prevent and control

emergencies within the factory and not affecting outside public or

environment.

Off-Site Emergency plan: It deals with measures to prevent and control

emergencies affecting public and the environment outside the premises.



7.15.2 Objective of the Disaster Management Plan

The primary purpose of this Disaster Management Plan is to equip the Plant

with required resources and information for prompt implementation of the set

of actions to be undertaken in the event of an accident posing hazards to the

people and community after commissioning of the plant.

The objective of Disaster Management Plan (DMP), for the plant is to be in a

state of perceptual readiness through training, development and mock drills,

to immediately control and arrest any emergency situation so as to avert a

full fledge disaster and the consequence of human and property damage and

in the event of a disaster still occurring, to manage the same to that the risk

of the damage consequences to life and property are minimized and

thereafter, proper rehabilitation, review and revisions of the DMP to

overcome the shortcomings noticed are undertaken.

The DMP document is prepared keeping in view and to conform the

requirements of the provisions of The Factories Act 1948 under section 41 B

(4), Guidelines issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of

India and Manufacture, Import and Storage of Hazardous Chemicals Rules,

1989 amended in 2000, Schedule 11 under Environmental Protection Act

1986.

Following are the main objectives of the plan to:

Defined and assess emergencies, including hazards and risk

Control and contain incidents.

Safeguard employees and people in vicinity.

Minimize damage to property and/or the environment.

Minimization of risk and impact of event accident.

Preparation of action plan to handle disasters and to contain damage.

Inform employees, the general public and the authority about the

hazards/risk assessed and to provide safeguard, and the role to be

played by them in the event of emergency.

Be ready for 'mutual aid' if need arises to help neighbouring unit.

Inform authorities and mutual aid centres to come for help.

Effect rescue and treatment of casualties.

Effective rehabilitation of the affected persons and prevention of

damage to the property.

Identify and list any fatalities.

Inform and help relatives.



Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore

normalcy.

Provide authoritative information to the news media.

7.16 EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION

7.16.1 Incident Controller

Incident Controller‟s role will be to control the emergency at the incident site.

7.16.1.1 Duties of Incident Controller

Incident Controller will proceed to the place of emergency after hearing

siren/announcement. He will:

Assess the scale of emergency and decide if a major emergency exists

or is likely, accordingly activate emergency procedure.

Immediately give his feedback to Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

regarding emergency.

Direct all operations within the area with following priorities.

Secure the safety of personnel

Minimize damage to plant property and environment.

Minimize loss of material.

Direct rescue and fire fighting operations till the arrival of the outside

Fire Brigade; he will relinquish control to Sr. Officer of Fire Brigade.

Ensure that the affected area is searched for causalities.

Ensure that all non-essential workers in the affected area evacuate to

the appropriate assembly point.

Set up communication point to establish Radio/Telephone/ Messenger

contact as with emergency control centre.

Pending arrival of works site controller, assume the duties of the post

in particular to:

Direct the shutting down and evacuation of plant and areas likely

to be threatened by emergency.

Ensure that the outside emergency services have been called in.

Ensure that the key personnel have been called in.

Report all significant development to the Site Main Controller.

Provide advice and information, as required to the Senior Officer of the

Fire Brigade.

Preserve evidence that would facilitate any subsequent inquiry into the

cause and circumstances of emergency.

Dy. Incident Controller will carry out above said duties in absence of

Incident Controller.



7.16.2 Site Main Controller

Site Main Controller will be overall in-charge of emergency organization:

7.16.2.1 Duties of Site Main Controller:

Relieve the Incident Controller of responsibility of overall main control.

Co-ordinate ECC or if required, security for raising evacuation siren

and also all clear siren, in case emergency is over.

Declaration of major emergency ensures that outside emergency

services will be called and when required nearby firms will be

informed.

Ensure that key personnel will be called in.

Exercise direct operational control on parts of the works outside the

affected area.

Maintain a speculative continuous review of possible development and

assess these to determine most possible cause of events.

Direct the shutting down and evacuation of plants in consultation with

key personnel.

Ensure causalities are receiving adequate attention; arrange for

additional help if required. Ensure relatives are advised.

Liaison with Chief Officers of the Fire and Police services for providing

assistance in tackling the emergency.

Ensure the accounting of personnel.

Control traffic movement within the work.

Arrange for a chronological record of the emergency to be maintained.

During prolonged emergency, arrange for the relief of the personnel

and provision of catering facilities.

Contact the local office to receive early notification of impending

changes in weather conditions, in case of prolonged emergency.

Issue authorized statements to the news media and informs H.O.

Ensure that proper consideration is given to the preservation of

evidence.

Control rehabilitation of affected areas after control of the emergency.

7.16.3 Other Key Personnel

The key personnel required for taking decision about further action for

shutting down the plant, evacuate the personnel, and carry out emergency

engineering works in consultation with Site Main Controller in light of the

information received.

HOD‟s /Senior Managers/ Section Heads will be responsible for safety,

security, fire, gas and pollution control, spillage control, communication



system including telephone, wireless etc. Also medical services, transport,

engineering, production, technical services, will form part of advising team.

7.16.3.1 Emergency Response Team

The role of Emergency Response Team members is to actually combat the

emergency at the site and control the emergency situation and carry out

rescue operations.

All team members will be thoroughly trained to deal with fires, explosions,

chemical spills and atmospheric releases, first aid. As per priority list during

emergency, the activities will be carried out as per emergency control plan.

7.16.3.2 Emergency Personnel’s responsibilities Outside Normal

Working Hours of the Factory

The duties of Shift In-charge & team members have been brought out in

emergency control plan. All team members after evacuating the area shall

report to ECC/ Incident Place. The non-essential workers shall be evacuated

from the plants if need arises and this will be determined with the forcible

rate with which incident may escalate. Non-essential workers shall assemble

at the earmarked/specified point of assembly.

7.16.3.3 Assembly Points

At the proposed plan, at least 2 assembly points will be identified and

marked properly.

7.16.4 Emergency Control Centre

It will be headed by Site Main Controller, HOD – PD, HOD- P&A and it is sited

in Office of Site Main Controller in Admin Building & New security

office (after office hours), which is readily accessible & with minimum risk,

equipped with telephone facilities and other announcements extra

communications facilities needed. It has enough means to receive and

transmit information and directions from site main controller to incident

controller and other areas. In emergency control center due to its safer

location and advantage of easier accessibility, all necessary personnel

protective equipment‟s firefighting extinguishers will be stocked in sufficient

quantity.

7.16.4.1 Role of Emergency Control Centre

In case of mishap or accident like fire, toxic gas leakage, explosion in the

factory, The Emergency Control Center will be Office of Head- Operations.

The plot plan indicating all the activities in the factory premises

including that of storage‟s utility services, production area,

administration, will be kept for ready reference, showing the location

of fire hydrant and fire fighting aids.

Normal roll of employees, work permits, gate entries and documents

for head count, employees blood group, other information and



addresses will be available and the person, who will handle this

operation will HOD P & A.

Stationery required is available in the Control Centre (ECC) and HOD

(P & A) looks after it.

The requirement of personnel protective equipment and other

material, like torches, have been worked out and the quantity required

during emergency will be kept in the Control Room (ECC). The

responsible person for maintaining the said requirement/ inventory will

be HOD- HSE.

7.16.5 Fire & Toxicity Control Arrangements

The plant will be well equipped with suitable numbers of firefighting and

personnel protective equipment. The staff will be trained regularly to handle

the various emergency situations.

7.16.6 Medical Arrangements

Availability of first aid facilities in sufficient quantity will be always ensured.

In case of emergency arrangements will be made to avail outside medical

help immediately. Emergency transport facility will be available.

7.16.7 Transport & Evacuation, Mutual Aid Arrangements:

Transport & Evacuation and Mutual Aid arrangements will be available in the

factory.

7.17 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

7.17.1 Declaring the Emergency

In case of any emergency in the plant, speedy and effective communication

of the same to all concerned in least possible time is the most important

aspect of any emergency-handling plan. An early communication increases

the chances of control of emergency in the bud stage. Blowing siren will be

adopted as method of communication of emergency, to all employees in the

plant.

7.17.1.1 Types of Sirens

Three different types of sirens have been identified for communication of

emergency.

Alert Siren: Single Continuous Siren for One Minute. This indicates that

there is some accidental happening in the plant. All have to become alert.

Incident controller will be rush to the site of emergency. Plant area people



have to start safe shut down. Rescue team and other emergency control

teams have to reach at the site of emergency.

Siren for evacuation: Wailing & waning siren for three minutes. This

siren indicates that emergency is of serious proportion and everybody has to

leave his work place. All people having their role in emergency control have

to assume their assigned role. All non-essential workers have to proceed

immediately to assembly area and wait for further instruction.

All clear siren: Long continuous siren for two minutes. This is a sign of

return of normalcy. On hearing this siren everybody should go back to his or

her respective workplace.

7.17.1.2 Location of Siren

Siren will be located in center of the pant for wide coverage of the whole

campus. Switch for siren will be provided at security gate. The switch at

Security gate should be operated only as a general rule.

Emergency manual call bell will be installed which will be used in case of

total failure of electricity. It is responsibility of HOD (HSE) to maintain the

upkeep of electric call bell and HOD- Security and administration to maintain

manual and Hand operated siren.

7.17.1.3 Raising Alarm

Any person noticing any emergency situation in the plant should

immediately call security gate with following information:

Identify oneself

State briefly the type of emergency i.e. whether fire, explosion, toxic

gas release etc.

Give the location of the incident

Estimated severity of the incident.

Security personnel after ensuring genuineness of the call shall raise the

ALERT SIREN. At the same time he will also contact the incident controller

and ECC in order and inform about the incident. He will keep the gate open

and rush his two security personnel at the site of emergency.

ECC will be located at the office of Head- Operations on normal working

hours and at Security gate after normal working hours (during night). ECC



shall be immediately manned on hearing alert siren. If the authorized people

to handle ECC are not available, any senior most people out of the available

person nearby shall occupy ECC till authorized person comes.

Incident controller, on hearing alert siren or by any other way of information

of the emergency, will immediately reach at the site of incident and assess

the situation. He will immediately give his feed back to ECC. ECC shall direct

security gate to raise evacuation siren, if the need arise.

SIREN FOR EVACUATION shall be raised on instruction from Site Main

Controller or any Manager of the plant in the ECC.

Security gate person will be authorized to raise ALL CLEAR SIREN on

instruction from Site Main Controller or ECC, after the emergency is over.

Incident controller shall assume the responsibility of site main controller in

his absence.

7.17.2 Internal Communication

It shall be responsibility of ECC to communicate to all employees in the

plant. They may take help of telephone operator for such communication.

However, telephone operator can directly communicate information about

emergency to all internal departments, if such message comes from incident

controller or site main controller. Telephone operator will continue to operate

the switchboard advising the callers that staffs are not available and pass all

calls connected with the incident to ECC.

7.17.2.1 Availability of Key Personnel outside Normal Working Hours

The details of key personnel availability after working hours will be made

available at Security Gate, ECC, telephone operator as well as production

units. Security personnel shall call required key personnel from their

residence in case emergency occurs outside normal working hours.

Availability of emergency vehicle / Ambulance will be ensured to fetch the

key personnel residing outside. It will be the responsibility of HOD (P & A) to

maintain it.

7.17.2.2 To the Outside Emergency Services

Decision to call outside help to deal with emergency like fire brigade,

ambulance, police, etc., shall be taken by Site Main Controller. However, in

absence of Site Main Controller, if the incident controller realizes the



situation going out of control, he may ask for immediate help from outside.

ECC will be responsible for calling help from outside. A list of emergency

services available in the area with their telephone numbers will be provided

at ECC, at Security gate and with telephone operator. Facilities such as

phones, emergency vehicle, and security personnel will be available to help

calling outside emergency services and authorities.

7.17.3 Communication to the Authorities

The emergency will be immediately communicated to the government

officers and other authorities such as RSPCB, police, district emergency

authority, Factory Inspectorate, hospital etc. by Emergency Control Centre.

7.17.3.1 To Neighbouring Firms & the General Public

In case of emergency having its outside impact, public will be cautioned

regarding the same. Co-ordination of police will be sought for speedy action.

This is to be ensured by ECC.

7.18 PRE-EMERGENCY ACTIVITIES

Internal Safety survey with regard to identification of hazards, availability of

protective equipment‟s, checking for proper installation of safety devices will

be carried out periodically.

Periodic pressure testing of equipment

Periodic pressure testing of lines.

Periodic safety/relief valve testing

Periodic fire hydrant system testing.

Mock drill to check up level of confidence, extent of preparedness of

personnel to face emergency is being contemplated.

Regular training is being imparted to all personnel to create

awareness.

Adequate safety equipment will be made available.

Periodic check-up of emergency lights.

Safer assembly points will be identified.

Storage of adequate first aid treatment facilities.

Statutory information is imparted to workers.

Post emergency activities:

Following post emergency actions will be carried out to study in detail and

preventive measures to be taken.

Collection of records.

Inquiries



Insurance claims

Preparation of reports comprising suggestion and modification.

Rehabilitation of affected personnel.

Normalization of plant.

7.18.1 Evacuation and Transportation

In case of emergency, evacuation and transportation of non-essential

workers will be carried out immediately. The affected personnel will be

transported for medical aid.

7.18.2 Safe Close Down

During emergency plant shut down will be carried out if situation warrants.

This will be as per the instruction of site main controller under guidance of

incident controller.

7.18.3 Use of Mutual Aid

Mutual aid agreement with nearby industries will be ensures to provide help

to each other in the emergency,

7.18.4 Use of External Authorities

As and when necessary, statutory authorities, police, pollution control

personnel, medical aid/ center, ambulance etc. will be contacted.

7.18.5 Medical Treatment

The affected personnel will be brought to safer place immediately to give

them first aid. Immediate medical attention will be sought.

7.18.6 Accounting for Personnel

Proper accounting for personnel will be laid down in all the shifts. The

number of persons present inside the plant premises, their duty etc. will be

available with the P & A. This record will be regularly updated and will be

made available.

7.18.7 Access to Records

The relatives of affected personnel will be informed. The details regarding all

employees will be made available to Administration building.

7.18.8 Public Relations

In case of emergency, Manager P & A will be available for official release of

information pertaining to the incident.

7.18.9 Rehabilitation

The affected area will be cleared from emergency activities only after

positive ascertaining of the system in all respects. The entry to affected area



will have to be restricted until statutory authorities visit and inspect the spot

of incident. Nothing should be disturbed from the area till their clearance.

The site main controller will be in charge of the activities to be undertaken.

The plan will cover emergencies, which can be brought under control by the

works with the help of emergency team/fire services. The DISASTER

CONTROL PLAN for gas leak and fire will be prepared for entire factory.

7.19 CAUSES OF EMERGENCY:

7.19.1 Risk

7.19.1.1 Nature

In the plant, the nature of dangerous events could be of the following:

FIRE : Chemical/Electrical

TOXIC RELEASE : From chemicals & Chlorine gas.

LEAKAGES : Equipment, pipe lines, valves, etc.

Release of vapors like Pyridine or chlorine gas or hexane can result in highly

toxic environment or in fire or explosion.

Improper handling of products (raw materials/finished products)

Large spillage to ground floors resulting in pollution & fire.

Failures of Equipment/Instruments.

Release of safety valves or ruptures of vessels due to excessive

pressures.

7.19.1.2 Various Emergency Actions

a. Onsite

Safe shut down of the plant and utilities.

Emergency control measures.

To attempt with the help of trained crew in fire fighting to contain the

fire spread up/gas emission and limit within limited space.

To cut off source of oxygen by use of fire fighting appliances/to cut

off source of gas emission.

Cut off fall sources of ignition like electrical gadgets.

To protect fire prone area from the fire.

To remove material which can catch fire to the extent possible from

fire prone area.

Evacuation of non-essential persons.

b. Medical Facilities/Treatment

The Plant will have a Health centre which is manned with trained

male nurse on continuous basis who can render medical first aid.

Doctor will visit two times a week for two hour each time. The Plant



is searching for a full time medical officer and will appoint as and

when available.

Depending on seriousness the injured person shall be shifted to any

other hospital.

Vehicle will be available round the clock for transportation.

Ambulance will be also made available in the campus on regular

basis.

c. In the event of Fatal Accidents

The information shall be given to following authorities:

Inspector of Police

Inspector of Factories

Mamlatdar

Corporate Office

Regd. Office

Insurance the plant

Regional Officer, HSPCB

d. Emergency Siren

Emergency siren shall be blown for announcing the emergency which shall

have different sound for identification/differentiation than the normally

used for commencement of factory working etc.

Location of Siren Above Plant

Type of Siren Industrial Siren

Position of siren switch Located at Main Gate

e. Seeking Help From Neighbouring Industries/Sources For Fire Engine

f. Advise for vacation of other areas

Since the effect of fire/gas emission shall be contained within the area of

the plant advice of vacation of other areas is not necessary.

7.19.1.3 Response Time-Minutes

Hazard Fire Fighting Police Medical Services

Fire & Explosion

Immediate with whatever facilities available with the plant

10 minutes

10 minutes

External Help within 15 minutes

7.20 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

7.20.1 Need of the Site Emergency Plan

Depending upon the wind direction and velocity of the effects of accident

in factory may spread to outside its premises. To avert major disaster it is



essential to seek guidance/assistance of statutory authorities, police and

health department. The movement of traffic may have to be restricted.

Required information will be given to the authority and consultation will be

sought for remedial measures.

A purpose of the off-site emergency plan is:

To provide the local/district authorities, police, fire, brigade, doctors,

surrounding industries and public the basic information of risk and

environmental impact assessment and appraise them of the

consequences and the protection/prevention measures and to seek

their help to communicate with public in case of major emergency.

To assist district authorities for preparing the off-site emergency plan

for district or particular area and to organize rehearsals from time to

time and initiate corrective actions on experience.

7.20.2 Structure of the Off-Site Emergency Plan

Available with concerned authorities.

7.20.3 Role of the Factory Management

The site main controller will provide a copy of action plan to the statutory

authorities in order to facilitate preparedness of district/area off-site

emergency plan.

7.20.4 Role of Emergency Co-ordination Office (ECO):

He will be a senior police or fire officer co-ordination with site main

controller. He will utilize emergency control center.

7.20.5 Role of Local Authority

Preparation of Off Site Plan lies with local authorities. An emergency-

planning officer (EPO) works to obtain relevant information for preparing

basis for the plan and ensures that all those organization involved in

offsite emergency and to know their role and responsibilities.

7.20.6 Role of Fire Authorities

The fire authorities will take over the site responsibility from incident

controller after arrival. They will be familiarized with site of flammable

materials, water and foam applies points, firefighting equipment.

7.20.7 Role of the Police and Evacuation Authorities

Senior Police Officer designed, as emergency co-ordination officer shall

take over all control of an emergency. The duties include protection of life,

property and control of traffic movement. Their functions include

controlling standards, evacuating public and identifying dead and dealing

with casualties and informing relatives of dead or injured. There may be

separate authorities/agencies to carry out evacuation and transportation

work. Evacuation depends upon the nature of accident, in case of fire only



neighboring localities shall be alerted. Whole areas have to be evacuated

in case of toxic release.

7.20.8 Role of Health Authorities

After assessing the extent of effect caused to a person the health

authorities will treat them.

7.20.9 Role of Mutual Aid Agencies

Various types of mutual aid available from the surrounding factories and

other agencies will be utilized.

7.20.10 Role of Factory Inspectorate

In the event of an accident, the Factory Inspector will assist the District

Emergency Authority for information and helping in getting Neighboring

Industries/mutual aid from surrounding factories.

In the aftermath, Factory Inspector may wish to ensure that the affected

areas are rehabilitated safely.

7.21 Training Rehearsal and Records

7.21.1 Need of Rehearsal & Training

Regular training and rehearsal program of emergency procedures shall be

conducted with elaborate discussions and testing of action plan with mock

drill. If necessary, the co-operation/guidance of outside agencies will be

sought.

7.21.2 Some Check Points

The extent of realistic nature of incidents.

Adequate assessment of consequences of various incidents.

Availability of sufficient resources such as water, fire-fighting aids,

personnel.

The assessment of time scales.

Logical sequences of actions.

The involvement of key personnel in the preparation of plan.

At least 24 hour‟s covers to take account of absences due to sickness

and holiday, minimum shift manning.

Satisfactory co-operation with local emergency services and district

or regional emergency planning offices.

Adequacy of Site.



7.21.3 Records and Updating the Plan

All records of various on-site and off-site emergency plans of the factory

will be useful alone with those of the factors by which statutory authorities

draw a detailed plan for the whole area/district. The records of the activity

will be updated regularly.



Chapter-8

Project Benefits

8.1 INTRODUCTION

Project benefit focus on those points which will become beneficial to the

surrounding area or community in terms of infrastructural development,

Social development, employment and other tangible benefits due to

project. Proposed project has a potential for employment of skilled, semi-

skilled and unskilled employees during construction phase as well as

operational phase.

8.2 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE INCLUDING TECHNICAL FACILITY

ASPECTS:

Physical infrastructure includes infrastructural & technological facilities of

the project, necessary for the operation. Unit proposes to start various

pesticides and pesticide specific intermediates manufacturing activities at

Plot No. G-154, 155, 156, 157, 164, 165, 166, 167, RIICO Industrial area,

Village: Sanwad, Tehsil: Mavli, Dist.: Udaipur, Rajasthan, (India).

It will use modernized technologies and infrastructural facilities. So that,

nearby public or workers will become aware to new technology launched or

running in the present market and thereby it will also helpful in increasing

knowledge of employ and surrounding people.

Following will be other improvements in the physical infrastructure:

Adoption of new technology

Awareness in local educated people for new technology

Improvement in local amenities facilities

Improvement in road link facilities as transportation through truck

and other vehicles will increased due to proposed project

Improvement in local civilization

Increase income of local population

Increase requirement of man power

8.3 IMPROVEMENT IN SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE:

Due to proposed project activity, social infrastructure will improve by

means of civilization, vocational training and basic amenities.



Civilization: Due to the project, employment and other infrastructural

facilities will boost up income of surrounding people and improve quality of

life. This will indirectly boost up the civilization of the surrounding people.

Vocational Training: Moreover, unit will provide vocational training

opportunity to the surrounding people and greed for employment will

motivate the education activities that will lead the change in life style of

the surrounding and affected people hence social infrastructure will be

improved.

Basic Amenities: Better education facilities, proper healthcare, road

infrastructure and drinking water facilities are basic social amenities for

better living standard of any human being which will further increase the

above amenities directly/indirectly either by providing or by improving the

facilities in the area, which will help in uplifting the living standards of local

communities.

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

Infrastructure will get improved and enhance the employment opportunity

for both skilled and unskilled person from nearby area. Direct employment

as well as indirect employment due to ancillary services will be given to the

local people. Therefore, the socio-economic status of the local people will

be improved. The details of employment opportunity during Construction

and Operation phase are discussed underneath:

Increase employment opportunity at Construction phase:

In the construction phase, direct and indirect manpower will be involved.

Thus temporary and permanent employment will be generated during

construction phase. Unit will provide first priority to local workers for the

employment.

Increase employment opportunity at Operation phase:

During the operation phase of project, total 70 nos. of skilled and unskilled

manpower will require for routine operation of the project.



Chapter-9

Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

9.0 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

As per EIA Notification 2006, this Chapter of the ‘Environmental Cost

Benefit Analysis’ is applicable only if it is recommended at the Scoping

stage. As per the ToR points issued by MoEF, New Delhi vide File No. J-

11011/45/2015-IA II (I) & ToR letter dated 26/05/2015, for the proposed

project; the Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is not applicable and

hence has not been prepared.



Chapter-10

Environment Management Plan

10.1 INTRODUCTION

An Environment Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared to minimize

negative impacts and is formed on the basis of prevailing environmental

conditions and likely impacts of this project on various environmental

parameters. This plan will also facilitate monitoring of environmental

parameters.

Assessment of environmental and social impacts arising due to

implementation of the proposed project activities is the technical heart of

EIA process. An equally essential element of this process is to develop

measures to eliminate, offset or reduce impacts to acceptable levels during

implementation and operation of projects. The integration of such

measures into project implementation and operation is supported by

clearly defining the environmental requirements within an Environmental

Management Plan (EMP).

From the previous chapter, it can be said that the proposed project has

significantly less pollution potential. For abatement of environmental

pollution, the unit would adopt several measures, which are summarized in

this chapter.

10.2 OBJECTIVE OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

The objective of the Environmental Management Plan is summarized

hereunder,

To limit/reduce the degree, extent, magnitude or duration of adverse

impacts.

To treat all the pollutants i.e. liquid effluent, air emissions and

hazardous waste with adoption of adequate and efficient technology.

To comply with the stipulated enviro-legal requirements & standards.

To create good working conditions.

To reduce any risk hazards and design the disaster management plan.

Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for a

cleaner and better environment.



To account for recycling and reusing measures, proposed or required

to be adopted for minimization of consumption of resources and

generation of pollutants.

10.3 COMPONENTS OF EMP

EMP for the proposed project covers following aspects:

Description of mitigation measures for operation phase only

Description of monitoring program

Institutional arrangements

Implementation schedule and reporting procedures

All above aspects and objectives are kept in the view and considering the

same EMP is prepared for two major fields,

10.3.1 Environmental Management systems

Unit is well aware of environmental requirements for planning and

implementation of the project and set up a department with trained

personnel headed under the qualified environmental manager. As indicated

in the impact and mitigation chapter of this report, the environmental

impact due to the proposed activity is very marginal release of pollutants.

10.3.2 Environmental Management Cell

Unit will set up separate Environmental Management Cell and assigned

responsibilities to officers from various disciplines to co-ordinate the

activities concerned with management and implementation of environment

control measures. Basically, this department keep a close watch on the

performance of the pollution control equipments, emissions from the

sources and the quality of surrounding environment in accordance with the

monitoring programme either departmentally or appointing external

agency whenever necessary.

The cell will also include the safety cell for observing, inspecting and

regulating the safety measures inside the plant campus. The cell will be

responsible for maintaining records of all the data, documents and

information in line with the statutory requirements. The setup of the

Environmental Management Cell is shown in Figure-10.1.



10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Unit through its head project contractor will provide the necessary

infrastructural facilities to the labour. The following factors would be given

consideration to maintain good environmental quality during construction

phase:

This is a proposed unit; hence excavation work will be carried out as per

requirement. There will also be installation of new machineries and

equipments that ultimately lead adverse impact on environment. But it will

be temporary in nature. Installation work shall generate noise and dust but

it will within working areas. Therefore, measures will need to be taken to

protect workers.

To mitigate the adverse environment impact due to the construction phase,

following measures will be taken:

Regular sprinkling of the water will be recommended along with the

construction activities.

Regular preventing maintenance of machinery and transportation of

vehicles during construction to reduce noise pollution.

Provision of silencer, to modulate the noise generated by the machine, if

required.

Reduce the exposure time of workers to the higher noise level by job

rotation.

To protect workers working in noisy area, personal protective

equipments like earmuffs/earplugs will be provided.

The domestic sewage generated during the construction activity will be

routed to soak pit followed by septic tank.

Tree plantation will be proposed periphery of plant premises and along

the roads.

Water Environment

During construction phase, provision for infra-structural services including

water supply, sewage, drainage facilities and electrification will be made.

The construction site would be provided with suitable toilet facilities for the

workers to allow proper standards of hygiene. These facilities would be



connected to a septic tank and maintained to ensure minimum impact on

the environment.

Safety and Health during Construction Phase

Adequate space will be provided for construction of temporary sheds for

construction workers mobilized by the contractors. Unit will also supply

potable water for the construction workers. The safety department will

supervise the safe working of the contractor and their employees. Work

spots will be maintained clean, provided with optimum lighting and enough

ventilation to eliminate dust/fumes.

Socio-economic Environment

Management will give preference to local people through both direct and

indirect employment.

10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING THE OPERATIONAL

PHASE

EMP proposed for implementation is detailed under the following heads:

Air Pollution Control

Wastewater Management

Solid/Hazardous Waste Management

Noise Management

Greenbelt Development

Occupational Safety and Health

Implementation of EMP and monitoring programme

10.5.1 Air Pollution Management

10.5.1.1 Source of air pollution and control measures



of which one will be treated as standby) due to combustion of fuel. FO will

be used as fuel in boiler hence no needs to install APCM; as FO is an

environmental friendly fuel. Emitted pollutants from flue gas stack will be

SPM, SO2 and NOX.


reactor and Fenpropimorph reactor. Alkali scrubber followed by water

scrubber will be installed to the stack attached to Lambda Cyhalothrin



reactor and Fenpropimorph reactor. Main pollutants emitted from process

will be HCl, Cl2 and SO2.

Adequate stack height to the flue gas stack and process gas stack has been

provided for proper dispersion of gaseous emission.


as stand by and use in case of non-availability of power/emergency, where

HSD will be used as a fuel.

However, in order to achieve the reduction, it is suggested that during

operational phase, regular maintenance and periodic tuning of the burner

system should be done to ensure proper atomization and subsequent

minimization of any unburned combustibles. Besides reduction in

particulate emissions, it would also result in better operating efficiency of

APC measures.

In order to minimize the air pollution the unit will develop greenbelt on and

around its premises considering the following guidelines,

i) Green cover should be created at all the available open spaces.

ii) Strict surveillance is made to increase the survival rate of the trees.

iii) Plants with higher height, medium and low height should be planted to

ensure thick belt for attenuation of fugitive emission. This activity

demands expert advice and guidance.

10.5.1.2 Measures for Solvent recovery

Unit will recover the following solvents in different processes. Table below

mentioned the pressure and temperature at which these solvent shall be

recovered. Entire process is carry out in close manner with zero leakages.

Sr.

No.

Solvent Boiling

point

Recovery/Reaction

condition

Boiling

point/Condensing

temperature at

reduced pressure

t °C Pressure

mmhg

Temperature

°C

°C

1 Hexane 65 760-15 65-75°C -4

2 IPA 82 760-15 75-85°C 7

3 MDC 39 760-50 35-45°C -5

4 EDC 84 760-15 80-85°C 8

5 Toluene 109 760-10 105-110 16

6 THF 66 760-15 65-70 -3

7 EA 77 760-15 75-80 3

8 Ethanol 78.37 760-15 75-80 3



9 Xylene 138 760-5 138-140 21

10 Butanone 79.64 760-15 80-85 5

11 Methanol 64.6 760-15 65-70 -4

12 DMC 90 760-15 90-95 12

13 Pyridine 115 760-5 115-120 9

14 Acetone 56 760-20 55-60 -6

15 Acetonitrile 82 760-10 82-85 1

Process step of solvent recovery

Most of the solvents as above shall be recovered from reaction vessels

Each reaction vessels shall have overhead condenser (primary and a

vent condenser).

The primary condenser shall have the utility connection of either cooling

water (32-37°C) or chilled water (5-10°C) or both. Based on boiling

point of solvent as per the table.

The vent condenser shall have a utility connection of either chilled water

(5-10°C) or brine (-15 to-20) or both.

By these measures the utilities in the condensers shall always be below

the condensing temperature of various solvents and there for least

vapour pressure or mole fraction at condensing temperature.

Unit shall be using dry vaccum pump with vaccum control device to

maintain constant pressure.

Each vaccum device shall also have a knockout pot and a condenser

before suction of the vaccum pump.

10.5.1.3 Measures for fugitive emission

In proposed activities, there will be chances of generation of VOCs, acid

fumes from material handling area, process area, solvent storage area etc.

There will be also changes of generation of PM (Dust) from packing/

finishing area.

Unit will adopt following measures-

Good house-keeping, proper maintenance and continuous observation

will prevent the chances of any fugitive emission from the process plant.

Pakka road make to reduce the fugitive emission. Water sprinkler will be

provided to reduce the dusting from road transportation.

Regular maintenance of valves, pumps and other equipment is done to

prevent leakage and thus minimize the fugitive emissions of VOCs.



Entire process is carried out in the closed reactors with proper

maintenance of pressure and temperature.

Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive emission.

To reduce the pollutant emission during transportation, the unit has

adopted the practice of regular check-up and maintenance of vehicular

engines for complete combustion of the fuel.

10.5.1.4 Action plan for odour control

Following raw material as per table has been identified as odourous based

on their physical properties.

Sr.

No.

Raw material Used for

product

Plant-1/

Plant-2

Storage/

Handling

1 Lambda acid Lambda

Cyhalothrin

Plant-1 Drum

2 P-Chlorobenzaldehyde (Solid) Tebuconazole Plant-1 Bag

3 2-chloro-5-chloromethylthiazole

(Solid)

Thiamethoxam Plant-1 Bag

4 3-methyl-4-nitroimino-perahydro-

1,3,5-oxadiazine (Solid)

Thiamethoxam Plant-1 Bag

5 Pyridine Thiodicarb Plant-1 Tanker

6 Sulfur dichloride Thiodicarb Plant-1 Drum

7 2-chloro-5-chloromethylpyridine Imidacloprid Plant-1 Drum

8 1,2,4- Trichlorobenzene Dicamba Plant-1 Drum

9 2,5-Dichlorophenol Dicamba Plant-1 Drum

10 3,6-Dichlorosalicilic acid Dicamba Plant-1 Drum

11 2-nitro-4-methylsulfonyl benzoyl

chloride

Mesotrione Plant-1 Drum

12 1-(4-Chlorophenyl)-3-hydroxy-1H-

pyrazole

Pyraclostrobin Plant-1 Drum

13 3-[(1E)-2-chloro-3,3,3-

trifluoroprop-1-en-1-yl]-2,2-

dimethylcyclopropane

carbonylchloride

Tefluthrin Plant-1 Drum

14 3-bromo-1-(3-chloropyridin-2-yl)-

1H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride

Cyazapyr Plant-1 Drum

15 Phenyl (4,6-dimethoxypyrimidin-

2-yl)carbamate

Rimsulfuron Plant-2 Drum

16 Methyl {[3-

(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-

yl]sulfonyl}carbamate

Flazasulfuron Plant-2 Drum

17 p-Toluenesulfonic acid

(Catalyst, PTSA)

Flufenacet Plant-2 Drum

NOTE: Out of the above 7 raw material shall be handled for plant-1 and only one raw

material for plant-2.



Odour control for solid handling

All solid raw materials shall be charged directly to reactor through

special air lock hopper against slight negative pressure (in water

column) so that no odour is emitted to the environment.

Solid charging nozzle in reactor shall be projected inside so that it

directly falls in to the solvent media, thereby eliminating carrying over

of solid to vapour nozzle.

Powder transfer system shall also be used where ever applicable to

have zero loss of powder into the atmosphere.

Odour control for Liquid

All liquid raw material handled in drum shall be cooled down during

summer before charging so as to minimize its vapour pressure and

control of odour.

Liquid from drums shall be charged in day tank or to reactor with the

help of FLP motorized barrel pump. alternatively vacuum lock could also

be used in day tank for transfer of liquid from drum (pumping under

vacuum). Day tank vent shall be connected to fume gas scrubber.

Little or partial handling area is equipped with suction hood which finally

connect with fume scrubber.

A portable duct connection shall the mounted on drum vent nozzle to

exhaust fume while opening lid of the drum.

Design specification of fume gas scrubber

FUME GAS SCRUBBER DESIGN DETAILS

Sr.

No.

Details

Reaction section Charging of raw material

Gas evolved Air + Gas mixture

Gas volume 221 m3/hr.

PRIMARY SCRUBBER DETAILS

1 Primary Scrubbing tank 5 kl

2 Pump Cap. 5 m3/hr.

3 Motor 2.2 kw

4 Column height/Dia. 4 mt/250 mm

5 Packing 1"intallex saddle

6 Scrubbing media 10% caustic sol.

SECONDRY SCRUBBER DETAILS

7 Secondary scrubbing tank 5 kl

8 Secondary pump 5 m3/hr.



9 Column height/Dia. 3 mt/200mm

10 Packing 1"intallex saddle

11 Secondary Scrubbing media Water

12 External cooler primary

scrubber

10 m2

13 Blower 400 m3/hr., 200 mmwc

14 Stack height/ Dia. 11 mtr/200 mm

10.5.2 Water Environment


bodies. Total water requirement of the plant will be 216.5 KLD, out of



from MEE). Wastewater generation will be from process, utilities, washing.

Total industrial wastewater generation will be 76.5 KLD.





unit.



The mitigation measures for minimizing the impacts on water environment

in general includes following:

- Minimization of water use

- Treatment philosophy to achieve mandated standards

- Reuse/recycle w/w after treatment

Some of the measures, which are to be implemented, include:

- Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor to reduce the amount

of wastewater generated.

- Reducing the actual process water consumption by way of improvement

in operation of processing units.

- Ensuring proper operation and maintenance schedule for the ETP.

10.5.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management

The Waste Management plan includes:

- Classification of waste



- Collection, storage, transportation, disposal & sell to approved TSDF

site/CHWIF/appropriate recycler &/or reuse.

- Data Management and Reporting

- Personnel Training

- Waste Minimization

The source of solid/hazardous waste generation will be ETP sludge, waste

carbon, process residue, Off specific products, Discarded containers/ liners,

Used Lubricating Oil.


carbon, process residue &off specific products will be sent for Incineration

at CHWIF (common hazardous waste incineration facility) approved by

RSPCB. Spent oil will be sold to actual users and Drums & liners will be sold

to registered recyclers. Entire quantity of the hazardous waste will be

stored in the isolated hazardous waste storage area within premises having

leachate collection system and roof cover.

10.5.4 Noise Control Technique

The main sources of noise generation will be from installation of new

machineries and equipments, APC system, D.G. set. However, these

impacts will be very minor and temporary in nature. The impact on the

environment during the operational phase will be long term but of

insignificant.

However, to minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following

noise control measures,

Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and/or

protective measures should be provided, if required (wherever noise

level is more than 90 dB (A)).

Employees should be provided with ear protection measures like

earplugs or earmuffs. Earplug should be provided to all workers where

exposure is 85 dB (A) or more.

The transportation contractor shall be informed to avoid unnecessary

speeding of the vehicles inside the premises.

Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried

out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.



The selection of any new plant equipment will be made with

specification of low noise levels.

Areas with high noise levels will be identified and segregated where

possible and will include prominently displayed caution boards.

Greenbelt area will be developed within industrial premises and around

the periphery to prevent the noise pollution in surrounding area.

By taking measures as mentioned above, it is anticipated that noise levels

in the plant will be maintained below the permissible limit.

10.6 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

Tree plantation is one of the effective remedial measures to control the air

pollution and noise pollution. It also causes aesthetics improvement of the

area as well as sustains and supports the biosphere. The unit proposes to

develop the green belt on 2825 m2 area, which will be around 33% of the

utilized area of the project. Greenbelt will be developed by planting

drought resistant trees suitable for local climate. Moreover, avenue trees

will be planted all along the roads and local species are recommended. The

density of tree will be 1000 tree per acres i.e. 1 tree per 4 m2 to minimize

the effect of air and noise pollution and to improve overall environment.

These trees are planted in open and close patches in multiple rows.

The plantation of trees in and around the company are meant mainly to

reduce air pollution caused by factory emissions, to absorb sound, to

prevent soil erosion and to maintain aesthetic value for healthy living. For

the development of greenbelt, plants having simple big leaves and native

species are preferred to the plants.

The plants are suitable for greenbelt development based on gaseous

exchange capacity of foliage which is ascertained by the following

characteristics:

- The plant should be fast growing.

- It should have thick canopy cover.

- It should be perennial and evergreen.

- It should have large leaf area index.

- It should be indigenous.



- It should be efficient in absorbing pollutants without significant effects

on plant growth.

The objectives of the industrial greenbelt are to improve the micro-

environment. The success depends on the type of land available and

selection of suitable tree species for pollution control. Selection of tree

species for industrial areas is influenced by the nature of industry. The

objective should be to ensure a green cover tolerating pollutant gases and

solid particulates present in the atmosphere. It is also advisable to select

suitable tree species and adopt simple techniques which require minimum

investment and care.

Design of Green Belt

As far as possible, following guidelines will be considered in greenbelt

development.

The spacing between the trees will be maintained as per SPCB

guideline i.e. 1 tree/4 sqm.

Spaces, so that the trees may grow vertically and slightly increase the

effective height of the green belt.

Planting of trees in each row will be in staggered orientation.

The short trees (< 10 m height) will be planted in the first two rows

(towards plant side) of the green belt. The tall trees (> 10 m height)

will be planted in the outer three rows (away from plant side).

Planting methodology

The plantation shall be done in pits. Pits of about 50 cm dia shall be dug in

grid of 0.5 m x 0.5 m up to a depth of 0.3 m. The pit shall be refilled with

soil after the planting. The sampling of healthy, nursery raised, seedlings in

polythene containers shall be transported in baskets. Planting shall be done

after first monsoon showers.

The level of soil is about 10 cm above of ground level. The soil around the

plant shall be pressed to form a low through. About 25 gm chemical

fertilizers shall be added in ring of 25 cm radius around the plant. Watering

shall be continued after plantation if any dry spells follows. Planted area

shall be inspected and mortality rate ensured for each species. The dead

and drying plant shall be replaced by fresh seedlings.



Plantation Programme

Plantation of trees in and around the company are meant mainly to reduce

air pollution caused by factory emissions, to absorb sound, to prevent soil

erosion and to maintain aesthetic value for healthy living.

List of suggested species for greenbelt

Following list of trees are suggested for the greenbelt development with

respect to this particular area. They are mostly deciduous and evergreen

tree types suitable to be grown in the area.

Family Name Botanical Name Common Name

Mimosaceae Albizia lebbeck Siris

Rutaceae Aegle marmelos Bel

Caesalpiniaceae Delonix regia Gulmohar

Rubiaceae Mitragyna parvifolia Kadam

Fabaceae Pongamia pinnata Karanj

Myrtaceae Syzygium cumini Jamun

Rhamnaceae Ziziphus mauritiana Ber

Survival rate of trees and post plantation care

Considering the availability of water and general survey of surrounding

area, the survival rate is expected to be around 70-75%. Moreover, the

wire net guards will be provided to protect the saplings. The same will be

properly manure and watered so that it can grow well.

Protection of plantation site:

Protection from grazing will be done by erecting tree guards a rounded

planted sapling.

Though the tree suggested for plantation will require very less water,

however during the first year watering will be done twice in a day. There

after watering will be done twice in a week.

The manuring will be done when plantation take up. For this propose

cow dung will be dump in the pit. No other manuring will require for

proposed plantation. Cow dung is easily available in the study area.

Damaged plants will be replaced with new plants.



10.7 Resource Conservation/Waste Minimization, Recycling, Reuse and

Cleaner Production Options

Used solvent will be in-house purify and reuse in next batch, which is a

step towards waste-minimization.

Unit will recycle around 34% of treated wastewater as close loop; by this

way unit will contribute reduce natural resource. Additionally, waste

carbon-12 TPA and process residue-780 TPA will be sent to cement

manufacturer for co-processing.

Unit shall also implement the concept of waste minimization circle

including:

Good House Keeping: Proper house keeping practices makes the system

easier and less costly.

Solid wastes e.g. powders, spills, etc. in process and packaging are to

be separately collected and disposed off instead of allowing these to

effluent streams. This will reduce load and increase the efficiency of

treatment system.

Liquid wastes from various sections should be collected and treat with

effluents.

Rain water harvesting system shall be adopted to reduce the fresh

water requirement.

Other cleaner production technology shall be adopted for the resource

conservation and pollution control.

10.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

The following check-ups shall be carried out regularly to avoid occupational

hazard,

Pre-medical check-up of the employees at the time of employment in

unit.

Provision of periodic medical check-up for all the employees.

First aid training shall also be given to the employees.

Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical

exposure shall be carried out at frequent intervals.

Appointing the medical officer for the regular medical examination and

treatment of the employee.



The following precautions shall be taken to avoid foreseeable accident like

spillage, fire and explosion hazards and to minimize the effect of any such

accident and to combat the emergency at site level in case of emergency.

Various emergency spots in plant area will be identified and kept in

sharp and alert watch.

Protective equipments will be regularly checked and will be kept easily

accessible and easily workable during emergency.

Safety installations like available quantity of running water will be

regularly watched.

Fire bucket and hose reels will be provided to withstand the fire or

explosion conditions.

Various types of fire extinguishers such as (Foam type, water CO2 type,

CO2 type) will be provided inside the factory premises.

Every pressure vessel will be provided with minimum one or more

pressure relief devices. The design of the valve is made in such a way

that the breakage of any part will not obstruct force discharge of the

liquid under pressure. Moreover, relief valves are tested and a periodic

schedule for their testing shall be maintained. The defective valves will

be removed if found unsafe for the operation.

10.8.1 Possibility of occupational health hazard, its control &

Occupational surveillance

An occupational hazard is a thing or situation with the potential to harm a

worker. Occupational hazards can be divided into two categories: safety

hazards that cause accidents that physically injure workers, and health

hazards which result in the development of disease. Hazards can be rated

according to the severity of the harm they cause - a significant hazard

being one with the potential to cause a critical injury or death.

Chemical agents: There are possibility to generate gases, vapours and

aerosols (dusts, fumes, mists). We will take care to reduce it at optimum

minimum level and advices to workers to use PPE who work in such

identify area.

Noise: Noise is considered as any unwanted sound that may adversely

affect the health and well-being of individuals or populations. Aspects of



noise hazards include total energy of the sound, frequency distribution,

duration of exposure and impulsive noise. Noise might result in acute

effects like communication problems, decreased concentration, and

sleepiness and as a consequence interference with job performance.

Exposure to high levels of noise (usually above 85 dB(A)) over a significant

period of time may cause both temporary and chronic hearing loss.

Permanent hearing loss is the most common occupational disease in

compensation claims. There will be no high noise level issue. However, unit

will identify such areas like D.G. Sets, utilities area and advice to workers

to not enter without PPE.

Occupational surveillance involves active programmes to anticipate,

observe, measure, evaluate and control exposures to potential health

hazards in the workplace. Depending upon the occupational environment

and problem, two surveillance methods can be employed: medical and

environmental.

1. Medical surveillance is used to detect the presence or absence of

adverse health effects for an individual from occupational exposure to

contaminants, by performing medical examinations and appropriate tests.

2. Environmental surveillance is used to document potential exposure

to contaminants for a group of employees, by measuring the concentration

of contaminants in the air, in bulk samples of materials and on surfaces.

Medical surveillance is performed because diseases can be caused or

exacerbated by exposure to hazardous substances. So periodic medical

check-up will be carried out.

10.8.2 Preventive Measures

The methods of protecting the work force from exposure to toxic agents

in the workplace:

Enclosures or special ventilator control of processes;

Good general ventilation - particularly important if the solvent is used

in a confined space;

Personal protection - Protective clothing should be worn, including

gloves. Suitable respiratory protection is necessary like Panorama gas



mask with cartridge suitable for the chemicals we will be handling,

Breathing air apparatus and Air hood with instrument air connection.

Keep Emergency alarm systems in confined area.

Emergency preparedness plan.

10.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMME

Unit will employ well qualified and experienced safety manager and make

arrangement for part time/full time doctor for regular checking of health of

the employees. Also, plans to become member of any local hospital for

emergency need. Annual health check for employees will be carried out

and record will be maintained. Regular training to plant personnel in safety

fire fighting and first aid will be provided.

Unit will maintain a healthy work environment. This is accomplished

through the identification, evaluation and control of workplace

environmental factors which may cause sickness, impaired health or

significant discomfort and inefficiency among workers. Environmental

factors such as noise, physical hazards toxicity/chemical hazard and

ergonomic hazards are monitored on a periodic basis. Workers exposed to

noise and toxic materials will be evaluated against applicable recognised

exposure levels in the Factories Act. Hearing protection aid will be provided

to workers who work in the high noise areas, during construction of the

proposed facilities and also to those who will continue through the life of

the facility.

(A) Exposure of workers with major chemicals

Mainly Solvents, acids will be the major chemicals where workers are

directly exposed. All workers are directly or indirectly comes with above

chemicals are aware about the hazardousness of such chemicals and all

have provide Personnel protective equipments and also provide appropriate

training for use it.

(B) List of chemicals, their threshold limit and measures

Unit will use numbers chemicals where workers are directly or indirectly

exposed in work area. Details of hazardous chemicals characteristics are

summarized in Chapter-7 of RA report. Unit will handle above chemicals

with proper handling process suggested in MSDS. Estimated work area



quality with TWA limit is summarized in Table 2.8(d) of Chapter-2.

Measured value indicates that exposure of such chemicals are within the

Threshold Limit Values (TLV)/Permission Exposure Levels as per ACGIH

recommendation.

(C) Details of Pre-placement and periodical medical monitoring of

workers

Pre-employment Medical Examinations

There are two main purposes of pre-employment medical examinations:

1. To provide base-line health data against which subsequent

changes after employment can be evaluated

This is important for assessment of the effectiveness of preventive

measures at work. For example, where the hearing threshold of a worker,

which is normal before employment in a noisy occupation, is found to have

increased after employment, this possibly indicates noise-induced hearing

loss and a review of the hearing protection measures would be required.

On the other hand, if the pre-employment hearing threshold of the workers

has not been assessed, it would be difficult to ascertain whether the

worker’s high hearing threshold after employment is due to excessive noise

exposure at work or to his own hearing problem before employment. Pre-

employment health data is also important in substantiating or negating

employees’ compensation claims since it provides evidence of the health

status of claimants before employment.

2. To ensure medical fitness for work

Pre-employment medical examinations identify those persons who are

medically unfit for employment in particular occupations. Persons with

certain underlying medical conditions are particularly vulnerable to the

effects of certain health hazards and are not suitable for employment in

particular occupations. Persons with certain underlying medical conditions

are particularly vulnerable to the effects of certain health hazards and are

not suitable for employment in work with such exposures. For example,

workers with thalassemia (a genetic disease of the blood) should not be

engaged in work involving lead exposure which may aggravate the

anaemia. Workers may fail to meet the specific health requirements for



particular job so that they cannot undertake the jobs safely without risks to

themselves or others.

Periodic Medical Examinations

Periodic medical examinations aim to detect susceptible workers for whom

corrective actions are required before they develop overt occupational

diseases. The frequency of periodic medical examinations depends on the

nature of the occupational hazards. For most hazardous exposures,

however, these examinations are conducted annually.

Requirements of Medical Examination

The requirements of medical examinations depend on the nature of the

hazardous exposures of workers. In general, the doctor will take a detailed

occupational and medical history, conduct a physical examination and

prescribe a range of ancillary laboratory and/or radiological investigations

such as urine test, blood test, X-ray, lung function test and audiometric

test.

Liver Function Test (LFT)

Clinical examination and Pre-placement medical examination carried out in

every 12 months. Liver function tests including serum bilirubin, alkaline

phosphatase estimations every 12 months are required.

Occupational Health and First aid measures

Unit is using numbers of chemicals/solvents, which if handled in safe ways

with all precautions (as detailed in respective MSDS) will not cause harm to

employees. However, in rare case of exposures, immediate action is to be

taken to save life and reduce the extent of damage. Unit has first aid

facilities and calling base ambulance facilities as and when required.

Industry will appoint part time doctor for periodically health check-up.

Instructions for immediate actions to exposures to some of the chemicals

will be given to employees.

Mitigation Measures:

Entire materials will be transfer either pneumatically or closed manner and

charging the raw materials in reactor with deep charges so that chances of

un-reacted materials are minimized.



Engineering controls

Engineering controls are the preferred method of controlling exposure to

workplace hazards. They can be placed in three categories:

Substitution includes the use of a less hazardous material, a change in

the process equipment used, or a change in the process itself. Care must

be taken to ensure that the substitution actually does result in less

hazardous conditions.

Isolation is a method of limiting exposure to those employees who are

working directly with the hazard, often by enclosing them within a

containment structure. While isolation will reduce the risk to those outside

the isolated area, it should be accompanied by appropriate controls to

ensure that those within are not faced with an increased exposure to the

hazard.

Ventilation is most important for the control of airborne hazards. It

involves the removal (from the workplace) of air that contains a hazardous

contaminant and its replacement with uncontaminated outside air. There

are two types: local exhaust and general dilution. A properly designed local

exhaust system can capture a contaminant where it is generated and

remove it before it is dispersed into the work environment.

Unit have focus on above three areas to maintain work air quality in work

zone area.

10.9.1 Occupational Health and First aid measures

Unit will use numbers of chemicals/solvents, which if handled in safe ways

with all precautions (as detailed in respective MSDS) will not cause harm to

employees. However, in rare case of exposures, immediate action is to be

taken to save life and reduce the extent of damage. Unit has first aid

facilities and ambulance facilities are available round the clock. Industry

has appointed part time doctor for periodically health check-up of workers.

Instructions for immediate actions to exposures to some of the chemicals

will be given to employees.

10.9.2 Hazard Communication and Chemical Safety

A hazardous chemical directory is being developed to maintain information

on the hazards associated with each chemical used. Copies of Material



Safety Data Sheets for all hazardous materials at the existing/proposed

facility will be kept at the unit and will be available for employee review.

Specific programs and procedures for the control of health hazards

associated with potentially harmful materials such as Acids, Alkali and

solvents etc. will be followed. The hazard communication program will

serve as the basis for selection of personal protective equipment such as

gloves, goggles, face shields, etc. A select group of employees at the

proposed facilities will receive first aid training to provide an immediate

response and medical care for injuries.

Material handling areas should be clearly defined.

The workers should be made aware about the hazards associated with

manual material handling.

A written process safety information document should be compiled for

general use.

The document compilation should include an assessment of the hazards

presented including (i) Physical data (ii) Thermal data (iii) Process and

mechanical design.

Personnel engaged in handling of hazard activities should be trained to

respond in an unlikely event of emergencies.

The plant should check and ensure that all instruments provided in the

plant are in good condition and documented.

10.10 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES:

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) refers to voluntary actions

undertaken by company/organization to either improve the living

conditions (economically, socially, environmentally) of local communities or

to reduce the negative effects of the project. By definition, voluntary

actions are those that go beyond legal obligations, contracts, and license

agreements.

Socio-economic development activities is a concept of organization

whereby organizations serve the interests of society by taking

responsibility for the impact of their activities on customers, employees,

shareholders, communities and the environment in all aspects of their

operations.



The identified activities under CSR program are as follows:

Scholarships to meritorious students

Health and Family Welfare including support to primary health center

Supporting education through distribution of stationary, science kits,

etc.

Rural infrastructure development by construction of rainwater

harvesting ponds, check dams etc.

Following activities will be under taken as a part of CSR under

different heads:

Education

Awarding meritorious school students in SSC & HSC

Providing utensils to schools and anganwadi for Mid-Day Meal

preparation

Science Lab - Equipment & books in libraries for schools

Supports for sport & cultural competitions in schools

Health and family welfare

Malaria eradication camps (collection of blood sample & detection of

virus & free medicine distribution, Blood donation camp)

General Health Camp for men, women & kids

Contribution towards primary Health Services depending on local needs.

Preservation of the Environment and to Sustainable Development

Water harvesting systems in nearby villages.

Landscaping and greenbelt development in & around the project site.

Provide sanitation facilities to villagers.

Unit has committed to spend about Rs. 150 Lakhs in the first five years of

the operation towards various rural up-liftman and community

development programs.

Table: 10.1 Budgetary provisions for the social upliftment

(For the first five years)

Sr.

No.

Activity Budgetary provision

(Rs. in Lakhs)

1 Educational activities 45

2 Sanitation and Public Health 26

3 Animal Care 33



4 Drinking water facility 22

5 Preservation of the Environment and

Sustainable Development

14

6 Women Empowerment & children

Development activities

10

Total 150

10.11 POST-PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Post - project environmental monitoring suggested herewith should be as

per the guideline. The highlights of the integrated environmental

monitoring plan are:

The stack monitoring facilities like ladder, platform and port-hole of all

the stacks maintained in good condition.

Regular monitoring of all gaseous emissions from stacks/vents and all

fugitive emissions in the process areas.

The performance of air pollution control equipment evaluated based on

these monitoring results.

Water consumption in the unit recorded daily.

Analysis of untreated and treated effluent will be carried out regularly.

Performance of effluent treatment plant units evaluated based on these

analysis results.

As far as possible, noise curbed at its source, with the help of acoustic

hoods and other such noise reducing equipment. Regular noise level

monitoring carried out.

Green belt properly maintained and new plantation programmes

undertaken frequently.

Continued environmental awareness programmes carried out within the

employees and also in the surrounding villages.

Rain water harvesting ponds will be developed within the industrial

premises and encouraged in the surrounding villages too.

10.12 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT COST ESTIMATE

The management will spend about Rs. 3.0 crore as recurring cost per

annum on the pollution control measure, greenbelt development and other

environment management. Recurring cost is estimated as below:



Table 10.2: Budget Allocation for Environment Management

S. No.

Description Recurring Cost (Lakh/Annum)

1 Air pollution Control 77

2 Water pollution Control 115

3 Hazardous waste management 80

4 Environment Monitoring and

Management

6

5 Occupational Health 7

6 Green Belt Development Plan 10

7 Rain water harvesting system 5

Total 300

10.13 ENVIRONMENT POLICY

Unit has proposed to set up a new unit and there will be an Environment

Policy approved by the management.

They commit themselves to:

Ensure continuous improvement in environmental performance of our

works through protective Environmental management system.

Comply with applicable legal and other requirements related to

environmental aspects.

Conserve the resources particularly water, power by fixing and

improving consumption norms.

Concept of cleaner production will be adopted.

Ensure involvement of all employees and contractors in effective

implementation of Environment Management System through training

and awareness.

Promote awareness among local surrounding community for

preservation and maintaining clean environment.

10.14 REPORTING SYSTEM OF NON COMPLIANCES/VIOLATIONS OF

ENVIRONMENTAL NORMS

Company will develop reporting systems of non-compliances/ violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors.

The mechanism is summarized below:



1. Identify deviation/non-compliance/violation of environmental norms as

lay down in consent to operate and letter of Environmental clearance.

Record to communication/complain received from plausible stake

holder.

2. The EHS manager will identify deviation/non-compliance/ violation

from failure to comply with statutory requirements.

3. Respond from EHS manager within reasonable time limit to concern

authorities with c/c mark to Technical head.

4. Technical head will take it in action and give necessary guideline to

comply this deviation/ non-compliance/violation of environmental

norms. Parallel arrange budget for necessary action to comply the

condition.

5. Communication received from the EHS manager will be discussed in

technical management meeting.

6. Board discussion, Decision and Action

The Chairperson will review the information available and take a

decision depending on the seriousness of the violation.

The decision will be taken to ensure the compliance of non-

compliance/ violation of environmental norms and it’s safeguarded.

The decision will be taken by consensus and if no consensus is

arrived at, voting will be conducted.

Enlist measures that would undertake to ensure that deviations/

noncompliance /violations of Environmental norms and take care

not to occur same violation in future.



Table: 10.3 Environment Monitoring Plan

Nature of

Analysis

Frequency of analysis with

its analyzer

Parameters



etc.

Stack Monitoring

of each stack


Ambient Air

Quality Monitoring

Monthly for 24 hours or as

per the statutory conditions

by external agency






Nr. D.G. etc.

Work area

monitoring

Monthly by external agency RPM, VOC, Acid Fumes

Health check up of

workers




Figure 10.1

EHS Management

Technical Director

General Manager

(Operation)

ETP Chemist/operator

Environmental

Chemist

EHS Manager



Chapter-11

Summary & Conclusion

11.1 BACKGROUND

Since India is a developing country and industries have always played major

role in the economic development of the country. Rajasthan is one of the

well-developed industrialized state, has a significant contribution in industrial

as well as economic growth of the country.

Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd. (henceforth RCPPL), proposes to



Village: Sanwad, Tehsil: Mavli, Dist.: Udaipur, Rajasthan (India). Total plot

area of the project is 8560 m2.

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Location of Project

Details of the project site are as given in following table:

Particulars Details

Plot No. 154, 155, 156, 157, 164, 165, 166, 167

Village Sanwad

Taluka Mavli

District Udaipur

State Rajasthan

Coordinates

Latitude 24°50'47.00" N

Longitude 74°05'46.00" E

Nearest Railway Station @ Fatehnagar (3.0 km)

Nearest Airport @ Maharana Pratap Airport, Udaipur

(35.0 km)

Nearest Town @ Mavli (13.0 km)

Nearest City @ Udaipur (55.0 km)

Site Details

The project site is in proximity of Udaipur District of Rajasthan state and

Project proponent is very well familiar with the surrounding environment;

therefore, it becomes easy for the unit to set up the project on the above

said location. Land to be utilized is notified/designated Industrial estate



developed by Rajasthan State Industrial Development & Investment

Corporation (RIICO).

The other supporting features are briefly summarized hereunder,



medical facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled manpower, raw

materials, road network etc.



Nearest city Vadodara is @55.0 km away from the location, which is



No National park or Wildlife Habitats falls within 10 km radial distance


The location of project is best suited to start the proposed activities. So no

alternative for site is analyzed.

11.3 PRODUCTION CAPACITIES

Production details are as under:

Details of the products

Sr.

No.


(MT/Month)

Quantity*

(MT/Annum)

A Plant-1







7. Dicamba 28 300



10. Oxamyl 22.4 240








B Plant-2











C R&D products 1.0 12.0

*Note: Unit will have total production capacity 1250 TPA at a time, out of

above.



campaigning basis and plant is designed to take maximum three products

simultaneously.

Total annual capacity covering product no. 8 to 15 shall not exceed

beyond 250 TPA. Only one product from above shall be taken on

campaigning basis and plant is designed to produce maximum one product

from above at one given time.



campaigning basis and plant is designed to take maximum one product at a

time.

11.4 INVESTMENT OF THE PROJECT

The estimated cost of the proposed project will be around Rs. 30 crores. Out

of which, around Rs. 3.5 crores will be earmarked for EMS as capital

investment and around Rs. 3.0 crores as recurring cost per annum.

11.5 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

To predict the impact of the proposed activities on the surrounding

environment, the current baseline environmental status was studied by

collecting the data and carrying out monitoring for the period of 20th March,

2015 to 15th June, 2015.



The environmental quality has been analyzed with respect to ambient air

quality, water quality, noise levels, soil characteristics, flora & fauna and

parameters concerning human interest. Based on the data, the relevant

impacts on various environmental components were also predicted by using

appropriate mathematical models as well as impact assessment techniques.

An appropriate environmental management plan was also delineated to

minimize the adverse impacts.

11.6 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at eight AAQM locations,

to assess existing sub regional air quality status during the period of 20th

March, 2015 to 15th June, 2015.

Respirable dust sampler & Fine Particulate Sampler along with the analytical

methods prescribed by CPCB were used for carrying out air quality

monitoring. At all these sampling locations; PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, HC

(methane & non methane), HCl, Cl2 & VOCs were monitored to enable the

comparison with ambient air quality standards prescribed by the Central

Pollution Control Board.

The data on concentrations of various pollutants were processed for different

statistical parameters like arithmetic mean, standard deviation, minimum and

maximum concentration and various percentile values.

Particulate Matter (PM10)




Particulate Matter (PM2.5)




Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly SO2 value of arithmetic

mean at all the locations ranged between 7.8-13.6 g/m3 and 8.7-15.8 g/m3

respectively, which are well within the stipulated standards of 80 g/m3.



Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24 hourly NOx value of arithmetic


g/m3 respectively, which are much lower than the standards i.e. 80 g/m3,

stipulated by CPCB.


Ground water quality (Primary data)

Collected water samples were analyzed for various desirable characteristics of

ground water. Following fact found from ground water monitoring.

Color: All the samples were found colorless meeting desirable norms.

pH: All the samples meet the desirable standards (pH ranges from 7.13 to

8.02).

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): TDS in samples ranges from 789 mg/L (Nr.

Project Site) to 1118 mg/L (Girdharipura). All the samples meet the

permissible limit of 2000 mg/L, (If alternate sources of potable water are not

available).

Calcium: Calcium contents in the water ranges from 47 mg/L (Changeri) to

89 mg/L (Nr. Project site), all the samples meet the permissible limit of 200

mg/L, (If alternate sources of potable water is not available).

Magnesium: Magnesium content in the water ranges from 12 mg/L

(Changeri) to 53 mg/L (Sadipura). All the samples meet the permissible limit

of 100 mg/L (if alternate source of potable water in not available).

Sulfate: Sulfate content in the water ranges from 58 mg/L (Bhumlawas) to

102 mg/L (Changeri). All the samples meet the permissible limit of 400 mg/L

for drinking water (if alternate source of potable water in not available).

Fluoride: Fluoride content in the water ranges from 0.73 mg/L (Sadipura) to

1.35 mg/L (Bhumlawas). All the samples meet the desirable limit (1.0 mg/L).

Total Alkalinity: Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 156 mg/L

(WasriKhurd) to 277 mg/L (Sadipura). All the samples are within the

permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L) (if alternate source of portable

water is not available).



Other Parameters: Potassium (ranges from 11 mg/L to 53 mg/L), Sodium

(ranges from 126 mg/L to 301 mg/L) and Chloride (ranges from 321 mg/L to

483 mg/L).

Heavy metals like copper, lead, chromium and zinc are well below the limit

in all samples.

Conclusions: Ground water samples from villages meet the permissible limit

set by the authority (BIS).

11.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The Leq values of noise levels during day-time varied from 47.4 dB(A) to 66.8

dB(A). Highest Leq daytime value was recorded near project site due to

industrial activities. The Leq values of noise levels during night time varied

from 38.3 dB(A) to 60.4 dB(A). Highest Leq value during night time was also

recorded near project site.

11.9 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Air Environment


Flue gas emission will be from one common stack of 2 nos. of Boilers due to

combustion of fuel. FO will be used as fuel in boiler. There will be no need to

install APCM as FO is an environmental friendly fuel. Emitted pollutants from

flue gas stack will be SPM, SO2 and NOX.

Process emission will be from stack attached to Lambda Cyhalothrin reactor

and Fenpropimorph reactor. Alkali scrubber followed by water scrubber will

be installed to the stack attached to Lambda Cyhalothrin reactor and

Fenpropimorph reactor. Main pollutants emitted from process will be HCl, Cl2

and SO2.

Adequate stack height to the flue gas stack and process gas stack has been

provided for proper dispersion of gaseous emission.

Unit proposed to install D.G. set of 250 kVA capacity which will be treated as

stand by and use in case of non-availability of power/emergency, where HSD

will be used as a fuel. Hence no need of APCM.

Air Quality Modelling and Predictions

It is predicted that highest 24–hourly incremental GLC value for SPM, SO2,

NOx, HCl, Cl2 are 0.370 g/m3, 0.118 g/m3, 0.105 g/m3, 0.042 g/m3 and



0.011 g/m3 respectively. The point of maximum concentration by unit would

be 1.41 km from center of industry in SE direction.

With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the levels

of PM10, SO2, NOx, HCl & Cl2 will remain well below the 24 - hourly ambient

air quality standards for SO2 & NOx (80 g/m3), PM10 (100 g/m3), PM2.5 (60

g/m3), HCl & Cl2 (norms not prescribed by CPCB) prescribed by CPCB.

Water Environment


bodies. Total water requirement of the plant will be 216.5 KL/day, out of



from MEE). The main source of the industrial wastewater generation will be

from process, washing and utilities. Total industrial wastewater generation

will be 76.5 KLD.

Entire quantity of wastewater will be treated in ETP. Treated water from ETP

will be passed through RO & reject of RO will be sent to MEE for further

treatment. RO permeate &condensate from MEE will be reused for utility &

greenbelt development, so there will be no effluent discharge from unit.



Thus, there will not be any major impact on the water environment due to

proposed project activities.

Hazardous Waste Management

The entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as per

Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement)

Rules'2008, amended time to time. Main source of hazardous waste

generation will be ETP sludge, waste carbon, process residue, Off specific

products, Discarded containers/ liners, Used Lubricating Oil.


carbon, process residue & off specific products will be sent for Incineration at

CHWIF (common hazardous waste incineration facility) approved by RSPCB.

Spent oil will be sold to actual users and Drums & liners will be sold to

registered recyclers. Unit will provide isolated storage area for the storage of



hazardous waste. Thus, hazardous waste management system proposed by

the unit will be adequate and there will not be any major impact on the

environment due to hazardous waste management.

Noise Control Measures

The main sources of noise pollution will be from operation of boiler, D.G. set,

process plant, APCM and other machineries etc. However, the noise

transmitted outside the plant boundary will be low because most of the noise

generating equipments will be in closed structures provided with acoustic

enclosure. Greenbelt will be developed around the periphery of the plant. Ear

muff, ear plug will be provided to all workers working at noisy area.

Green Belt Development

Total land area is 8560 m2. Unit proposes to develop greenbelt in area of

2825 m2 and it will be 33% of the utilized area of the project. 11.10 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME

The details of monitoring are as below:

Nature of Analysis Frequency of analysis with

its analyzer

Parameters



etc.

Stack Monitoring of

each stack


Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring

Monthly for 24 hours or as per

the statutory conditions by

external agency






Nr. D.G. etc.

Work area monitoring Monthly by external agency RPM, VOC, Acid Fumes

Health check-up of

workers


11.11 QUALITATIVE RISK ANALYSIS Risk analysis and study have been carried out for identification of hazards,

selection of credible scenarios, Risk Mitigation measures etc. All the

hazardous chemicals will be stored and handled as per MSDS guidelines.



11.12 PROJECT BENEFITS

Proposed project will become beneficial to the surrounding area or

community in terms of infrastructural development, Social development,

employment and other tangible benefits.

The proposed project has a potential for employment of skilled, semi-skilled

and unskilled employees during construction phase as well as operational

phase.

11.13 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Overall objective of EMP

Prevention: Measures aimed at impeding the occurrence of negative

environmental impacts and/or preventing such an occurrence having harmful

environmental impacts.

Preservation: Preventing any future actions that might adversely affect an

environmental resource or attribute.

Minimization: Limiting or reducing the degree, extent, magnitude, or

duration of adverse impacts.

EMP for proposed for the proposed project covers following aspects:

Description of mitigation measures

Description of monitoring program

Institutional arrangements

Implementation schedule

11.14 CONCLUSION

Based on the study it is concluded that,

Entire quantity of wastewater will be treated in ETP. Treated water

from ETP will be passed through RO & reject of RO will be sent to MEE

for further treatment. RO permeate & Condensate from MEE will be

reused for utility & greenbelt development, so there will be no effluent

discharge outside the premises from unit.

Domestic effluent will be disposed to soak pit followed by septic tank.

Unit will use FO as a fuel; which is an environment friendly fuel. Hence

pollutants will be well within the prescribed norms.

Alkali scrubber followed by water scrubber will be installed to the

process gas stacks.



To prevent Fugitive emission, various steps will be taken like regular

sprinkling of water and paved road.

Adequate arrangement for handling and disposal of Hazardous solid

waste will be made.

Fire protection and safety measures will be provided to take care of fire

and explosion hazard.

Suggestions of qualitative risk analysis study will be followed to

minimize accidents and for safe operations.

Recommendations suggested in Environmental Management Plan will

be followed to minimize the impact of proposed project.

Overall, direct and indirect employment opportunities, improvement in basic

infrastructures by development of industry etc. will be observed with

negligible impact on environment.

It can be concluded that on positive implementation of mitigation measures

and environmental management plan during the construction and

operational phase, there will be negligible impact on the environment.



Chapter-12

Disclosure of Consultant engaged

Introduction

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. (An ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2008 and OHSAS 18001

certified company) is a leading multi-disciplinary testing laboratory in Gujarat.

SEPL provides testing services in the areas of environmental assessment and

analytical testing.

SAN Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. (henceforth SEPL) has started its work in 1990 to serve

the environment as a trustee of a next generation with a small infrastructure

under the dynamic leadership of Dr. Mahendra Sadaria.

During last two decade, SEPL has been taking care of client’s unique problems

and concerns in order to develop cost effective strategies to meet their

regulatory obligations. We focus on strategic planning and comprehensive

solutions to address both the short and long term needs of the clients.

Consequently we have developed long-term relationship with our clients to

provide them the services necessary to meet their changing needs.

To protect and preserve the natural resources on earth for future generation, it

offers extensive consultancy services in the field of environment. With its rich

experience, multidisciplinary expertise and with the support of its state-of the-art

analytical equipments, the services offered by the division are wide ranging and

encompasses entire scope of environment management and monitoring services.

With its emphasis on quality services over the years, it has evolved itself into a

single reference point in India for comprehensive environmental services.

We conduct analytical works pertaining to various Environmental

Parameters. We perform Effluent treatability studies also. To conduct the

analysis work, we follow National & International Quality Standard and update

our process regularly.

“Quality Assurance Team” always welcomes any suggestion and feedback,

to improve the Quality, Performance and Standards of the services. These

suggestion and feedback are considered for reviewing of the services and

complied immediately.



Major Milestones and Accreditation

SEPL is a recognize schedule-II Environmental Auditor appointed by Gujarat

Pollution Control Board as per the directives of the Honorable High Court of

Gujarat. Recognize laboratory under Environment Protection (EP) Act, 1986 by

Government of India (GOI). SEPL has listed as Accredited EIA consultant

organization by NABET/QCI for EIA report preparation. The certificate of same is

attached with EIA report.

SEPL has necessary manpower and expertise in various fields and also the

required infrastructure facilities to carry out work related to EIA.

Technical experts involved in the preparation of this EIA/EMP report are given

below:

Sr.

No.

Name Qualification Position Contribution Signature

1. Dr. Mahendra

Sadaria

Ph.D. Director Coordinator & FAE

of WP, AP, HW &

ISW

2. Dr. Khyati

Thacker

Ph.D. In-house

expert

Coordinator & FAE

for HW, EB, AQ

3. Shobhana

Sadaria

MSW In-house

expert

FAE of SE

4. Diti Patel M.Sc.

(Env. Sci.)

In-house

expert

Associate

coordinator & FAE

of AP, WP, AQ &

team member for

NV

5. Shreya Bhatt M.Sc. (Micro) In-house

expert

FAE of WP

6. Henal Mehta M. Sc.

(Env. Sci.)

In-house

expert

Associate FAE of

AP & WP

7. Satish Borad B.E. (Civil) Empanelled

expert

FAE of LU

8. Prabhat Kumar

Shrivastava

B. Tech

(Chemical)

Empanel

expert

FAE for RH

9. Mr. Hardik Patel M.Sc.

(Geology)

Empanelled

expert

FAE of HG & GEO

10. Ashwin Sadaria B. Tech

(Agriculture

Engineering)

Empanelled

expert

Team member of

SC

CONTACT DETAILS:

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. 424, Medicine Market, Opp. Shefali Cross Road,

Paldi Cross Road,

Ahmedabad-380006, Gujarat

Phone: 079-26583077

E-mail: [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

Annexure-I Undertaking stating that no banned pesticides will be

manufactured

ABC

Text Box

A-1

Annexure-II Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement

manufacturer

ABC

Text Box

A-2

ABC

Text Box

A-3

Annexure-III MSDS of major hazardous chemicals

3 2 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y

Pe rs o n a lPro t e c t io n

2

3

0

H

Material Safety Data Sheet1,2-Dichloroethane MSDS

Section 1: Chemical Product and Company Identification

Product Name: 1,2-Dichloroethane

Catalog Codes: SLD2521, SLD3721

CAS#: 107-06-2

RTECS: KH9800000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: 1,2-Dichloroethane

CI#: Not available.

Synonym: Ethylene dichloride

Chemical Formula: C2H4CL2

Contact Information:

Sciencelab.com, Inc.14025 Smith Rd.Houston, Texas 77396

US Sales: 1-800-901-7247International Sales: 1-281-441-4400

Order Online: ScienceLab.com

CHEMTREC (24HR Emergency Telephone), call:1-800-424-9300

International CHEMTREC, call: 1-703-527-3887

For non-emergency assistance, call: 1-281-441-4400

Section 2: Composition and Information on Ingredients

Composition:

Name CAS # % by Weight

{1,2-}Dichloroethane 107-06-2 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: 1,2-Dichloroethane: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 670 mg/kg [Rat]. 413 mg/kg [Mouse].DERMAL (LD50): Acute: 2800 mg/kg [Rabbit]. VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 1414.2 ppm 4 hour(s) [Rat].

Section 3: Hazards Identification

Potential Acute Health Effects:Extremely hazardous in case of ingestion. Very hazardous in case of eye contact (irritant), of inhalation. Hazardous in case ofskin contact (irritant). Corrosive to skin and eyes on contact. Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly onmucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mist mayproduce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Inflammation of theeye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:Very hazardous in case of ingestion, of inhalation. CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified + (PROVEN) by OSHA. Classified2B (Possible for human.) by IARC. Classified 2 (Reasonably anticipated.) by NTP. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance is toxic to lungs,the nervous system, liver, mucous membranes. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce targetorgans damage. Repeated or prolonged contact with spray mist may produce chronic eye irritation and severe skin irritation.Repeated or prolonged exposure to spray mist may produce respiratory tract irritation leading to frequent attacks of bronchialinfection.

http://www.sciencelab.com/

ABC

Text Box

A-4

Section 4: First Aid Measures

Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. Immediately flush eyes with running water for at least 15 minutes, keeping eyelidsopen. Cold water may be used. Do not use an eye ointment. Seek medical attention.

Skin Contact:If the chemical got onto the clothed portion of the body, remove the contaminated clothes as quickly as possible, protectingyour own hands and body. Place the victim under a deluge shower. If the chemical got on the victim's exposed skin, suchas the hands : Gently and thoroughly wash the contaminated skin with running water and non-abrasive soap. Be particularlycareful to clean folds, crevices, creases and groin. If irritation persists, seek medical attention. Wash contaminated clothingbefore reusing.

Serious Skin Contact:Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial cream. Seek immediate medicalattention.

Inhalation: Allow the victim to rest in a well ventilated area. Seek immediate medical attention.

Serious Inhalation:Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Ifbreathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. WARNING: It maybe hazardous to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation when the inhaled material is toxic, infectious orcorrosive. Seek immediate medical attention.

Ingestion:Do not induce vomiting. Examine the lips and mouth to ascertain whether the tissues are damaged, a possible indication thatthe toxic material was ingested; the absence of such signs, however, is not conclusive. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar,tie, belt or waistband. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. Seek immediate medical attention.

Serious Ingestion: Not available.

Section 5: Fire and Explosion Data

Flammability of the Product: Flammable.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: 413°C (775.4°F)

Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 13°C (55.4°F). OPEN CUP: 18°C (64.4°F).

Flammable Limits: LOWER: 6.2% UPPER: 15.6%

Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2).

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Flammable in presence of open flames and sparks. Slightly flammable to flammable in presence of oxidizing materials.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product inpresence of static discharge: Not available. Slightly explosive to explosive in presence of oxidizing materials.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam,water spray or fog.

Special Remarks on Fire Hazards: Not available.

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards: Not available.

Section 6: Accidental Release Measures

Small Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal.

ABC

Text Box

A-5

Large Spill:Flammable liquid. Corrosive liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk. Absorbwith DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilled material. Usewater spray curtain to divert vapor drift. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Eliminate allignition sources. Call for assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV.Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.

Section 7: Handling and Storage

Precautions:Keep locked up Keep container dry. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipmentcontaining material. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapour/spray. Never add water to this product In case ofinsufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show thecontainer or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes

Storage:Flammable materials should be stored in a separate safety storage cabinet or room. Keep away from heat. Keep away fromsources of ignition. Keep container tightly closed. Keep in a cool, well-ventilated place. Ground all equipment containingmaterial. A refrigerated room would be preferable for materials with a flash point lower than 37.8°C (100°F).

Section 8: Exposure Controls/Personal Protection

Engineering Controls:Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne concentrations of vapors below their respectivethreshold limit value. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety showers are proximal to the work-station location.

Personal Protection:Splash goggles. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves.

Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill:Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoidinhalation of the product. Suggested protective clothing might not be sufficient; consult a specialist BEFORE handling thisproduct.

Exposure Limits:TWA: 10 CEIL: 75 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) TWA: 40 CEIL: 300 (mg/m3) from ACGIHConsult local authorities for acceptableexposure limits.

Section 9: Physical and Chemical Properties

Physical state and appearance: Liquid.

Odor: Not available.

Taste: Not available.

Molecular Weight: 98.96 g/mole

Color: Not available.

pH (1% soln/water): Not available.

Boiling Point: 83.5°C (182.3°F)

Melting Point: -35.3°C (-31.5°F)

Critical Temperature: Not available.

Specific Gravity: 1.2351 (Water = 1)

ABC

Text Box

A-6

Vapor Pressure: 61 mm of Hg (@ 20°C)

Vapor Density: 3.42 (Air = 1)

Volatility: Not available.

Odor Threshold: 26 ppm

Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: The product is equally soluble in oil and water; log(oil/water) = 0

Ionicity (in Water): Not available.

Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water, methanol, diethyl ether, n-octanol, acetone.

Solubility:Easily soluble in methanol, diethyl ether, n-octanol, acetone. Very slightly soluble in cold water.

Section 10: Stability and Reactivity Data

Stability: The product is stable.

Instability Temperature: Not available.

Conditions of Instability: Not available.

Incompatibility with various substances: Not available.

Corrosivity: Non-corrosive in presence of glass.

Special Remarks on Reactivity: Not available.

Special Remarks on Corrosivity: Not available.

Polymerization: No.

Section 11: Toxicological Information

Routes of Entry: Eye contact. Inhalation. Ingestion.

Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 413 mg/kg [Mouse]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 2800 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50):1414.2 ppm 4 hour(s) [Rat].

Chronic Effects on Humans:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified + (PROVEN) by OSHA. Classified 2B (Possible for human.) by IARC. Classified 2(Reasonably anticipated.) by NTP. The substance is toxic to lungs, the nervous system, liver, mucous membranes.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Extremely hazardous in case of ingestion. Very hazardous in case of inhalation. Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant).

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals: Not available.

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans: Passes through the placental barrier in animal. Excreted in maternal milkin human.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans: Not available.

Section 12: Ecological Information

Ecotoxicity: Not available.

BOD5 and COD: Not available.

ABC

Text Box

A-7

Products of Biodegradation:Possibly hazardous short term degradation products are not likely. However, long term degradation products may arise.

Toxicity of the Products of Biodegradation: The products of degradation are more toxic.

Special Remarks on the Products of Biodegradation: Not available.

Section 13: Disposal Considerations

Waste Disposal:

Section 14: Transport Information

DOT Classification: Class 3: Flammable liquid.

Identification: : Ethylene dichloride : UN1184 PG: II

Special Provisions for Transport: Marine Pollutant

Section 15: Other Regulatory Information

Federal and State Regulations:California prop. 65: This product contains the following ingredients for which the State of California has found to cause cancer,birth defects or other reproductive harm, which would require a warning under the statute: 1,2-Dichloroethane California prop.65: This product contains the following ingredients for which the State of California has found to cause cancer which wouldrequire a warning under the statute: 1,2-Dichloroethane Pennsylvania RTK: 1,2-Dichloroethane Massachusetts RTK: 1,2-Dichloroethane TSCA 8(b) inventory: 1,2-Dichloroethane CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: 1,2-Dichloroethane

Other Regulations: OSHA: Hazardous by definition of Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).

Other Classifications:

WHMIS (Canada):CLASS B-2: Flammable liquid with a flash point lower than 37.8°C (100°F). CLASS D-1A: Material causing immediate andserious toxic effects (VERY TOXIC). CLASS D-2A: Material causing other toxic effects (VERY TOXIC). CLASS E: Corrosiveliquid.

DSCL (EEC):R11- Highly flammable. R20/22- Harmful by inhalation and if swallowed. R38- Irritating to skin. R41- Risk of serious damage toeyes. R45- May cause cancer.

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 3

Reactivity: 0

Personal Protection: h

National Fire Protection Association (U.S.A.):

Health: 2

Flammability: 3

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:

Protective Equipment:

ABC

Text Box

A-8

Gloves. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wear appropriate respiratorwhen ventilation is inadequate. Splash goggles.

Section 16: Other Information

References: Not available.

Other Special Considerations: Not available.

Created: 10/10/2005 08:17 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM

The information above is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available to us. However, wemake no warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to such information, and we assumeno liability resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the information fortheir particular purposes. In no event shall ScienceLab.com be liable for any claims, losses, or damages of any third party or forlost profits or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or exemplary damages, howsoever arising, even if ScienceLab.comhas been advised of the possibility of such damages.

ABC

Text Box

A-9

3 1 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


2

3

0

H

Material Safety Data SheetMethyl alcohol MSDS


Product Name: Methyl alcohol

Catalog Codes: SLM3064, SLM3952

CAS#: 67-56-1

RTECS: PC1400000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Methyl alcohol

CI#: Not applicable.

Synonym: Wood alcohol, Methanol; Methylol; WoodSpirit; Carbinol

Chemical Name: Methanol

Chemical Formula: CH3OH









Composition:


Methyl alcohol 67-56-1 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Methyl alcohol: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 5628 mg/kg [Rat]. DERMAL (LD50): Acute: 15800mg/kg [Rabbit]. VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 64000 ppm 4 hours [Rat].


Potential Acute Health Effects:Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case ofskin contact (permeator). Severe over-exposure can result in death.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (sensitizer). CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS:Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: ClassifiedPOSSIBLE for human. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance is toxic to eyes. The substance may betoxic to blood, kidneys, liver, brain, peripheral nervous system, upper respiratory tract, skin, central nervous system (CNS),optic nerve. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated exposure to ahighly toxic material may produce general deterioration of health by an accumulation in one or many human organs.


ABC

Text Box

A-10

Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. Immediately flush eyes with running water for at least 15 minutes, keeping eyelidsopen. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention.

Skin Contact:In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothingand shoes. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Cold water may be used.Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly cleanshoes before reuse. Get medical attention immediately.


Inhalation:If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medicalattention immediately.


Ingestion:If swallowed, do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to anunconscious person. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention immediately.





Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 12°C (53.6°F). OPEN CUP: 16°C (60.8°F).

Flammable Limits: LOWER: 6% UPPER: 36.5%


Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Highly flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Explosive in presence of open flames andsparks, of heat.


Special Remarks on Fire Hazards:Explosive in the form of vapor when exposed to heat or flame. Vapor may travel considerable distance to source of ignitionand flash back. When heated to decomposition, it emits acrid smoke and irritating fumes. CAUTION: MAY BURN WITH NEARINVISIBLE FLAME

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:Forms an explosive mixture with air due to its low flash point. Explosive when mixed with Choroform + sodium methoxide anddiethyl zinc. It boils violently and explodes.


ABC

Text Box

A-11

Small Spill:Dilute with water and mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and place in an appropriate waste disposal container.

Large Spill:Flammable liquid. Poisonous liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk.Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilledmaterial. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Callfor assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on theMSDS and with local authorities.


Precautions:Keep locked up.. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Donot ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation, wearsuitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoidcontact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, metals, acids.

Storage:Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed andsealed until ready for use. Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).





Exposure Limits:TWA: 200 from OSHA (PEL) [United States] TWA: 200 STEL: 250 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] [1999] STEL: 250from NIOSH [United States] TWA: 200 STEL: 250 (ppm) from NIOSH SKIN TWA: 200 STEL: 250 (ppm) [Canada] Consultlocal authorities for acceptable exposure limits.



Odor: Alcohol like. Pungent when crude.



Color: Colorless.



Melting Point: -97.8°C (-144°F)

Critical Temperature: 240°C (464°F)

ABC

Text Box

A-12


Vapor Pressure: 12.3 kPa (@ 20°C)




Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: The product is more soluble in water; log(oil/water) = -0.8

Ionicity (in Water): Non-ionic.

Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water.

Solubility: Easily soluble in cold water, hot water.




Conditions of Instability: Heat, ingnition sources, incompatible materials

Incompatibility with various substances: Reactive with oxidizing agents, metals, acids.


Special Remarks on Reactivity:Can react vigorously with oxidizers. Violent reaction with alkyl aluminum salts, acetyl bromide, chloroform + sodium methoxide,chromic anhydride, cyanuirc chlorite, lead perchlorate, phosphorous trioxide, nitric acid. Exothermic reaction with sodiumhydroxide + chloroform. Incompatible with beryllium dihydride, metals (potassium and magnesium), oxidants (bariumperchlorate, bromine, sodium hypochlorite, chlorine, hydrogen peroxide), potassium tert-butoxide, carbon tetrachloride, alkalimetals, metals (aluminum, potassium magnesium, zinc), and dichlormethane. Rapid autocatalytic dissolution of aluminum,magnesium or zinc in 9:1 methanol + carbon tetrachloride - sufficiently vigorous to be rated as potentially hazardous. Mayattack some plastics, rubber, and coatings.


Polymerization: Will not occur.


Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Eye contact. Inhalation. Ingestion.

Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 5628 mg/kg [Rat]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 15800 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50):64000 4 hours [Rat].

Chronic Effects on Humans:MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENICEFFECTS: Classified POSSIBLE for human. Causes damage to the following organs: eyes. May cause damage to thefollowing organs: blood, kidneys, liver, brain, peripheral nervous system, upper respiratory tract, skin, central nervous system(CNS), optic nerve.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator).


Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:

ABC

Text Box

A-13

Passes through the placental barrier. May affect genetic material. May cause birth defects and adverse reproductiveeffects(paternal and maternal effects and fetotoxicity ) based on animal studies.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:


Ecotoxicity: Ecotoxicity in water (LC50): 29400 mg/l 96 hours [Fathead Minnow].



Toxicity of the Products of Biodegradation: The products of degradation are less toxic than the product itself.

Special Remarks on the Products of Biodegradation:Methanol in water is rapidly biodegraded and volatilized. Aquatic hydrolysis, oxidation, photolysis, adsorption to sediment, andbioconcentration are not significant fate processes. The half-life of methanol in surfact water ranges from 24 hrs. to 168 hrs.Based on its vapor pressure, methanol exists almost entirely in the vapor phase in the ambient atmosphere. It is degraded byreaction with photochemically produced hydroxyl radicals and has an estimated half-life of 17.8 days. Methanol is physicallyremoved from air by rain due to its solubility. Methanol can react with NO2 in pollulted to form methyl nitrate. The half-life ofmethanol in air ranges from 71 hrs. (3 days) to 713 hrs. (29.7 days) based on photooxidation half-life in air.


Waste Disposal:Waste must be disposed of in accordance with federal, state and local environmental control regulations.


DOT Classification: CLASS 3: Flammable liquid.

Identification: : Methyl alcohol UNNA: 1230 PG: II

Special Provisions for Transport: Not available.


Federal and State Regulations:Connecticut hazardous material survey.: Methyl alcohol Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Methyl alcoholIllinois chemical safety act: Methyl alcohol New York release reporting list: Methyl alcohol Rhode Island RTK hazardoussubstances: Methyl alcohol Pennsylvania RTK: Methyl alcohol Minnesota: Methyl alcohol Massachusetts RTK: Methylalcohol Massachusetts spill list: Methyl alcohol New Jersey: Methyl alcohol New Jersey spill list: Methyl alcohol Louisianaspill reporting: Methyl alcohol California Directors List of Hazardous Substances (8CCR 339): Methyl alcohol TennesseHazardous Right to Know : Methyl alcohol TSCA 8(b) inventory: Methyl alcohol SARA 313 toxic chemical notification andrelease reporting: Methyl alcohol CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Methyl alcohol: 5000 lbs. (2268 kg)

Other Regulations:OSHA: Hazardous by definition of Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200). EINECS: This product is on theEuropean Inventory of Existing Commercial Chemical Substances.


WHMIS (Canada):CLASS B-2: Flammable liquid with a flash point lower than 37.8°C (100°F). CLASS D-1B: Material causing immediate andserious toxic effects (TOXIC). CLASS D-2A: Material causing other toxic effects (VERY TOXIC). Class D-2B: Material causingother toxic effects (TOXIC).

ABC

Text Box

A-14

DSCL (EEC):R11- Highly flammable. R23/24/25- Toxic by inhalation, in contact with skin and if swallowed. R39- Danger of very seriousirreversible effects. R39/23/24/25- Toxic: danger of very serious irreversible effects through inhalation, in contact with skin andif swallowed. S7- Keep container tightly closed. S16- Keep away from sources of ignition - No smoking. S36/37- Wear suitableprotective clothing and gloves. S45- In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately (show the labelwhere possible).

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 3

Reactivity: 0



Health: 1

Flammability: 3

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:

Protective Equipment:Gloves. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wear appropriate respiratorwhen ventilation is inadequate. Splash goggles.


References:-SAX, N.I. Dangerous Properties of Indutrial Materials. Toronto, Van Nostrand Reinold, 6e ed. 1984. -Material safetydata sheet emitted by: la Commission de la SantÃ© et de la SÃ©curitÃ© du Travail du QuÃ©bec. -Hawley, G.G.. TheCondensed Chemical Dictionary, 11e ed., New York N.Y., Van Nostrand Reinold, 1987. LOLI, HSDB, RTECS, HAZARDTEXT,REPROTOX databases


Created: 10/10/2005 08:23 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM


ABC

Text Box

A-15

2 1 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


2

2

0

H

Material Safety Data SheetN,N-Dimethylformamide MSDS


Product Name: N,N-Dimethylformamide

Catalog Codes: SLD4261, SLD3331

CAS#: 68-12-2

RTECS: LQ2100000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: N,N-Dimethylformamide


Synonym: DMF; Dimethyl Formamide

Chemical Name: N,N-Dimethylformamide

Chemical Formula: HCON(CH3)2









Composition:


{N,N-}Dimethylformamide 68-12-2 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: N,N-Dimethylformamide: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 2800 mg/kg [Rat]. 2900 mg/kg [Mouse].5000 mg/kg [Rabbit]. DERMAL (LD50): Acute: 4720 mg/kg [Rabbit].


Potential Acute Health Effects: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion,of inhalation.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammaliansomatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified POSSIBLE for human.DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Classified Reproductive system/toxin/female, Reproductive system/toxin/male [POSSIBLE].The substance is toxic to kidneys, liver, central nervous system (CNS). The substance may be toxic to blood, the nervoussystem. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage.


Eye Contact:


ABC

Text Box

A-16

Check for and remove any contact lenses. Immediately flush eyes with running water for at least 15 minutes, keeping eyelidsopen. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention.

Skin Contact:In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Remove contaminatedclothing and shoes. Cold water may be used.Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse. Get medicalattention.


Inhalation:If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medicalattention.

Serious Inhalation:Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Ifbreathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. WARNING: It maybe hazardous to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation when the inhaled material is toxic, infectious orcorrosive. Seek medical attention.

Ingestion:Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconsciousperson. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention if symptoms appear.




Auto-Ignition Temperature: 445°C (833°F)

Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 57.778°C (136°F). (Tagliabue.) OPEN CUP: 67°C (152.6°F).


Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2), nitrogen oxides (NO, NO2...).

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product inpresence of static discharge: Not available.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam,water spray or fog. Cool containing vessels with water jet in order to prevent pressure build-up, autoignition or explosion.


Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:A mixture of triethylaluminum and DMF explodes when heated. DMF + potassium permanganate may explode.



Large Spill:

ABC

Text Box

A-17

Flammable liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth,sand or other non-combustible material. Do not touch spilled material. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confinedareas; dike if needed. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDSand with local authorities.


Precautions:Keep locked up.. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Donot ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation, wearsuitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoidcontact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, acids.






Exposure Limits:TWA: 10 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] TWA: 30 (mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] Consult localauthorities for acceptable exposure limits.



Odor: Amine like. (Slight.)



Color: Colorless to light yellow.


Boiling Point: 153°C (307.4°F)

Melting Point: -61°C (-77.8°F)

Critical Temperature: 374°C (705.2°F)





ABC

Text Box

A-18


Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: The product is more soluble in water; log(oil/water) = -1


Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water, diethyl ether, acetone.

Solubility:Easily soluble in cold water, hot water. Soluble in diethyl ether, acetone. Miscible organic solvents. Soluble in benzene, andchloroform.




Conditions of Instability: Heat, ignition sources (sparks, flames), incompatible materials

Incompatibility with various substances: Reactive with oxidizing agents, acids.


Special Remarks on Reactivity:Can react vigorously with oxidizing agents, halogenated hydrocarbons, and inorganic nitrates. Incompatible with carbontetrachloride, alkyl aluminums, sodium tetrahydroborate, nitrates, chromic acid, diisocyanatomethane, triethylaluminum,sodium hydride, lithium azide, metallic sodium, bromine, magnesium nitrate, potassium permanganate, nitric acid, chromiumtrioxide, borohydrides, phosphorus trioxide, diborane, octafluoroisobutyrate, sodium nitrite, perchloryl fluoride, postassiummethyl 4,4'-dinitrobutyrate. Reaction with inorganic acid chlorides, such as phosphorous oxychloride and thionyl chloride, mayform dimethylcarbamoyl, a suspect carcinogen. May release dimethylamine and carbon monoixde if heated above 350 C (662F).

Special Remarks on Corrosivity:Pure dimethylformamide is essentially non-corrosive to metals. However copper, tin and their alloys should be avoided.



Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation. Ingestion.

Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 2800 mg/kg [Rat]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 4720 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 94001 hours [Mouse].

Chronic Effects on Humans:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammaliansomatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified POSSIBLE for human.DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Classified Reproductive system/toxin/female, Reproductive system/toxin/male [POSSIBLE].Causes damage to the following organs: kidneys, liver, central nervous system (CNS). May cause damage to the followingorgans: blood, the nervous system.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant, permeator), of ingestion, of inhalation.

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals:Lowest Published Lethal Dose: LCL[Rat] - Route: Inhalation; Dose: 5000 ppm/6H

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:May affect genetic material. May cause adverse reproductive effects(paternal and maternal) and birth defects. Embryotoxicand/or foetotoxic in animal. Passes through the placental barrier in animal. May cause cancer although IARC evidence forcancer in humans shows inadequate data.

ABC

Text Box

A-19

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: Causes skin irritation with itching, burning, redness, swelling, or rash. It may be absorbedthrough the skin in toxic amounts and cause systemic effects similar to that of ingestion. It may facilitate the absorptionof other chemical substances through the skin. If there is significant potential for skin contact, monitoring should be doneto measure the level of DMF metabolites in urine specimans at the end of the shift. It is common practice to limit end-of-shift metabolites at or below 40 ppm expressed as n-monomethylformamide or a single individual or at or below 20 ppmMMF for several workers doing the same job. Eyes: Causes eye irritation (possibly severe) with tearing pain or blurredvision. Inhalation: May cause respiratory tract irritation. Short-term overexposure by inhalation may affect behavior/centralnervous system (convulsions, muscle weakness and other symptoms similar to that of acute ingestion), respiration (dyspnea).Ingestion: It can cause gastrointestinal tract irritation with heartburn, abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting or diarrhea. It may alsoaffect the cardiovascular system (hypertension, tachycardia, ECG abnormalities), blood (elevated white blood cell counts), andliver damage (hepatomegaly, jaundice, altered liver enzymes, fatty liver











Identification: : N,N-Dimethylformamide UNNA: 2265 PG: III



Federal and State Regulations:Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: N,N-Dimethylformamide Illinois chemical safety act: N,N-Dimethylformamide New York release reporting list: N,N-Dimethylformamide Rhode Island RTK hazardous substances: N,N-Dimethylformamide Pennsylvania RTK: N,N-Dimethylformamide Minnesota: N,N-Dimethylformamide Massachusetts RTK:N,N-Dimethylformamide Massachusetts spill list: N,N-Dimethylformamide New Jersey: N,N-Dimethylformamide New Jerseyspill list: N,N-Dimethylformamide Louisiana spill reporting: N,N-Dimethylformamide California Director's List of HazardousSubstances: N,N-Dimethylformamide TSCA 8(b) inventory: N,N-Dimethylformamide TSCA 8(d) H and S data reporting: N,N-Dimethylformamide: 12/19/95 SARA 313 toxic chemical notification and release reporting: N,N-Dimethylformamide CERCLA:Hazardous substances.: N,N-Dimethylformamide: 100 lbs. (45.36 kg)



ABC

Text Box

A-20

WHMIS (Canada):CLASS B-3: Combustible liquid with a flash point between 37.8°C (100°F) and 93.3°C (200°F). CLASS D-2A: Material causingother toxic effects (VERY TOXIC).

DSCL (EEC):R20/21- Harmful by inhalation and in contact with skin. R36- Irritating to eyes. R61- May cause harm to the unborn child.S45- In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately (show the label where possible). S53- Avoidexposure - obtain special instructions before use.

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 2

Reactivity: 0



Health: 1

Flammability: 2

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:





Created: 10/09/2005 05:12 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM


ABC

Text Box

A-21

3 1 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


2

3

0

G

Material Safety Data SheetHexanes MSDS


Product Name: Hexanes

Catalog Codes: SLH2335, SLH2032

CAS#: 110-54-3

RTECS: MN9275000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Hexane


Synonym:

Chemical Name: Hexane

Chemical Formula: C6-H14









Composition:


Hexanes 110-54-3 98.5-99.9

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Hexane: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 25000 mg/kg [Rat].


Potential Acute Health Effects:Hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant),of eye contact (irritant).

Potential Chronic Health Effects:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENICEFFECTS: Not available. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance may be toxic to peripheral nervoussystem, skin, central nervous system (CNS). Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organsdamage.


Eye Contact:


ABC

Text Box

A-22

Check for and remove any contact lenses. Immediately flush eyes with running water for at least 15 minutes, keeping eyelidsopen. Get medical attention if irritation occurs.

Skin Contact: Wash with soap and water. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Get medical attention if irritation develops.

Serious Skin Contact:Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial cream. Seek medical attention.

Inhalation:If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medicalattention if symptoms appear.

Serious Inhalation:Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Ifbreathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. Seek medicalattention.






Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: -22.5°C (-8.5°F). (TAG)



Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Highly flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks.


Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:Flammable liquid, insoluble in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use water spray or fog.

Special Remarks on Fire Hazards:Extremely flammable liquid and vapor. Vapor may cause flash fire.




Large Spill:Flammable liquid, insoluble in water. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk.Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilledmaterial. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal. Be carefulthat the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.


ABC

Text Box

A-23

Precautions:Keep locked up.. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material.Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Avoid contact with skin. Wear suitable protective clothing. In caseof insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show thecontainer or the label. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents.




Personal Protection:Safety glasses. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves (impervious).


Exposure Limits:TWA: 500 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] Inhalation TWA: 1800 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] InhalationTWA: 176 (mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] SKIN TWA: 50 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] SKIN TWA:500 STEL: 1000 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] Inhalation TWA: 1760 STEL: 3500 (mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV)[United States] Inhalation Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.



Odor: Gasoline-like or petroleum-like (Slight.)


Molecular Weight: 86.18g/mole

Color: Clear Colorless.

pH (1% soln/water): Not applicable.


Melting Point: -95°C (-139°F)







Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: The product is more soluble in oil; log(oil/water) = 3.9


ABC

Text Box

A-24


Solubility:Soluble in diethyl ether, acetone. Insoluble in cold water, hot water.




Conditions of Instability: Heat, ingnition sources, incompatibles.

Incompatibility with various substances: Reactive with oxidizing agents.

Corrosivity: Not available.

Special Remarks on Reactivity: Hexane can react vigorously with strong oxidizers (e.g. chlorine, bromine, fluorine)




Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Dermal contact. Inhalation. Ingestion.

Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 25000 mg/kg [Rat]. Acute toxicity of the gas (LC50): 48000 ppm 4 hours [Rat].

Chronic Effects on Humans:MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. May cause damage to the following organs: peripheral nervoussystem, skin, central nervous system (CNS).

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Very hazardous in case of ingestion, of inhalation. Hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator). Slightly hazardous in caseof skin contact (irritant).


Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:May cause adverse reproductive effects based on animal data. May be tumorigenic based on animal data. May affect geneticmaterial. Passes through the placental barrier in animal.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: May cause mild skin irritation. It can be absorbed through the skin in harmful amounts.Eyes: May cause mild eye irritation. Inhalation: May be harmful if inhaled. Inhalation of vapors may cause respiratory tractirritation. Overexposure may affect, brain, spinal cord, behavior/central and peripheral nervous systems (lightheadness,dizziness, hallucinations, paralysis, blurred vision, memory loss, headache, euphoria, general anesthetic, muscle weakness,numbness of the extremeties, asphyxia, unconciousness and possible death), metabolism, respiration, blood, cardiovascularsystem, gastrointestinal system (nausea) Ingestion: May be harmful if swallowed. May cause gastrointestinal tract irritationwith abdominal pain and nausea. May also affect the liver, blood, brain, peripheral and central nervous systems. Symptoms ofover exposure by ingestion are similar to that of overexposure by inhalation.




ABC

Text Box

A-25


Toxicity of the Products of Biodegradation: The product itself and its products of degradation are not toxic.






Identification: : Hexane UNNA: 1208 PG: II



Federal and State Regulations:Connecticut hazardous material survey.: Hexanes Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Hexanes Illinoischemical safety act: Hexanes New York release reporting list: Hexanes Rhode Island RTK hazardous substances: HexanesPennsylvania RTK: Hexanes Florida: Hexanes Minnesota: Hexanes Massachusetts RTK: Hexanes Massachusetts spilllist: Hexanes New Jersey: Hexanes New Jersey spill list: Hexanes Louisiana spill reporting: Hexanes TSCA 8(b) inventory:Hexanes SARA 313 toxic chemical notification and release reporting: Hexanes CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Hexanes:5000 lbs. (2268 kg)



WHMIS (Canada):CLASS B-2: Flammable liquid with a flash point lower than 37.8°C (100°F). CLASS D-2B: Material causing other toxic effects(TOXIC).

DSCL (EEC):R11- Highly flammable. R20- Harmful by inhalation. R38- Irritating to skin. R51/53- Toxic to aquatic organisms, may causelong-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment. R62- Possible risk of impaired fertility. R65- Harmful: may cause lungdamage if swallowed. R67- Vapors may cause drowsiness or dizziness. S9- Keep container in a well-ventilated place. S16-Keep away from sources of ignition - No smoking. S29- Do not empty into drains. S33- Take precautionary measures againststatic discharges. S36/37- Wear suitable protective clothing and gloves. S61- Avoid release to the environment. Refer tospecial instructions/Safety data sheets. S62- If swallowed, do not induce vomiting: seek medical advice immediately and showthis

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 3

Reactivity: 0

Personal Protection: g


ABC

Text Box

A-26

Health: 1

Flammability: 3

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:

Protective Equipment:Gloves (impervious). Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wearappropriate respirator when ventilation is inadequate. Safety glasses.




Created: 10/10/2005 08:19 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM


ABC

Text Box

A-27

3 1 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


2

3

0

H

Material Safety Data SheetIsopropyl alcohol MSDS


Product Name: Isopropyl alcohol

Catalog Codes: SLI1153, SLI1579, SLI1906, SLI1246,SLI1432

CAS#: 67-63-0

RTECS: NT8050000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Isopropyl alcohol

CI#: Not available.

Synonym: 2-Propanol

Chemical Name: isopropanol

Chemical Formula: C3-H8-O









Composition:


Isopropyl alcohol 67-63-0 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Isopropyl alcohol: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 5045 mg/kg [Rat]. 3600 mg/kg [Mouse]. 6410mg/kg [Rabbit]. DERMAL (LD50): Acute: 12800 mg/kg [Rabbit].


Potential Acute Health Effects:Hazardous in case of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant,sensitizer, permeator).

Potential Chronic Health Effects:Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (sensitizer). CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: A4 (Not classifiable for human or animal.)by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Notavailable. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Classified Reproductive system/toxin/female, Development toxin [POSSIBLE].The substance may be toxic to kidneys, liver, skin, central nervous system (CNS). Repeated or prolonged exposure to thesubstance can produce target organs damage.



ABC

Text Box

A-28

Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention.

Skin Contact:Wash with soap and water. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Get medical attention if irritation develops. Cold watermay be used.

Serious Skin Contact: Not available.








Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 11.667°C (53°F) - 12.778 deg. C (55 deg. F) (TAG)

Flammable Limits: LOWER: 2% UPPER: 12.7%


Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Highly flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Flammable in presence of oxidizing materials. Non-flammable in presence of shocks.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Explosive in presence of open flames andsparks, of heat.


Special Remarks on Fire Hazards:Vapor may travel considerable distance to source of ignition and flash back. CAUTION: MAY BURN WITH NEAR INVISIBLEFLAME. Hydrogen peroxide sharply reduces the autoignition temperature of Isopropyl alcohol. After a delay, Isopropylalcohol ignites on contact with dioxgenyl tetrafluorborate, chromium trioxide, and potassium tert-butoxide. When heated todecomposition it emits acrid smoke and fumes.

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:Secondary alcohols are readily autooxidized in contact with oxygen or air, forming ketones and hydrogen peroxide. It canbecome potentially explosive. It reacts with oxygen to form dangerously unstable peroxides which can concentrate andexplode during distillation or evaporation. The presence of 2-butanone increases the reaction rate for peroxide formation.Explosive in the form of vapor when exposed to heat or flame. May form explosive mixtures with air. Isopropyl alcohol +phosgene forms isopropyl chloroformate and hydrogen chloride. In the presence of iron salts, thermal decompositon canoccur, whicn in some cases can become explosive. A homogeneous mixture of concentrated peroxides + isopropyl alcohol arecapable of detonation by shock or heat. Barium perchlorate + isopropyl alcohol gives the highly explosive alkyl perchlorates.

ABC

Text Box

A-29

It forms explosive mixtures with trinitormethane and hydrogen peroxide. It produces a violent explosive reaction when heatedwith aluminum isopropoxide + crotonaldehyde. Mixtures of isopropyl alcohol + nitroform are explosive.



Large Spill:Flammable liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth,sand or other non-combustible material. Do not touch spilled material. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confinedareas; dike if needed. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDSand with local authorities.


Precautions:Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do notbreathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Avoid contact with eyes. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation,wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Keepaway from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, acids.






Exposure Limits:TWA: 983 STEL: 1230 (mg/m3) [Australia] TWA: 200 STEL: 400 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] [1999] TWA: 980STEL: 1225 (mg/m3) from NIOSH TWA: 400 STEL: 500 (ppm) from NIOSH TWA: 400 STEL: 500 (ppm) [United Kingdom(UK)] TWA: 999 STEL: 1259 (mg/m3) [United Kingdom (UK)] TWA: 400 STEL: 500 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States]TWA: 980 STEL: 1225 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL) [United States]Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.



Odor:Pleasant. Odor resembling that of a mixture of ethanol and acetone.

Taste: Bitter. (Slight.)


ABC

Text Box

A-30

Color: Colorless.



Melting Point: -88.5°C (-127.3°F)






Odor Threshold:22 ppm (Sittig, 1991) 700 ppm for unadapted panelists (Verschuren, 1983).

Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: The product is equally soluble in oil and water; log(oil/water) = 0.1


Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water, methanol, diethyl ether, n-octanol, acetone.

Solubility:Easily soluble in cold water, hot water, methanol, diethyl ether, n-octanol, acetone. Insoluble in salt solution. Soluble inbenzene. Miscible with most organic solvents including alcohol, ethyl alcohol, chloroform.




Conditions of Instability: Heat, Ignition sources, incompatible materials

Incompatibility with various substances: Reactive with oxidizing agents, acids, alkalis.


Special Remarks on Reactivity:Reacts violently with hydrogen + palladium combination, nitroform, oleum, COCl2, aluminum triisopropoxide, oxidantsIncompatible with acetaldehyde, chlorine, ethylene oxide, isocyanates, acids, alkaline earth, alkali metals, caustics, amines,crotonaldehyde, phosgene, ammonia. Isopropyl alcohol reacts with metallic aluminum at high temperatures. Isopropyl alcoholattacks some plastics, rubber, and coatings. Vigorous reaction with sodium dichromate + sulfuric acid.

Special Remarks on Corrosivity: May attack some forms of plastic, rubber and coating



Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation.

Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 3600 mg/kg [Mouse]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 12800 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50):16000 8 hours [Rat].

Chronic Effects on Humans:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: A4 (Not classifiable for human or animal.) by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC.DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Classified Reproductive system/toxin/female, Development toxin [POSSIBLE]. May causedamage to the following organs: kidneys, liver, skin, central nervous system (CNS).

ABC

Text Box

A-31

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Hazardous in case of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant, sensitizer, permeator).


Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:M a y c a u s e a d v e r s e r e p r o d u c t i v e / t e r a t o g e n i c e f f e c t s ( f e r t i l i t y , f e t o x i c i t y , d e v e l o p m en t a l abnormalities(developmental toxin)) based on animal studies. Detected in maternal milk in human.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: May cause mild skin irritation, and sensitization. Eyes: Can cause eye irritation.Inhalation: Breathing in small amounts of this material during normal handling is not likely to cause harmful effects. However,breathing large amounts may be harmful and may affect the respiratory system and mucous membranes (irritation), behaviorand brain (Central nervous system depression - headache, dizziness, drowsiness, stupor, incoordination, unconciousness,coma and possible death), peripheral nerve and senstation, blood, urinary system, and liver. Ingestion: Swallowing smallamouts during normal handling is not likely to cause harmful effects. Swallowing large amounts may be harmful. Swallowinglarge amounts may cause gastrointestinal tract irritation with nausea, vomiting and diarrhea, abdominal pain. It also mayaffect the urinary system, cardiovascular system, sense organs, behavior or central nervous system (somnolence, generallydepressed activity, irritability, headache, dizziness, drowsiness), liver, and respiratory system (breathing difficulty). ChronicPotential Health Effects: May cause defatting of the skin and dermatitis and allergic reaction. May cause adverse reproductiveeffects based on animal data (studies).


Ecotoxicity: Ecotoxicity in water (LC50): 100000 mg/l 96 hours [Fathead Minnow]. 64000 mg/l 96 hours [Fathead Minnow].









Identification: : Isopropyl Alcohol UNNA: 1219 PG: II



Federal and State Regulations:Connecticut hazardous material survey.: Isopropyl alcohol Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Isopropylalcohol Rhode Island RTK hazardous substances: Isopropyl alcohol Pennsylvania RTK: Isopropyl alcohol Florida: Isopropylalcohol Minnesota: Isopropyl alcohol Massachusetts RTK: Isopropyl alcohol New Jersey: Isopropyl alcohol New Jersey spilllist: Isopropyl alcohol Director's list of Hazardous Substances: Isopropyl alcohol Tennesee: Isopropyl alcohol TSCA 8(b)inventory: Isopropyl alcohol TSCA 4(a) final testing order: Isopropyl alcohol TSCA 8(a) IUR: Isopropyl alcohol TSCA 8(d) H

ABC

Text Box

A-32

and S data reporting: Isopropyl alcohol: Effective date: 12/15/86 Sunset Date: 12/15/96 TSCA 12(b) one time export: Isopropylalcohol SARA 313 toxic chemical notification and release reporting: Isopropyl alcohol




DSCL (EEC):R11- Highly flammable. R36- Irritating to eyes. S7- Keep container tightly closed. S16- Keep away from sources of ignition- No smoking. S24/25- Avoid contact with skin and eyes. S26- In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty ofwater and seek medical advice.

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 3

Reactivity: 0



Health: 1

Flammability: 3

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:





Created: 10/09/2005 05:53 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM


ABC

Text Box

A-33

3 1 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


2

3

0

G

Material Safety Data SheetEthyl acetate MSDS


Product Name: Ethyl acetate

Catalog Codes: SLE2452, SLE2317

CAS#: 141-78-6

RTECS: AH5425000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Ethyl acetate

CI#: Not available.

Synonym: Acetic Acid, Ethyl Ester Acetic Ether

Chemical Name: Ethyl Acetate

Chemical Formula: C4-H8-O2









Composition:


Ethyl acetate 141-78-6 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Ethyl acetate: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 5620 mg/kg [Rat]. 4100 mg/kg [Mouse]. 4935 mg/kg[Rabbit]. VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 45000 mg/m 3 hours [Mouse]. 16000 ppm 6 hours [Rat].


Potential Acute Health Effects:Hazardous in case of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant, permeator), of eye contact(irritant).

Potential Chronic Health Effects:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: A4 (Not classifiable for human or animal.) by ACGIH. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance is toxic to mucousmembranes, upper respiratory tract. The substance may be toxic to blood, kidneys, liver, central nervous system (CNS).Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage.



ABC

Text Box

A-34

Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention.

Skin Contact:Wash with soap and water. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Get medical attention if irritation develops. Cold watermay be used.

Serious Skin Contact: Not available.







Auto-Ignition Temperature: 426.67°C (800°F)

Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: -4.4°C (24.1°F). (TAG) OPEN CUP: 7.2°C (45°F) (Cleveland).

Flammable Limits: LOWER: 2.2% UPPER: 9%


Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Highly flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Slightly flammable to flammable in presence of oxidizingmaterials, of acids, of alkalis. Non-flammable in presence of shocks.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available. Slightly explosive in presence of heat. Non-explosive in presence of shocks.


Special Remarks on Fire Hazards:Vapor may travel considerable distance to source of ignition and flash back. When heated to decomposition it emits acridsmoke and irritating fumes.

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:The liquid produces a vapor that forms explosive mixtures with air at normal temperatures. Explosive reaction with lithiumtetrahydroaluminate.



ABC

Text Box

A-35



Precautions:Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do notbreathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratoryequipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Keep away from incompatiblessuch as oxidizing agents, acids, alkalis.

Storage:Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed andsealed until ready for use. Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame). Moisture sensitive.



Personal Protection:Safety glasses. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves.


Exposure Limits:TWA: 400 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] TWA: 400 from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] TWA: 1400 (mg/m3) fromNIOSH [United States] TWA: 400 (ppm) from NIOSH [United States] TWA: 400 (ppm) [Canada] TWA: 1440 (mg/m3) [Canada]TWA: 1400 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL) [United States]3 Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.



Odor: Ethereal. Fruity. (Slight.)

Taste: Bittersweet, wine-like burning taste


Color: Colorless.







ABC

Text Box

A-36



Odor Threshold: 3.9 ppm




Solubility: Soluble in cold water, hot water, diethyl ether, acetone, alcohol, benzene.




Conditions of Instability: Heat, ignition sources (flames, sparks, static), incompatible materials



Special Remarks on Reactivity:Also incompatible with nitrates, chlorosulfonic acid, oleum, potassium-tert-butoxide, and lithium tetrahydroaluminate. Moisturesensitive. On storage, it is slowly decomposed by water.





Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 4100 mg/kg [Mouse]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 45000 mg/m3 3 hours [Mouse].

Chronic Effects on Humans:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: A4 (Not classifiable for human or animal.) by ACGIH. Causes damage to the following organs:mucous membranes, upper respiratory tract. May cause damage to the following organs: blood, kidneys, liver, central nervoussystem (CNS).

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Hazardous in case of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant, permeator).

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals: LD50 [Rabbit] - Route: skin; Dose >20,000 ml/kg

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:May affect genetic material (mutagenic). May cause adverse reproductive effects. based on animal test data. No human datafound at this time.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: May cause skin irritation. Eyes: Causes eye irritation. May cause irritation of theconjunctivia. Inhalation: May cause respiratory tract and mucous membrane irritation. May affect respiration and may causeacute pulmonary edema. May affect gastrointestinal tract (nausea, vomiting). May affect behavior/central nervous system(mild central nervous system depression - exhilaration, talkativeness, boastfulness, belligerancy, vertigo, diplopia, drowsiness,slurred speech, slowed reaction time, dizziness, lightheadedness, somnolence, ataxia, unconciousness, irritability, fatigue,sleep disturbances, reduced memory and concentration, stupor, coma), cardiovascular system (peripheral vascular collapse(shock) - rapid pulse, hypotension, cold pale skin, hypothermia). Other symptoms may include: flushing of face and sweating.

ABC

Text Box

A-37

Ingestion: May cause gastrointestinal tract irritation with nausea and vomiting. May affect blood, behavior/central nervoussystem (CNS depression - effects may be similar to that of inhalation). Chronic Potential Health Effects: Skin: Repeated orprolonged skin contact may cause drying and cracking of the skin. IngestIon: Prolonged or repeated ingestion may affectthe liver. Inhalation: Prolonged inhalation may affect behavior/central nervous system (symptoms similar to those of acuteinhalation), and cause liver, kidney, lung, and heart damage. It may also affect metabolism, and blood (anemia, leukocytosis).


Ecotoxicity:Ecotoxicity in water (LC50): 220 mg/l 96 hours [Fish (Fathead minnow)]. 212.5 ppm 96 hours [Fish (Indian catfish)].









Identification: : Ethyl Acetate UNNA: 1173 PG: II



Federal and State Regulations:Connecticut hazardous material survey.: Ethyl acetate Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Ethyl acetateIllinois chemical safety act: Ethyl acetate New York release reporting list: Ethyl acetate Rhode Island RTK hazardoussubstances: Ethyl acetate Pennsylvania RTK: Ethyl acetate Florida: Ethyl acetate Minnesota: Ethyl acetate MassachusettsRTK: Ethyl acetate Massachusetts spill list: Ethyl acetate New Jersey: Ethyl acetate New Jersey spill list: Ethyl acetateLouisiana spill reporting: Ethyl acetate California Director's list of Hazardous Substances: Ethyl acetate TSCA 8(b) inventory:Ethyl acetate TSCA 4(a) final test rules: Ethyl acetate TSCA 8(a) IUR: Ethyl acetate TSCA 12(b) annual export notification:Ethyl acetate CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Ethyl acetate: 5000 lbs. (2268 kg)



WHMIS (Canada): CLASS B-2: Flammable liquid with a flash point lower than 37.8°C (100°F).

DSCL (EEC):R11- Highly flammable. R36- Irritating to eyes. S2- Keep out of the reach of children. S16- Keep away from sources of ignition- No smoking. S26- In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medical advice. S33-Take precautionary measures against static discharges. S46- If swallowed, seek medical advice immediately and show thiscontainer or label.

ABC

Text Box

A-38

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 3

Reactivity: 0

Personal Protection: g


Health: 1

Flammability: 3

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:

Protective Equipment:Gloves. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wear appropriate respiratorwhen ventilation is inadequate. Safety glasses.




Created: 10/10/2005 08:18 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM


ABC

Text Box

A-39

3 2 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


2

3

0

H

Material Safety Data SheetEthyl Alcohol 190 Proof MSDS


Product Name: Ethyl Alcohol 190 Proof

Catalog Codes: SLE1036, SLE1609, SLE1288

CAS#: Mixture.

RTECS: Not applicable.

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Water; Ethyl alcohol 200Proof


Synonym: Ethyl Alcohol 190 Proof

Chemical Formula: Not applicable.









Composition:


Water 7732-18-5 5

Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof 64-17-5 95

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 7060 mg/kg [Rat]. 3450 mg/kg [Mouse].VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 20000 ppm 8 hours [Rat]. 39000 mg/m 4 hours [Mouse].


Potential Acute Health Effects:Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), . Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator), ofingestion. Non-corrosive for skin. Non-corrosive to the eyes. Non-corrosive for lungs.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (sensitizer) CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified PROVEN by State of CaliforniaProposition 65 [Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof]. Classified A4 (Not classifiable for human or animal.) by ACGIH [Ethyl alcohol 200Proof]. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. [Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof]. Mutagenic for bacteriaand/or yeast. [Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof]. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified PROVEN for human [Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof].DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Classified Development toxin [PROVEN] [Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof]. Classified Reproductivesystem/toxin/female, Reproductive system/toxin/male [POSSIBLE] [Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof]. The substance is toxic to blood,the reproductive system, liver, upper respiratory tract, skin, central nervous


ABC

Text Box

A-40



Skin Contact:In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Remove contaminatedclothing and shoes. Cold water may be used.Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse. Get medicalattention.








Auto-Ignition Temperature: The lowest known value is 363°C (685.4°F) (Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof).

Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 18.5°C (65.3°F).(estimated)

Flammable Limits: The greatest known range is LOWER: 3.3% UPPER: 19% (Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof)


Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Highly flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Slightly flammable to flammable in presence of oxidizingmaterials. Non-flammable in presence of shocks, of reducing materials, of combustible materials, of organic materials, ofmetals, of acids, of alkalis.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Slightly explosive in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat, of oxidizing materials, of acids. Non-explosive in presenceof shocks.


Special Remarks on Fire Hazards:Containers should be grounded. CAUTION: MAY BURN WITH NEAR INVISIBLE FLAME Vapor may travel considerabledistance to source of ignition and flash back. May form explosive mixtures with air. Contact with Bromine pentafluoride is likelyto cause fire or explosion. Ethanol ignites on contact with chromyl chloride. Ethanol ignites on contact with iodine heptafluoridegas. It ignites than explodes upon contact with nitrosyl perchlorate. Additon of platinum black catalyst caused ignition. (Ethylalcohol 200 Proof)

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:Ethanol has an explosive reaction with the oxidized coating around potassium metal. Ethanol ignites and then explodes oncontact with acetic anhydride + sodium hydrosulfate (ignites and may explode), disulfuric acid + nitric acid, phosphorous(III)

ABC

Text Box

A-41

oxide platinum, potassium-tert-butoxide+ acids. Ethanol forms explosive products in reaction with the following compound :ammonia + silver nitrate (forms silver nitride and silver fulminate), iodine + phosphorus (forms ethane iodide), magnesiumperchlorate (forms ethyl perchlorate), mercuric nitrate, nitric acid + silver (forms silver fulminate) silver nitrate (forms ethylnitrate) silver(I) oxide + ammonia or hydrazine (forms silver nitride and silver fulminate), sodium (evolves hydrogen gas).Sodium Hydrazide + alcohol can produce an explosion. Alcohols should not be mixed with mercuric nitrate, as explosivemercuric fulminate may be formed. May form explosive mixture with manganese perchlorate + 2,2-dimethoxypropane. Additionof alcohols to highly concentrate hydrogen peroxide forms powerful explosives. Explodes on contact with calcium hypochloriteVapor may explode if ignited in an enclosed area. Containers may explode when heated or involved in a fire. (Ethyl alcohol200 Proof)





Precautions:Keep locked up.. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Donot ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation, wearsuitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoidcontact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, acids, alkalis, moisture.

Storage:Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed andsealed until ready for use. Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame). Do not store above 23°C (73.4°F).





Exposure Limits:Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof TWA: 1900 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] TWA: 1000 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [UnitedStates] TWA: 1900 (mg/m3) from NIOSH [United States] TWA: 1000 (ppm) from NIOSH [United States] TWA: 1000 (ppm)[United Kingdom (UK)] TWA: 1920 (mg/m3) [United Kingdom (UK)] TWA: 1000 STEL: 1250 (ppm) [Canada] Consult localauthorities for acceptable exposure limits.



ABC

Text Box

A-42

Odor:Alcohol like. Mild to strong. Like wine or whiskey; Ethereal, vinous. Pleasant.

Taste: Burning. Pungent.

Molecular Weight: Not applicable.

Color: Clear Colorless.

pH (1% soln/water): Neutral.

Boiling Point: The lowest known value is 78.5°C (173.3°F) (Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof). Weighted average: 79.58°C (175.2°F)

Melting Point: May start to solidify at -114.1°C (-173.4°F) based on data for: Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof.

Critical Temperature: The lowest known value is 243°C (469.4°F) (Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof).

Specific Gravity: Weighted average: 0.8 (Water = 1)

Vapor Pressure: The highest known value is 5.7 kPa (@ 20°C) (Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof). Weighted average: 5.53 kPa (@20°C)

Vapor Density: The highest known value is 1.59 (Air = 1) (Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof). Weighted average: 1.54 (Air = 1)



Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: Not available.


Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water, methanol, diethyl ether, acetone.

Solubility:Easily soluble in cold water, hot water, methanol, diethyl ether. Soluble in acetone.




Conditions of Instability: Incompatible materials, heat, sources of ignition.



Special Remarks on Reactivity:Ethanol rapidly absorbs moisture from the air. Can react vigorously with oxiders. The following oxidants have beendemonstrated to undergo vigorous/explosive reaction with ethanol: barium perchlorate, bromine pentafluoride, calciumhypochlorite, chloryl perchlorate, chromium trioxide, chromyl chloride, dioxygen difluoride, disulfuryl difluoride, fluorine nitrate,hydrogen peroxide, iodine heptafluoride, nitric acid nitrosyl perchlorate, perchloric acid permanganic acid, peroxodisulfuricacid, potassium dioxide, potassium perchlorate, potassium permanganate, ruthenium(VIII) oxide, silver perchlorate, silverperoxide, uranium hexafluoride, uranyl perchlorate. Ethanol reacts violently/expodes with the following compounds: acetylbromide (evolves hydrogen bromide) acetyl chloride, aluminum, sesquibromide ethylate, ammonium hydroxide & silveroxide, chlorate, chromic anhydride, cyanuric acid + water, dichloromethane + sulfuric acid + nitrate (or) nitrite, hydrogenperoxide + sulfuric acid, iodine + methanol + mercuric oxide, manganese perchlorate + 2,2-dimethoxy propane, perchlorates,permanganates + sulfuric acid, potassium superoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, silver & nitric acid, silver perchlorate, sodiumhydrazide, sulfuric acid + sodium dichromate, tetrachlorisilane + water. Ethanol is also incompatible with platinium, andsodium. No really safe conditions exist under which ethyl alcohol and chlorine oxides can be handled. Reacts vigorously withacetyl chloride (Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof)



ABC

Text Box

A-43



Toxicity to Animals: Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 3632 mg/kg (Mouse) (Calculated value for the mixture).

Chronic Effects on Humans:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified PROVEN by State of California Proposition 65 [Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof]. ClassifiedA4 (Not classifiable for human or animal.) by ACGIH [Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof]. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenicfor mammalian somatic cells. [Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof]. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. [Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof].TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified PROVEN for human [Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof]. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY:Classified Development toxin [PROVEN] [Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof]. Classified Reproductive system/toxin/female, Reproductivesystem/toxin/male [POSSIBLE] [Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof].

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator), of ingestion.

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals:Lowest Published Dose/Conc: LDL[Human] - Route: Oral; Dose: 1400 mg/kg LDL[Human child] - Route: Oral; Dose: 2000 mg/kg LDL[Rabbit] - Route: Skin; Dose: 20000 mg/kg (Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof)

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:May affect genetic material (mutagenic) Causes adverse reproductive effects and birth defects (teratogenic) , based onmoderate to heavy consumption. May cause cancer based on animal data. Human: passes through the placenta, excreted inmaternal milk. (Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof)

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:Acute potential health effects: Skin: causes skin irritation Eyes: causes eye irritation Ingestion: May cause gastrointestinal tractirritation with nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, and alterations in gastric secretions. May affect behavior/central nervous system(central nervous system depression - amnesia, headache, muscular incoordination, excitation, mild euphoria, slurred speech,drowsiness, staggaring gait, fatigue, changes in mood/personality, excessive talking, dizziness, ataxia, somnolence, coma/narcosis, hallucinations, distorted perceptions, general anesthetic), peripherial nervous system (spastic paralysis)vision(diplopia). Moderately toxic and narcotic in high concentrations. May also affect metabolism, blood, liver, respiration (dyspnea),and endocrine system. May affect respiratory tract, cardiovascular(cardiac arrhythmias, hypotension), and urinary systems.Inhalation: May cause irritation of the respiratory tract and affect behavior/central nervous system with symptoms similarto ingestion. Chronic Potential Health Effects: Skin: Prolonged or repeated skin contact may casue dermatitis, an allergicreaction. Ingestion: Prolonged or repeated ingestion will have similiar effects as acute ingestion. It may also affect the brain.(Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof)










ABC

Text Box

A-44


Identification: : Ethanol (Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof) UNNA: 1170 PG: II



Federal and State Regulations:California prop. 65: This product contains the following ingredients for which the State of California has found to causecancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm, which would require a warning under the statute: Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof (inalcoholic beverage) California prop. 65: This product contains the following ingredients for which the State of California hasfound to cause birth defects which would require a warning under the statute: Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof (in alcoholic beverage)Connecticut hazardous material survey.: Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Ethylalcohol 200 Proof Rhode Island RTK hazardous substances: Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof Pennsylvania RTK: Ethyl alcohol 200Proof Florida: Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof Minnesota: Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof Massachusetts RTK: Ethyl alcohol 200 ProofMassachusetts spill list: Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof New Jersey: Ethyl alcohol 200 Proof TSCA 8(b) inventory: Water; Ethylalcohol 200 Proof

Other Regulations: OSHA: Hazardous by definition of Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).



DSCL (EEC):R11- Highly flammable. S7- Keep container tightly closed. S16- Keep away from sources of ignition - No smoking.

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 3

Reactivity: 0



Health: 2

Flammability: 3

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:





Created: 10/09/2005 05:28 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM

ABC

Text Box

A-45


ABC

Text Box

A-46

0 3 1

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


3

0

1

Material Safety Data SheetHydrochloric acid MSDS


Product Name: Hydrochloric acid

Catalog Codes: SLH1462, SLH3154

CAS#: Mixture.

RTECS: MW4025000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Hydrochloric acid


Synonym: Hydrochloric Acid; Muriatic Acid

Chemical Name: Not applicable.

Chemical Formula: Not applicable.









Composition:


Hydrogen chloride 7647-01-0 20-38

Water 7732-18-5 62-80

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Hydrogen chloride: GAS (LC50): Acute: 4701 ppm 0.5 hours [Rat].


Potential Acute Health Effects:Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant, corrosive), of ingestion, . Slightlyhazardous in case of inhalation (lung sensitizer). Non-corrosive for lungs. Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damageparticularly on mucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of thespray mist may produce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath.Severe over-exposure can result in death. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skininflammation is characterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (sensitizer). CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 3 (Not classifiable forhuman.) by IARC [Hydrochloric acid]. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance may be toxic to kidneys, liver, mucous membranes, upperrespiratory tract, skin, eyes, Circulatory System, teeth. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target


ABC

Text Box

A-47

organs damage. Repeated or prolonged contact with spray mist may produce chronic eye irritation and severe skin irritation.Repeated or prolonged exposure to spray mist may produce respiratory tract irritation leading to frequent attacks of bronchialinfection. Repeated exposure to a highly toxic material may produce general deterioration of health by an accumulation in oneor many human organs.


Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention immediately.








Flammability of the Product: Non-flammable.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not applicable.

Flash Points: Not applicable.

Flammable Limits: Not applicable.

Products of Combustion: Not available.

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: of metals

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Non-explosive in presence of open flames and sparks, of shocks.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Not applicable.

Special Remarks on Fire Hazards:Non combustible. Calcium carbide reacts with hydrogen chloride gas with incandescence. Uranium phosphide reacts withhydrochloric acid to release spontaneously flammable phosphine. Rubidium acetylene carbides burns with slightly warmhydrochloric acid. Lithium silicide in contact with hydrogen chloride becomes incandescent. When dilute hydrochloric acid isused, gas spontaneously flammable in air is evolved. Magnesium boride treated with concentrated hydrochloric acid producesspontaneously flammble gas. Cesium acetylene carbide burns hydrogen chloride gas. Cesium carbide ignites in contact withhydrochloric acid unless acid is dilute. Reacts with most metals to produce flammable Hydrodgen gas.

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:

ABC

Text Box

A-48

Hydrogen chloride in contact with the following can cause an explosion, ignition on contact, or other violent/vigorous reaction:Acetic anhydride AgClO + CCl4 Alcohols + hydrogen cyanide, Aluminum Aluminum-titanium alloys (with HCl vapor), 2-Aminoethanol, Ammonium hydroxide, Calcium carbide Ca3P2 Chlorine + dinitroanilines (evolves gas), Chlorosulfonic acid Cesiumcarbide Cesium acetylene carbide, 1,1-Difluoroethylene Ethylene diamine Ethylene imine, Fluorine, HClO4 Hexalithiumdisilicide H2SO4 Metal acetylides or carbides, Magnesium boride, Mercuric sulfate, Oleum, Potassium permanganate,beta-Propiolactone Propylene oxide Rubidium carbide, Rubidium, acetylene carbide Sodium (with aqueous HCl), Sodiumhydroxide Sodium tetraselenium, Sulfonic acid, Tetraselenium tetranitride, U3P4 , Vinyl acetate. Silver perchlorate with carbontetrachloride in the presence of hydrochloric acid produces trichloromethyl perchlorate which detonates at 40 deg. C.


Small Spill:Dilute with water and mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and place in an appropriate waste disposal container. Ifnecessary: Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of sodium carbonate.

Large Spill:Corrosive liquid. Poisonous liquid. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material.Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilled material. Use water spray curtain to divert vapor drift. Use water sprayto reduce vapors. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal.Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of sodium carbonate. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentrationlevel above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.


Precautions:Keep locked up.. Keep container dry. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product.In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and showthe container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, organicmaterials, metals, alkalis, moisture. May corrode metallic surfaces. Store in a metallic or coated fiberboard drum using a strongpolyethylene inner package.

Storage: Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.



Personal Protection:Face shield. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves. Boots.


Exposure Limits:CEIL: 5 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] CEIL: 7 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] CEIL: 5 from NIOSHCEIL: 7 (mg/m3) from NIOSH TWA: 1 STEL: 5 (ppm) [United Kingdom (UK)] TWA: 2 STEL: 8 (mg/m3) [United Kingdom(UK)]Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.



ABC

Text Box

A-49

Odor: Pungent. Irritating (Strong.)


Molecular Weight: Not applicable.

Color: Colorless to light yellow.

pH (1% soln/water): Acidic.

Boiling Point:108.58 C @ 760 mm Hg (for 20.22% HCl in water) 83 C @ 760 mm Hg (for 31% HCl in water) 50.5 C (for 37% HCl in water)

Melting Point:-62.25°C (-80°F) (20.69% HCl in water) -46.2 C (31.24% HCl in water) -25.4 C (39.17% HCl in water)


Specific Gravity:1.1- 1.19 (Water = 1) 1.10 (20%and 22% HCl solutions) 1.12 (24% HCl solution) 1.15 (29.57% HCl solution) 1.16 (32% HClsolution) 1.19 (37% and 38%HCl solutions)

Vapor Pressure: 16 kPa (@ 20°C) average



Odor Threshold: 0.25 to 10 ppm



Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water, diethyl ether.

Solubility: Soluble in cold water, hot water, diethyl ether.




Conditions of Instability: Incompatible materials, water

Incompatibility with various substances:Highly reactive with metals. Reactive with oxidizing agents, organic materials, alkalis, water.

Corrosivity:Extremely corrosive in presence of aluminum, of copper, of stainless steel(304), of stainless steel(316). Non-corrosive inpresence of glass.

Special Remarks on Reactivity:Reacts with water especially when water is added to the product. Absorption of gaseous hydrogen chloride on mercuricsulfate becomes violent @ 125 deg. C. Sodium reacts very violently with gaseous hydrogen chloride. Calcium phosphideand hydrochloric acid undergo very energetic reaction. It reacts with oxidizers releasing chlorine gas. Incompatible with,alkali metals, carbides, borides, metal oxides, vinyl acetate, acetylides, sulphides, phosphides, cyanides, carbonates. Reactswith most metals to produce flammable Hydrogen gas. Reacts violently (moderate reaction with heat of evolution) withwater especially when water is added to the product. Isolate hydrogen chloride from heat, direct sunlight, alkalies (reactsvigorously), organic materials, and oxidizers (especially nitric acid and chlorates), amines, metals, copper and alloys (e.g.brass), hydroxides, zinc (galvanized materials), lithium silicide (incandescence), sulfuric acid(increase in temperature andpressure) Hydrogen chloride gas is emitted when this product is in contact with sulfuric acid. Adsorption of Hydrochloric Acidonto silicon dioxide results in exothmeric reaction. Hydrogen chloride causes aldehydes and epoxides to violently polymerize.Hydrogen chloride or Hydrochloric Acid in contact with the folloiwng can cause explosion or ignition on contact or

Special Remarks on Corrosivity:

ABC

Text Box

A-50

Highly corrosive. Incompatible with copper and copper alloys. It attacks nearly all metals (mercury, gold, platinium, tantalum,silver, and certain alloys are exceptions). It is one of the most corrosive of the nonoxidizing acids in contact with copper alloys.No corrosivity data on zinc, steel. Severe Corrosive effect on brass and bronze



Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation.

Toxicity to Animals:Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 900 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 1108 ppm, 1 hours [Mouse]. Acute toxicity ofthe vapor (LC50): 3124 ppm, 1 hours [Rat].

Chronic Effects on Humans:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC [Hydrochloric acid]. May cause damage to thefollowing organs: kidneys, liver, mucous membranes, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes, Circulatory System, teeth.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of ingestion, . Hazardous in case of eye contact(corrosive), of inhalation (lung corrosive).

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals:Lowest Published Lethal Doses (LDL/LCL) LDL [Man] -Route: Oral; 2857 ug/kg LCL [Human] - Route: Inhalation; Dose: 1300ppm/30M LCL [Rabbit] - Route: Inhalation; Dose: 4413 ppm/30M

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:May cause adverse reproductive effects (fetoxicity). May affect genetic material.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: Corrosive. Causes severe skin irritation and burns. Eyes: Corrosive. Causes severeeye irritation/conjuntivitis, burns, corneal necrosis. Inhalation: May be fatal if inhaled. Material is extremely destructive totissue of the mucous membranes and upper respiratory tract. Inhalation of hydrochloric acid fumes produces nose, throat,and larryngeal burning, and irritation, pain and inflammation, coughing, sneezing, choking sensation, hoarseness, laryngealspasms, upper respiratory tract edema, chest pains, as well has headache, and palpitations. Inhalation of high concentrationscan result in corrosive burns, necrosis of bronchial epithelium, constriction of the larynx and bronchi, nasospetal perforation,glottal closure, occur, particularly if exposure is prolonged. May affect the liver. Ingestion: May be fatal if swallowed. Causesirritation and burning, ulceration, or perforation of the gastrointestinal tract and resultant peritonitis, gastric hemorrhage andinfection. Can also cause nausea, vomitting (with "coffee ground" emesis), diarrhea, thirst, difficulty swallowing, salivation,chills, fever, uneasiness, shock, strictures and stenosis (esophogeal, gastric, pyloric). May affect behavior (excitement), thecardiovascular system (weak rapid pulse, tachycardia), respiration (shallow respiration), and urinary system (kidneys- renalfailure, nephritis). Acute exposure via inhalation or ingestion can also cause erosion of tooth enamel. Chronic Potential HealthEffects: dyspnea, bronchitis. Chemical pneumonitis and pulmonary edema can also








Waste Disposal:

ABC

Text Box

A-51

Waste must be disposed of in accordance with federal, state and local environmental control regulations.


DOT Classification: Class 8: Corrosive material

Identification: : Hydrochloric acid, solution UNNA: 1789 PG: II



Federal and State Regulations:Connecticut hazardous material survey.: Hydrochloric acid Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Hydrochloricacid Illinois chemical safety act: Hydrochloric acid New York release reporting list: Hydrochloric acid Rhode Island RTKhazardous substances: Hydrochloric acid Pennsylvania RTK: Hydrochloric acid Minnesota: Hydrochloric acid MassachusettsRTK: Hydrochloric acid Massachusetts spill list: Hydrochloric acid New Jersey: Hydrochloric acid New Jersey spill list:Hydrochloric acid Louisiana RTK reporting list: Hydrochloric acid Louisiana spill reporting: Hydrochloric acid CaliforniaDirector's List of Hazardous Substances: Hydrochloric acid TSCA 8(b) inventory: Hydrochloric acid TSCA 4(a) proposed testrules: Hydrochloric acid SARA 302/304/311/312 extremely hazardous substances: Hydrochloric acid SARA 313 toxic chemicalnotification and release reporting: Hydrochloric acid CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Hydrochloric acid: 5000 lbs. (2268 kg)



WHMIS (Canada):CLASS D-2A: Material causing other toxic effects (VERY TOXIC). CLASS E: Corrosive liquid.

DSCL (EEC):R34- Causes burns. R37- Irritating to respiratory system. S26- In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty ofwater and seek medical advice. S45- In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately (show the labelwhere possible).

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 3

Fire Hazard: 0

Reactivity: 1

Personal Protection:


Health: 3

Flammability: 0

Reactivity: 1

Specific hazard:

Protective Equipment:Gloves. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wear appropriate respiratorwhen ventilation is inadequate. Face shield.


ABC

Text Box

A-52

References:-Hawley, G.G.. The Condensed Chemical Dictionary, 11e ed., New York N.Y., Van Nostrand Reinold, 1987. -SAX, N.I.Dangerous Properties of Indutrial Materials. Toronto, Van Nostrand Reinold, 6e ed. 1984. -The Sigma-Aldrich Library ofChemical Safety Data, Edition II. -Guide de la loi et du règlement sur le transport des marchandises dangeureuses au canada.Centre de conformité internatinal Ltée. 1986.


Created: 10/09/2005 05:45 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM


ABC

Text Box

A-53

3 2 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


2

3

0

H

Material Safety Data SheetAcetonitrile MSDS


Product Name: Acetonitrile

Catalog Codes: SLA3625, SLA1279, SLA1942

CAS#: 75-05-8

RTECS: AL7700000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Acetonitrile


Synonym: Methyl Cyanide

Chemical Name: Acetonitrile

Chemical Formula: CH3CN









Composition:


Acetonitrile 75-05-8 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Acetonitrile: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 2460 mg/kg [Rat.]. 269 mg/kg [Mouse]. DERMAL(LD50): Acute: 1250 mg/kg [Rabbit.].


Potential Acute Health Effects:Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case ofskin contact (permeator). Severe over-exposure can result in death.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Classified Reproductive system/toxin/female, Reproductive system/toxin/male [SUSPECTED].The substance is toxic to blood, kidneys, lungs, liver, mucous membranes, gastrointestinal tract, upper respiratory tract,skin, eyes, central nervous system (CNS). The substance may be toxic to the reproductive system. Repeated or prolongedexposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated exposure to a highly toxic material may producegeneral deterioration of health by an accumulation in one or many human organs.



ABC

Text Box

A-54











Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 2°C (35.6°F). OPEN CUP: 5.6°C (42.1°F) (Cleveland).

Flammable Limits: LOWER: 4.4% UPPER: 16%


Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Highly flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat, ofoxidizing materials.



Special Remarks on Fire Hazards: Store under nitrogen.




Large Spill:

ABC

Text Box

A-55

Flammable liquid. Poisonous liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk.Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilledmaterial. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Callfor assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on theMSDS and with local authorities.


Precautions:Keep locked up.. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Donot ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation, wearsuitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoidcontact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, reducing agents, acids, alkalis, moisture.

Storage:Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed andsealed until ready for use. Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame). Do not store above 23°C (73.4°F).





Exposure Limits:TWA: 40 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] [1999] STEL: 60 from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] [1999] TWA: 20 (ppm)from NIOSH TWA: 40 STEL: 60 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] Consult local authorities for acceptable exposurelimits.


Physical state and appearance: Liquid. (Liquid.)

Odor: Aromatic; Ether-like (Strong.)

Taste: Burning, sweetish


Color: Colorless.

pH (1% soln/water): 7 [Neutral.]

Boiling Point: 81.6 (178.9°F)




Vapor Pressure: 9.7kPa (@ 20°C)

ABC

Text Box

A-56



Odor Threshold: Not available.



Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water, methanol.

Solubility: Soluble in cold water, hot water, methanol.




Conditions of Instability: Not available.

Incompatibility with various substances: Reactive with oxidizing agents, reducing agents, acids, alkalis, moisture.


Special Remarks on Reactivity: High dielectric constant; high polarity; strongly reactive.





Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 269 mg/kg [Mouse]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 1250 mg/kg [Rabbit.]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50):7551 8 hours [Rat.].

Chronic Effects on Humans:DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Classified Reproductive system/toxin/female, Reproductive system/toxin/male [SUSPECTED].Causes damage to the following organs: blood, kidneys, lungs, liver, mucous membranes, gastrointestinal tract, upperrespiratory tract, skin, eyes, central nervous system (CNS). May cause damage to the following organs: the reproductivesystem.



Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans: Not available.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans: Material is irritating to mucous membranes and upper respiratorytract.


Ecotoxicity: Ecotoxicity in water (LC50): 1020 mg/l 96 hours [Fish (Fathead Minnow)]. 1850 mg/l 96 hours [Fish (bluegill)].


ABC

Text Box

A-57





Waste Disposal:



Identification: : Acetonitrile UNNA: UN1648 PG: II



Federal and State Regulations:New York release reporting list: Acetonitrile Rhode Island RTK hazardous substances: Acetonitrile Pennsylvania RTK:Acetonitrile Florida: Acetonitrile Minnesota: Acetonitrile Massachusetts RTK: Acetonitrile New Jersey: Acetonitrile TSCA 8(b)inventory: Acetonitrile TSCA 8(a) PAIR: Acetonitrile TSCA 8(d) H and S data reporting: Acetonitrile: 1992 SARA 313 toxicchemical notification and release reporting: Acetonitrile CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Acetonitrile: 5000 lbs. (2268 kg)



WHMIS (Canada):CLASS B-2: Flammable liquid with a flash point lower than 37.8°C (100°F). CLASS D-1B: Material causing immediate andserious toxic effects (TOXIC). CLASS D-2B: Material causing other toxic effects (TOXIC).

DSCL (EEC):R11- Highly flammable. R23/24/25- Toxic by inhalation, in contact with skin and if swallowed. S16- Keep away from sources ofignition - No smoking. S27- Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. S45- In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seekmedical advice immediately (show the label where possible).

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 3

Reactivity: 0



Health: 2

Flammability: 3

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:

ABC

Text Box

A-58



References:-Hawley, G.G.. The Condensed Chemical Dictionary, 11e ed., New York N.Y., Van Nostrand Reinold, 1987. -Material safetydata sheet emitted by: la Commission de la SantÃ© et de la SÃ©curitÃ© du Travail du QuÃ©bec. -SAX, N.I. DangerousProperties of Indutrial Materials. Toronto, Van Nostrand Reinold, 6e ed. 1984. -The Sigma-Aldrich Library of Chemical SafetyData, Edition II. -Guide de la loi et du rÃ¨glement sur le transport des marchandises dangeureuses au canada. Centre deconformitÃ© internatinal LtÃ©e. 1986.


Created: 10/10/2005 08:35 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM


ABC

Text Box

A-59

0 3 1

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


3

0

2

J

Material Safety Data SheetSodium hydroxide MSDS


Product Name: Sodium hydroxide

Catalog Codes: SLS3298, SLS1081, SLS2503, SLS3925,SLS1705

CAS#: 1310-73-2

RTECS: WB4900000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Sodium hydroxide

CI#: Not available.

Synonym: Caustic Soda

Chemical Name: Sodium Hydroxide

Chemical Formula: NaOH









Composition:


Sodium hydroxide 1310-73-2 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Sodium hydroxide LD50: Not available. LC50: Not available.


Potential Acute Health Effects:Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant, corrosive), of ingestion,of inhalation. The amount of tissue damage depends on length of contact. Eye contact can result in corneal damage orblindness. Skin contact can produce inflammation and blistering. Inhalation of dust will produce irritation to gastro-intestinal orrespiratory tract, characterized by burning, sneezing and coughing. Severe over-exposure can produce lung damage, choking,unconsciousness or death. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation ischaracterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells.TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance may be toxic tomucous membranes, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce targetorgans damage. Repeated exposure of the eyes to a low level of dust can produce eye irritation. Repeated skin exposure canproduce local skin destruction, or dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of dust can produce varying degree of respiratory irritation orlung damage.


ABC

Text Box

A-60


Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention immediately.





Ingestion:Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconsciousperson. If large quantities of this material are swallowed, call a physician immediately. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar,tie, belt or waistband.



Flammability of the Product: Non-flammable.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not applicable.

Flash Points: Not applicable.

Flammable Limits: Not applicable.

Products of Combustion: Not available.

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: metals

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product inpresence of static discharge: Not available. Slightly explosive in presence of heat.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Not available

Special Remarks on Fire Hazards:sodium hydroxide + zinc metal dust causes ignition of the latter. Under proper conditions of temperature, pressure and stateof division, it can ignite or react violently with acetaldehyde, ally alcohol, allyl chloride, benzene-1,4-diol, chlorine trifluoride,1,2 dichlorethylene, nitroethane, nitromethane, nitroparaffins, nitropropane, cinnamaldehyde, 2,2-dichloro-3,3-dimethylbutane.Sodium hydroxide in contact with water may generate enough heat to ignite adjacent combustible materials. Phosphorousboiled with NaOH yields mixed phosphines which may ignite spontanously in air. sodium hydroxide and cinnamaldehyde +heat may cause ignition. Reaction with certain metals releases flammable and explosive hydrogen gas.

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:Sodium hydroxide reacts to form explosive products with ammonia + silver nitrate. Benzene extract of allyl benzenesulfonateprepared from allyl alcohol, and benzene sulfonyl chloride in presence of aquesous sodium hydroxide, under vacuumdistillation, residue darkened and exploded. Sodium Hydroxde + impure tetrahydrofuran, which can contain peroxides, can

ABC

Text Box

A-61

cause serious explosions. Dry mixtures of sodium hydroxide and sodium tetrahydroborate liberate hydrogen explosively at230-270 deg. C. Sodium Hydroxide reacts with sodium salt of trichlorophenol + methyl alcohol + trichlorobenzene + heat tocause an explosion.


Small Spill:Use appropriate tools to put the spilled solid in a convenient waste disposal container. If necessary: Neutralize the residue witha dilute solution of acetic acid.

Large Spill:Corrosive solid. Stop leak if without risk. Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilled material. Use water sprayto reduce vapors. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal.Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of acetic acid. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration levelabove TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.


Precautions:Keep container dry. Do not breathe dust. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitablerespiratory equipment. If you feel unwell, seek medical attention and show the label when possible. Avoid contact with skinand eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, reducing agents, metals, acids, alkalis, moisture.

Storage: Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Hygroscopic. Deliquescent.


Engineering Controls:Use process enclosures, local exhaust ventilation, or other engineering controls to keep airborne levels below recommendedexposure limits. If user operations generate dust, fume or mist, use ventilation to keep exposure to airborne contaminantsbelow the exposure limit.

Personal Protection:Splash goggles. Synthetic apron. Vapor and dust respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent.Gloves.

Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill:Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor and dust respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used toavoid inhalation of the product. Suggested protective clothing might not be sufficient; consult a specialist BEFORE handlingthis product.

Exposure Limits:STEL: 2 (mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] TWA: 2 CEIL: 2 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] CEIL: 2 (mg/m3) from NIOSHConsult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.


Physical state and appearance: Solid. (Deliquescent solid.)

Odor: Odorless.


Molecular Weight: 40 g/mole

Color: White.

ABC

Text Box

A-62

pH (1% soln/water): 13.5 [Basic.]


Melting Point: 323°C (613.4°F)



Vapor Pressure: Not applicable.

Vapor Density: Not available.


Odor Threshold: Not available.



Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water.

Solubility: Easily soluble in cold water.




Conditions of Instability: Incompatible materials, moisture, moist air

Incompatibility with various substances:Highly reactive with metals. Reactive with oxidizing agents, reducing agents, acids, alkalis, moisture.

Corrosivity: Not available.

Special Remarks on Reactivity:Hygroscopic. Much heat is evolved when solid material is dissolved in water. Therefore cold water and caution must be usedfor this process. Sodium hydroxide solution and octanol + diborane during a work-up of a reaction mixture of oxime anddiborane in tetrahyrofuran is very exothermic, a mild explosion being noted on one occassion. Reactive with water, acids(mineral, non-oxidizing, e.g. hydrochloric, hydrofluoric acid, muriatic acid, phosphoric), acids (mineral, oxidizing e.g. chromicacid, hypochlorous acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid), acids (organic e.g. acetic acid, benzoic acid, formic acid, methanoic acid,oxalic acid), aldehydes (e.g. acetaldehyde, acrolein, chloral hydrate, foraldehyde), carbamates (e.g. carbanolate, carbofuran),esters (e.g. butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl formate), halogenated organics (dibromoethane, hexachlorobenzene, methylchloride, trichloroethylene), isocyanates (e.g. methyl isocyanate), ketones (acetone, acetophenone, MEK, MIBK), acidchlorides, strong bases, strong oxidizing agents, strong reducing agents, flammable liquids, powdered metals and metals (i.ealuminum, tin, zinc, hafnium, raney nickel), metals (alkali and alkaline e.g. cesium, potassium, sodium), metal compounds(toxic e.g. berylium, lead acetate, nickel carbonyl, tetraethyl lead), mitrides (e.g. potassium nitride, sodium nitride), nitriles(e.g. acetonitrile, methyl cyanide), nitro compounds (organic e.g. nitrobenzene, nitromethane), acetic anhydride, chlorohydrin,chlorosulfonic acid, ethylene cyanohydrin, glyoxal, hydrosulfuric acid, oleum, propiolactone, acylonitrile, phorosous pentoxide,chloroethanol, chloroform-methanol, tetrahydroborate, cyanogen azide, 1,2,4,5 tetrachlorobenzene, cinnamaldehyde. Reactswith formaldehyde hydroxide to yield formic acid, and hydrogen.

Special Remarks on Corrosivity: Very caustic to aluminum and other metals in presence of moisture.




ABC

Text Box

A-63

Toxicity to Animals:LD50: Not available. LC50: Not available.

Chronic Effects on Humans:MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. May cause damage to the following organs: mucousmembranes, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Extremely hazardous in case of inhalation (lung corrosive). Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant,permeator), of eye contact (corrosive), of ingestion, .

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals:Lowest Published Lethal Dose: LDL [Rabbit] - Route: Oral; Dose: 500 mg/kg

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans: May affect genetic material. Investigation as a mutagen (cytogeneticanalysis)











DOT Classification: Class 8: Corrosive material

Identification: : Sodium hydroxide, solid UNNA: 1823 PG: II



Federal and State Regulations:Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Sodium hydroxide Illinois chemical safety act: Sodium hydroxide NewYork release reporting list: Sodium hydroxide Rhode Island RTK hazardous substances: Sodium hydroxide PennsylvaniaRTK: Sodium hydroxide Minnesota: Sodium hydroxide Massachusetts RTK: Sodium hydroxide New Jersey: Sodium hydroxideLouisiana spill reporting: Sodium hydroxide California Director's List of Hazardous Substances: Sodium hydroxide TSCA 8(b)inventory: Sodium hydroxide CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Sodium hydroxide: 1000 lbs. (453.6 kg)


ABC

Text Box

A-64


WHMIS (Canada): CLASS E: Corrosive solid.

DSCL (EEC):R35- Causes severe burns. S26- In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medical advice.S37/39- Wear suitable gloves and eye/face protection. S45- In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical adviceimmediately (show the label where possible).

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 3

Fire Hazard: 0

Reactivity: 2

Personal Protection: j


Health: 3

Flammability: 0

Reactivity: 1

Specific hazard:

Protective Equipment:Gloves. Synthetic apron. Vapor and dust respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wearappropriate respirator when ventilation is inadequate. Splash goggles.




Created: 10/09/2005 06:32 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM


ABC

Text Box

A-65

3 2 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


2

3

0

H

Material Safety Data SheetToluene MSDS


Product Name: Toluene

Catalog Codes: SLT2857, SLT3277

CAS#: 108-88-3

RTECS: XS5250000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Toluene

CI#: Not available.

Synonym: Toluol, Tolu-Sol; Methylbenzene; Methacide;Phenylmethane; Methylbenzol

Chemical Name: Toluene

Chemical Formula: C6-H5-CH3 or C7-H8









Composition:


Toluene 108-88-3 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Toluene: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 636 mg/kg [Rat]. DERMAL (LD50): Acute: 14100 mg/kg[Rabbit]. VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 49000 mg/m 4 hours [Rat]. 440 ppm 24 hours [Mouse].


Potential Acute Health Effects:Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case ofskin contact (permeator).

Potential Chronic Health Effects:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: A4 (Not classifiable for human or animal.) by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC.MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Notavailable. The substance may be toxic to blood, kidneys, the nervous system, liver, brain, central nervous system (CNS).Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage.



ABC

Text Box

A-66

Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Get medical attention.

Skin Contact:In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Remove contaminatedclothing and shoes. Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse. Get medical attention.


Inhalation:If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medicalattention.

Serious Inhalation:Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Ifbreathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. WARNING: It maybe hazardous to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation when the inhaled material is toxic, infectious orcorrosive. Seek medical attention.

Ingestion:Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconsciousperson. If large quantities of this material are swallowed, call a physician immediately. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar,tie, belt or waistband.





Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 4.4444°C (40°F). (Setaflash) OPEN CUP: 16°C (60.8°F).



Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks.


Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:Flammable liquid, insoluble in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use water spray or fog.


Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:Toluene forms explosive reaction with 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethyl-2,4-imidazolididione; dinitrogen tetraoxide; concentrated nitricacid, sulfuric acid + nitric acid; N2O4; AgClO4; BrF3; Uranium hexafluoride; sulfur dichloride. Also forms an explosive mixturewith tetranitromethane.



ABC

Text Box

A-67

Large Spill:Toxic flammable liquid, insoluble or very slightly soluble in water. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition.Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container.Do not touch spilled material. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance ondisposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with localauthorities.


Precautions:Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do notbreathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratoryequipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin andeyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents.






Exposure Limits:TWA: 200 STEL: 500 CEIL: 300 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] TWA: 50 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States]SKIN TWA: 100 STEL: 150 from NIOSH [United States] TWA: 375 STEL: 560 (mg/m3) from NIOSH [United States] Consultlocal authorities for acceptable exposure limits.



Odor: Sweet, pungent, Benzene-like.



Color: Colorless.

pH (1% soln/water): Not applicable.


Melting Point: -95°C (-139°F)

Critical Temperature: 318.6°C (605.5°F)


ABC

Text Box

A-68




Odor Threshold: 1.6 ppm




Solubility:Soluble in diethyl ether, acetone. Practically insoluble in cold water. Soluble in ethanol, benzene, chloroform, glacial aceticacid, carbon disulfide. Solubility in water: 0.561 g/l @ 25 deg. C.




Conditions of Instability: Heat, ignition sources (flames, sparks, static), incompatible materials

Incompatibility with various substances: Reactive with oxidizing agents.


Special Remarks on Reactivity:Incompatible with strong oxidizers, silver perchlorate, sodium difluoride, Tetranitromethane, Uranium Hexafluoride. FrozenBromine Trifluoride reacts violently with Toluene at -80 deg. C. Reacts chemically with nitrogen oxides, or halogens to formnitrotoluene, nitrobenzene, and nitrophenol and halogenated products, respectively.





Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 636 mg/kg [Rat]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 14100 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 44024 hours [Mouse].

Chronic Effects on Humans:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: A4 (Not classifiable for human or animal.) by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC.May cause damage to the following organs: blood, kidneys, the nervous system, liver, brain, central nervous system (CNS).


Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals:Lowest Published Lethal Dose: LDL [Human] - Route: Oral; Dose: 50 mg/kg LCL [Rabbit] - Route: Inhalation; Dose: 55000ppm/40min

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:Detected in maternal milk in human. Passes through the placental barrier in human. Embryotoxic and/or foetotoxic in animal.May cause adverse reproductive effects and birth defects (teratogenic). May affect genetic material (mutagenic)


ABC

Text Box

A-69

Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: Causes mild to moderate skin irritation. It can be absorbed to some extent throughthe skin. Eyes: Cauess mild to moderate eye irritation with a burning sensation. Splash contact with eyes also causesconjunctivitis, blepharospasm, corneal edema, corneal abraisons. This usually resolves in 2 days. Inhalation: Inhalationof vapor may cause respiratory tract irritation causing coughing and wheezing, and nasal discharge. Inhalation of highconcentrations may affect behavior and cause central nervous system effects characterized by nausea, headache, dizziness,tremors, restlessness, lightheadedness, exhilaration, memory loss, insomnia, impaired reaction time, drowsiness, ataxia,hallucinations, somnolence, muscle contraction or spasticity, unconsciousness and coma. Inhalation of high concentration ofvapor may also affect the cardiovascular system (rapid heart beat, heart palpitations, increased or decreased blood pressure,dysrhythmia, ), respiration (acute pulmonary edema, respiratory depression, apnea, asphyxia), cause vision disturbancesand dilated pupils, and cause loss of appetite. Ingestion: Aspiration hazard. Aspiration of Toluene into the lungs may causechemical pneumonitis. May cause irritation of the digestive tract with nausea, vomiting, pain. May have effects similar to thatof acute inhalation. Chronic Potential Health Effects: Inhalation and Ingestion: Prolonged or repeated exposure via inhalationmay cause central nervous system and cardiovascular symptoms similar to that of acute inhalation and ingestion as well liverdamage/failure, kidney damage/failure (with hematuria, proteinuria, oliguria, renal tubular acidosis), brain damage, weightloss, blood (pigmented or nucleated red blood cells, changes in white blood cell count), bone marrow changes, electrolyteimbalances (Hypokalemia, Hypophostatemia), severe, muscle weakness and Rhabdomyolysis. Skin: Repeated or prolongedskin contact may cause defatting dermatitis.


Ecotoxicity:Ecotoxicity in water (LC50): 313 mg/l 48 hours [Daphnia (daphnia)]. 17 mg/l 24 hours [Fish (Blue Gill)]. 13 mg/l 96 hours [Fish(Blue Gill)]. 56 mg/l 24 hours [Fish (Fathead minnow)]. 34 mg/l 96 hours [Fish (Fathead minnow)]. 56.8 ppm any hours [Fish(Goldfish)].









Identification: : Toluene UNNA: 1294 PG: II



Federal and State Regulations:California prop. 65: This product contains the following ingredients for which the State of California has found to cause cancer,birth defects or other reproductive harm, which would require a warning under the statute: Toluene California prop. 65 (nosignificant risk level): Toluene: 7 mg/day (value) California prop. 65 (acceptable daily intake level): Toluene: 7 mg/day (value)California prop. 65: This product contains the following ingredients for which the State of California has found to cause birthdefects which would require a warning under the statute: Toluene Connecticut hazardous material survey.: Toluene Illinois

ABC

Text Box

A-70

toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Toluene Illinois chemical safety act: Toluene New York release reporting list:Toluene Rhode Island RTK hazardous substances: Toluene Pennsylvania RTK: Toluene Florida: Toluene Minnesota: TolueneMichigan critical material: Toluene Massachusetts RTK: Toluene Massachusetts spill list: Toluene New Jersey: Toluene NewJersey spill list: Toluene Louisiana spill reporting: Toluene California Director's List of Hazardous Substances.: Toluene TSCA8(b) inventory: Toluene TSCA 8(d) H and S data reporting: Toluene: Effective date: 10/04/82; Sunset Date: 10/0/92 SARA 313toxic chemical notification and release reporting: Toluene CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Toluene: 1000 lbs. (453.6 kg)



WHMIS (Canada):CLASS B-2: Flammable liquid with a flash point lower than 37.8°C (100°F). CLASS D-2A: Material causing other toxic effects(VERY TOXIC).

DSCL (EEC):R11- Highly flammable. R20- Harmful by inhalation. S16- Keep away from sources of ignition - No smoking. S25- Avoidcontact with eyes. S29- Do not empty into drains. S33- Take precautionary measures against static discharges.

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 3

Reactivity: 0



Health: 2

Flammability: 3

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:





Created: 10/10/2005 08:30 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM


ABC

Text Box

A-71

Annexure-IV Photographs of proposed plant site

A-72

Photographs of Propsoed plant site

Annexure-V

Land documents

ABC

Text Box

A-74

ABC

Text Box

A-75

ABC

Text Box

A-76

Annexure-VI

Manufacturing process

Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd.

A-77

Manufacturing Process of all products

1. Fenpropimorph

Process Description

Step-1

The desired quantities of MDC, 4-tert butyl benzene, propionyl chloride, Aluminum

chloride are added under stirring in to the reactor. The stirred mixture is heated to

reflux temperature till the whole reactants reached to desired level. Once the

reaction is over, the mass is cooled and poured in the mixture of Aq. HCl + water &

layers are separated. The Aqueous layer is further washed with MDC and combined

with organic layer. The excess solvent is recovered from organic layer for re-cycling

& the product obtained is taken to the next step.

Step-2

The desired quantities of DMF, Phosphorus oxychloride are charged along with

intermediate product from step-1 to the reactor. The stirred mixture is heated to

reflux temperature, till the whole reactants are homogenized reached to desired

level. Once the reaction is over, remove excess DMF & the mass is neutralized with

30% NaOH and cooled. Then separated aqueous layer is further extracted with EDC

and combined organic layer is washed with water. The excess solvent is recovered

for re-cycling and the left over residue mass is taken for further processing.

Step-3

The desired quantities of Methanol, catalyst, 30% Aq. NaOH are charged along with

step-2 product in to the reactor. Hydrogen gas addition is done at controlled

pressure to the reaction mass. Once the reaction is over, the mass is cooled and

catalyst is filtered for recycling. EDC is added into the mass and layers are

separated. The excess solvent is recovered for re-cycling and the left over mass is

taken for further processing.

Step-4

The desired quantities of Toluene, catalyst, 2, 6-dimethylmorpholine are charge

along with product from step-3 into the reactor. Hydrogen gas addition is done at

controlled pressure to the reaction mass. Once the reaction is over the mass is

cooled and catalyst is filtered for recycling. The excess solvent is recovered for re-

cycling and the left over mass is taken for filtration & the wet product is dried as a

finished product.


A-78

Chemical Reaction

Step-I

Step-II

Step-III

Step-IV


A-79

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

MDC 11415

4-tert butyl benzene 633

propionyl chloride 436 11187 MDC

Aluminium chloride 629 5250 Aq. Layer

Water 4075 228 Residue

HCl 224

DMF 1572 1415 DMF

Phosphorous oxychloride 1815 5600 EDC

30%NaOH 2830 350 HCl gas

Water 1965 5901 Aq. Layer

EDC 5895 295 Residue

Catalyst 13

Methanol 402 13 Catalyst

30%NaOH 503 1767 EDC


Hyrogen gas 10 93 Residue

EDC 1860

Toluene 2552

Catalyst 52 52 Catalyst

2,6-dimethylmorpholine 402 2424 Toluene

Hyrogen gas 10 218 Residue

370 Drying loss

1000 Product

Total 37796 37796

Product Drying

Reaction step 4

Flow Diagram-Fenpropimorph

Reaction step 1

Reaction step 2

Reaction step 3


A-80

2. Lambda Cyhalothrin

Process description

Step-1

The desired quantities of lambda acid, Hexane (solvent) and Thionyl chloride are

charge along with catalyst in to the reactor. The stirred mixture is heated to

reaction temperature till the whole reactants reached to desired level. Off gases

like, sulfur di oxide and HCl is scrubbed.

Once the reaction is over the excess solvent is recovered for re-cycling & the

intermediate mass is cooled for further step.

Step-2 & Step-3

The desired quantities of Hexane (solvent), water, sodium cyanide, MPB and TEA

are charge along with Intermediate-01 from step-1 into the reactor. The stirred

mixture is heated to reaction temperature till the whole reactants reached to

desired level.

Once the reaction is over the water is added and Organic & Aqueous layer are

separated. Organic layer is washed with sodium hypochlorite solution the excess

solvent from organic layer is recovered for re-cycling & the mass is cooled to get

crude product, which is further purified by IPA crystallization. The product is filtered

and dried. Solvent IPA from mother liquor is recovered and recycled.

Chemical Reaction

Step-1

Step-2


A-81

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

Hexane 1320

Lambda acid 625 1255 Hexane

Catalyst 8 370 SO2 + HCl

Thionyl chloride 310

Hexane 1980

Sodium cyanide 180 1881 Hexane

Meta phenoxy benzaldehyde 445 3724 Aq. Layer

TEA 40 175 Residue

Water 2600

Sodium hypo chloride 800

5649 IPA

IPA 5946 1000 Product

200 Residue

Total 14254 14254

Flow Diagram-Lambda Cyhalothrin

Reaction step 1

Reaction step 2

Reaction step 3


A-82

3. Tebuconazole

Process description

Step-1

The desired quantities of Toluene, p-chlorobenzaldehyde, pinacolne, 5% aq. NaOH

and Methanol are added in to the reactor. The stirred mixture is heated to

reaction temperature till the whole reactants reached to desired level. Once the

reaction is over. The mass is cooled & layers are separated. The organic layer is

further washed with water. The excess solvent is recovered from organic layer for

re-cycling & the product obtained is taken to for further step.

Step-2

The desired quantities of Catalyst, THF and 5%NaOH are charged along with step-

1 product in to the reactor. Hydrogen gas addition is done at controlled pressure

to the reaction mass. Once the reaction is over the mass is cooled and catalyst is

filtered for recycling. The excess solvent is recovered for re-cycling and the left

over mass is taken for further processing.

Step-3

The desired quantities of THF, Triethylsulfonium iodide and Potassium hydroxide

flakes are charged along with product from step-2 in to the reactor. The stirred

mixture is heated to reaction temperature till the whole reactants reached to

desired level. Once the reaction is over the excess solvent is recovered for re-

cycling & the intermediate mass is cooled and then further extracted with ethyl

acetate and water.

The intermediate product is recovered after distilling ethyl acetate and water.

Step-4

The desired quantities of 1,2,4-triazole,ethanol are charge along with product

from step-3 in to the reactor. The stirred mixture is heated to reaction

temperature till the whole reactants reached to desired level. Once the reaction is

over the excess solvent is recovered for re-cycling & the finished product is

cooled, filtered and dried to get finished product.


A-83

Chemical Reaction

Step-1

M.W-100.16 M.W-140.57 M.W-222.71

Step-2

H2

CH3

C C CH2

OCH3

CH3 CH2 ClClCH3

CH3 O

CC

CH3

CH CHRaney Ni

M.W-222.71 M.W-224.73

Step-3

CH3

C C CH2

OCH3

CH3 CH2 Cl +(CH3)3S+I- CH2CH3

CH3O

CH2CC

CH3

CH2

Cl

M.W-224.73 M.W-238.75

Step-4

CH2CH3

CH3O

CH2CC

CH3

CH2

Cl

1,2,4-triazole

HN

N

N

Cl CH2 CH2 C

OH

C(CH3)3

CH2

N

N

N

M.W-238.75 M.W-69.07 M.W-307.82

CH 3 C C

CH 3

CH 3

CH 3

O

+ Cl CHO Cl CH 3

CH 3 O

C C

CH 3

CH CH


A-84

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

Toluene 780

p-chlorobenzaldehyde 600 741 Toluene

Pinacolne 428 3808 Aq. Layer

5%NaOH 300 39 Residue

Methanol 400

Water 3000

Catalyst 5 5 catalyst

THF 600 570 TFH

5%NaOH 220 320 Water

Hydrogen gas 20

THF 1800

Triethylsulfonium iodide 840 3882 Ethyl acetate and water

Potassium hydroxide flakes 260 1710 TFH


Ethyl acetate 3760

1,2,4-triazole 320 2536 Ethanol

Ethanol 2670 3954 Aq. Layer

Water 3600 1000 Product

Total 20643 20643

Reaction step 4

Flow Diagram-Tebuconazole

Reaction step 1

Reaction step 2

Reaction step 3


A-85

4. Thiamethoxam

Process description

The desired quantities of DMC (solvent), 2-chloro-5-chloromethyltriazole, 3-Methyl

1-1-Nitroimino-perahydrooxadiazine and Catalyst are charged along with K2CO3 into

the reactor. The stirred mixture is heated to reaction temp till the whole reactants

reached to desired level.

Once the reaction is over, the reaction mass pH is adjusted with HCl & Water. The

excess solvent from organic layer is recovered for re-cycling & the product is

cooled, filtered & dried.

Chemical Reaction

M.W-168.04 M.W-160.13 M.W-291.71

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

N,N Dimethyl Carbonate (DMC) 4774

2-chloro-5- chloromethyltriazole 764

3-Methyl 1-1-Nitroimino-

perahydrooxadiazine836 5298 Aq. Layer

Methyl amonium hydroxide

penta hydrate18

K2CO3 1100

Water 2725

HCl 1182 4536 DMC

155 Residue

410 Drying loss

1000 Product

Total 11399 11399

Flow Diagram-Thiamethoxam

Reaction

Filtration

Product Drying


A-86

5. Thiodicarb

Process description

The desired quantities of Pyridine, Sulfurdichloride and Methonyl (solid) are charged

at low temp into the reactor. The mixture is stirred to reaction temp. till the whole

reactants reached to desired level.

Once the reaction is over, water is added in to the reaction mass & the mass is

cooled and product is filtered. Excess solvent is recovered from mother liquor and

recycled.

Chemical Reaction

In-situ reaction

C H 3

N H

O

O

N C H 3

SCH 3

S N

N

C H 3

C H 3

O

O

N C H 3

SCH 3 O

O N C H 3

SCH 3 THD

Molecular Formula = C 10 H 18 N 4 O 4 S 3 Formula Weight = 354.46932

Molecular Formula = C 5 H 10 N 2 O 2 S Formula Weight = 162.2101

Methomyl

SCl 2 +

N

2

N S N

+ + Cl- Cl-

Adduct

Pyridine Molecular Formula = C 5 H 5 N Formula Weight = 79.0999

+ N S N

+ + Cl- Cl-

Adduct


A-87

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

Pyridine 840

Sulfurdichloride 218

Methonyl (Solid) 508 4038 Aq. Layer

Water 3556

NaoH 229 815 Pyridine

NaCl 448 66 Residue

380 Drying Loss

500 Product

Total 5799 5799

Flow Diagram-Thiodicarb

Reaction

Filtration

Product Drying


A-88

6. Imidacloprid

Process Description

The desired quantities of Butanone, 2-nitroimineimidazolidine, potassium carbonate

and 2-chloro-5-chloromethyl pyridine are charged along with catalyst in to reactor.

The stirred mixture is heated to reflux till the whole reactants reached to desired

level.

Once the reaction is over the excess solvent is recovered for re-cycling & the mass

is cooled. Water is added to the mass and product is filtered.

Re-crystallization of the technical product in ethanol is carried out to reach final

product specification after drying. Ethanol is recovered and recycled.

Chemical Reaction

M.W-162.02 M.W-130.11 M.W-255.66

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

Butanone 1200

2-nitroimineimedazolelidine 510

2-chloro,5-chloromethylpyridine 577 1223 Aq. Layer

Catalyst 4

K2CO3 491

Water 750

Ethanol 1200 1140 Butanone

1140 Ethanol

109 Residue

1000 Product

120 Drying loss

Total 4732 4732

Product Drying

Flow Diagram-Imidacloprid

Reaction

Filtration


A-89

7. Dicamba

Process Description

Step-1

The desired quantities of Methanol, 1,2,4- Trichlorobenzene and sodium hydroxide

flakes are added in to the reactor. The stirred mixture is heated to reaction

temperature and pressure till the whole reactants reached to desired level. Once

the reaction is over, the mass is cooled. The reaction mass pH is adjusted with HCl

& Water. Then layers are separated. The aqueous layer is neutralized with NaOH

and methanol is recovered for recycling. The Product is recovered from organic

layer by fractionation and is taken for further processing.

Step-2

The desired quantities of Xylene, 48% aq. KOH are charged along with product

from step-1 (2,5 dichloro phenol) in to the reactor. The stirred mixture is heated to

reflux temperature and water is removed during reaction, the mass is cooled.

Potassium carbonate and CO2 is added to the reaction mass at desired temperature

and pressure till the whole reactants reached to desired level. Once the reaction is

over, the water and HCl is added to isolate the product which is then cooled,

filtered & dried and taken for further processing.

Step-3

The desired quantities of Xylene and 30% aq. NaOH are charged along with

Dimethyl sulfate and step-2 product in to the reactor. The stirred mixture is heated

to reaction temperature till the whole reactants reached to desired level. Once the

reaction is over layers are separated. The solvent is recovered from organic layer

for re-cycling and NaOH solution is added in left over mass. The stirred mixture is

then heated to reflux temperature and reaction generated methanol is distilled out.

Then the mass is cooled and the reaction mass pH is adjusted with HCl & Water to

isolate the product. The wet product is dried as a finished product.


A-90

Chemical Reaction


A-91

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

Methanol 4968

1,2,4- Trichlorobenzene 1499

Sodium hydroxide flakes 994 4720 Methanol


HCl 2029 5397 Aq. Layer

NaOH 156

Xylene 2898

48% KoH 563Anhydrous potassium

carbonate646 2753 Xylene

CO2 gas feeding 251 5830 Aq. Layer

Water 1242HCl 3163

Xylene 1242

%NaOH sol. 3310 1180 Xylene

Water 2202 157 Mathanol

Dimethyl sulfate 1449 7805 Aq. Layer

HCl 806

472 Drying loss

994 Product

Total 29488 29488

Flow Diagram-Dicamba

Reaction step 1

Reaction step 2

Reaction step 3

Product Drying


A-92

8. Boscalid

Process Description

Added the desired quantities of Toluene, triethyl amine & 4-chlorobiphenyl-2-amine

in to the reactor. The solution 2-Chloronicotinylchloride and Toluene is added in to

the reaction mass and stirred at desired temperature until reaction is over.

Once the reaction is completed, add water & heated the mass up to desired temp.

Layers are separated, the Organic layer is further heated up to desired temperature

and cooled up to desired temp., filtered the product & wet cake is dried as a

finished product.

Solvent is recovered and recycled.

Chemical Reaction

NH2

Cl

N Cl

O

Cl

N Cl

O

NH

Cl

M.F. = C6H

3Cl

2NO

F.Wt. = 176.00012

M. F.= C18

H12

Cl2N

2O

F. Wt. = 343.20668

BOSCALID

M.F. = C12

H10

ClN

F. Wt.= 203.6675

2-chloronicotinoyl chloride

+

4'-chlorobiphenyl-2-amine

TEA/ Toluene

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

2-Chloronicotinyl chloride 540

4-chlorobiphenyl-2-amine 625

Triethylamine 100

Toluene 3150

3100 Aq. Layer

2992 Toluene


1000 Product

158 Drying Loss

Total 7415 7415

Flow Diagram-Boscalid

Reaction

Filtration & work up

Product Drying


A-93

9. Mesotrione

Process Description

The desired quantities of 1,3-cyclohexadione, EDC, acetone cyanohydrin, triethyl

amine and 2-nitro-4-methylsulfonyl benzoyl chloride under a nitrogen blanket are

added in to the reactor. Heated the mass up to desired temperature until reaction is

completed.

After the completion of the reaction, cool the reaction mass and water is added. pH

is adjusted by sulfuric acid then layers are separated. Organic layer is washed by

sodium hydroxide solution and layers are separated. Solvent is recovered from

organic layer and recycled. Aqueous layer pH is adjusted by sulfuric acid, Cooled &

filtered to get product. Wet cake is then dried as a finished product.

Chemical Reaction

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

1,3-cyclohexadione 387

Ethylene Dichloride 9000

Acetone Cyanohydrin 107

Triethylamine 100

2-nitro-4-methylsulfonyl

benzoyl chloride 914

Water 3000 8925 EDC

Sulfuric acid sol. 835 301 Residue10% Sodium hudroxide sol. 1000

4935 Aq.Layer

1000 Product

182 Drying Loss

Total 15343 15343

Flow Diagram-Mesotrione

Reaction

Layer separation &

distillation

Drying

Filteration

2-nitro-4-methylsulfonyl

benzoyl chloride

1,3-cyclohexandione Mesotrione


A-94

10. Oxamyl

Process Description

The desired quantities of Acetonitrile, Sodium cynate and Dimethyl sulfate are

charged in to the reactor under nitrogen atmosphere. Heated the mass up to reflux

temp. during process generated gas is purged into another reactor having Methyl-

2-(dimethyl amino)-N-hydroxy-2-oxoethanimidothioate, TEA & Methylene chloride.

Second reactor mass is heated at desired temperature until reaction is completed.

Distilled out the excess solvent from second reactor reaction mass, cooled and

Filtered. Wet cake is washed by Water and dried. The first reactor mass solvent is

also distilled and recycled.

Chemical Reaction

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

Sodium Cyanate 350

Dimethylsulfate 650

Acetonitrile 2800

Methyl-2-(dimethylamino)-N-

hydroxy-2-oxoethanimidothioate737

Trimethyl amine 18

Methylene chloride 3600

3420 Methylene chloride

Water 1500 2660 Acetonitrile

737 Residue

1518 Aq. Layer

1000 Product

320 Drying Loss

Total 9655 9655

Filtration and

Distillation

Drying

Flow Diagram-Oxamyl

Reaction - 1

Reaction - 2

O

S

CH3

N

OH N

CH3

CH3

Molecular Formula = C5H

10N

2O

2S

Formula Weight = 162.2101

methyl (1Z)-2-(dimethylamino)- N-hydroxy-2-oxoethanimidothioate

CH3

NC

O

O

S

CH3

N

O N

CH3

CH3

O

NH

CH3

OXAMYL

Molecular Formula = C7H

13N

3O

3S

Formula Weight = 219.26142


A-95

11. Pyraclostrobin

Process Description

Added the desired quantities of DMF, 1-(4-Chlorophenyl)-3-hydroxy-1H-pyrazole,

potassium carbonate and Methyl [2-(bromomethyl) phenyl] methoxy carbamate in

to the reactor and stirred at Desired temperature until reaction is over.

Once the reaction is completed, Filtered the reaction mass and cake is washed with

water & dried. Solvent is recovered and recycled.

Chemical Reaction

N

NCl

OH

+Br

NH3COOC OCH3

N

N

Cl O

NH3COOC OCH3

MF= C9H

7ClN

2O

FW= 194.61768MF= C

10H

12BrNO

3

FW= 274.11118

MF= C19

H18

ClN3O

4

FW= 387.81692

methyl [2-(bromomethyl) phenyl]methoxycarbamate Pyraclostrobin

1-(4-CHLOROPHENYL)-3-HYDROXY-1H-PYRAZOLE

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

1-(4-Chlorophenyl)-3-hydroxy-1H-pyrazole 530

Methyl [2-(bromomethyl)

phenyl]methoxycarbamate750

Potassium Carbonate 195 120 C02

Dimethyl Formamide 3450

3277 DMF


1958 Aq. Layer

1000 Product

35 Drying Loss

Total 6875 6875

Flow Diagram-Pyraclostrobin

Reaction

Drying

Filtration &

Distillation


A-96

12. Prothioconazole

Process description

The desired quantities of Thiosemicarbazide derivative, Isobutylformate and formic

acid are charged in to the reactor and the reaction mass is heated at desired

temperature until reaction is over. Once the reaction is completed, cool the mass

and Ethyl acetate is added, the reaction mass is washed with 40% ammonium

chloride solution and layers are separated. Solvent from organic layer is recovered

and recycled and product is isolated by filtration. Re-crystallization of the crude

product in Toluene is carried out to reach final product after filtration, wet cake is

dried. Solvent is recovered and recycled.

Chemical Reaction

Cl OH

ClN

NH2

S

NH2

Thiosemicarbazide derivative

HCOOH

-2H2O

Cl OH

Cl

N

NH

NS

Prothioconazole

MF= C13

H17

Cl2N

3OS

FW= 334.26458

MF= C14

H15

Cl2N

3OS

FW= 344.2594

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

Thiosemicarbazide derivative 1040

Isobutyl formate 2500

Formic acid 250

Ethylacetate 3250 3087 Ethyl acetate

Aq. Ammonium chloride 2540 2375 Iso butyl formate2790 Aq. Layer

Aq. Layer-1

2280 Toluene

Toluene 2400 160 Residue

288 Drying Loss

1000 Product

Total 11980 11980

Recrystalisation &

Drying

Flow Diagram-Prothioconazole

Reaction

Work-up and

Distillation


A-97

13. Tefluthrin

Process Description

Added the desired quantities of 3-[(1E)-2-chloro-3, 3, 3-trifluoroprop-1-en-1-yl]-

2,2-dimethylcyclopropane carbonyl chloride, Toluene, 4-methyl-2,3,5,6-

tetratluorobenzyl alcohol and pyridine into the reactor and stirred at desired

temperature until reaction is over.

Once the reaction is completed, Toluene is added and reaction mass is washed

with 5% Hydrochloric acid followed by water and 10% sodium bicarbonate soln.

Layers are separated, solvent from organic layer is recovered and recycled and

product is isolated by filtration and dried.

Solvent is recovered from organic ML and recycled.

Chemical Reaction

CH3

FF

F F

OH

4-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetratluorobenzyl alcohol

Cl

CF3

CH3 CH3

O

Cl

3-[(1E)-2-chloro-3,3,3-trifluoroprop-1-en-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylcyclopropane carbonylchloride

+

Cl CF3

CH3 CH3

O

O

CH3

F

F

F

FTefluthrin

MF = C8H

6F

4O

FW= 194.1262528

MF= C17

H14

ClF7O

2

FW= 418.7336824MF= C

9H

9Cl

2F

3O

FW= 261.0683696

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

3-[(1E)-2-Chloro-3,3,3-trifluoroprop-1-

en-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylcyclopropane

carbonylchloride

675

4-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetratluorobenzyl

alcohol503

Pyridine 208

Toluene 3650 3467 Toluene

2N Hydrochloric acid 1000 178 Residue

Saturated sodium bicarbonate 1500 4708 Aq. Layer

Water 2000

1000 Product

183 Drying Loss

Total 9536 9536

Flow Diagram-Tefluthrin

Reaction

Filtration &

Distillation

Drying


A-98

14. Chlorantraniliprole

Process Description

The desired quantities of 2-amino-5-chloro-N,3-dimethylbenzamide, Toluene, 3-

bromo-1-(3-chloropyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride and Triethyl amine

are charged in to the reactor and stirred at desired temperature until reaction is

over.

Once the reaction is completed, water is added in to the reaction mass, Heat the

mass up to desired temperature then layers are separated, Organic layer is cooled

and the product is isolated by filtration and Solvent is recovered from ML for

recycle.

Chemical Reaction

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

2-amino-5-chloro-N,3-

dimethylbenzamide440

3-bromo-1-(3-chloropyridin-2-yl)-

1H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride706

Triethyl amine 225

Toluene 3150

2992 Toluene


2525 Aq. Layer

1000 Product

158 Drying Loss

Total 6821 6821

Drying

Flow Diagram-Chlorantraniliprole

Reaction

Filtration &

Distillation

Cl C H 3

O N H C H 3

N H 2

+ N

N

Br

N Cl

Cl

O

3-bromo-1-(3-chloropyridin-2-yl)-1 H - pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride

2-amino-5-chloro- N ,3-d imethylbenzamide

Cl

C H 3

O

N H C H 3

N H N N

Br

N Cl

O

Chlorantraniliprole

MF= C 9 H 11 ClN 2 O FW= 198.64944

MF= C 9 H 4 BrCl 2 N 3 O FW= 320.95756

MF= C 18 H 14 BrCl 2 N 5 O 2 FW= 483.14606


A-99

15. Cyantraniliprole

Process Description

The desired quantities of Xylene, 2-amino-5-cyano-N,3-dimethylbenzamide,

3-bromo-1-(3-chloropyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride and Triethyl

amine are charged in to the reactor. The reaction mass is stirred at the desired

temperature until reaction is over. Once the reaction is completed, water is added

in to the reaction mass and heated up to desired temp., then layers are separated,

Organic layer is cooled to isolate the product by filtration and dried the product.

solvent is recovered from Organic ML and reused.

Chemical Reaction

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

2-amino-5-cyano-N, 3-dimethyl

benzamide430

3-bromo-1-(3-chloropyridin-2-yl)-

1H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride725

Triethyl amine 230

Xylene 3320

3154 Xylene


2730 Aq. Layer

1000 Product

166 Drying Loss

Total 7205 7205

Drying

Flow Diagram-Cyantraniliprole

Reaction

Filtration &

Distillation

C H 3

O N H C H 3

N H 2

N

+ N

N

Br

N Cl

Cl

O

C H 3

O

N H C H 3

N H N N

Br

N Cl

O N

MF= C 10 H 11 N 3 O FW= 189.21384

MF= C 9 H 4 BrCl 2 N 3 O FW= 320.95756

MF= C 19 H 14 BrClN 6 O 2 FW= 473.71046

2-amino-5-cyano- N ,3-dimethyl benzamide

3-bromo-1-(3-chloropyridin-2-yl)-1 H - pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride

Cyantraniliprole


A-100

16. Nicosulfuron

Process Description

desired quantities of 2-Ethoxycarbonylaminosulfonyl-N,N-dimethyl-3-

pyridinecarboxamide and 2-Amino-4,6-dimethoxypyrimidine are charged in to the

reactor along with Toluene. The stirred mixture is heated upto reflux to remove

reaction generated ethanol from the reaction mixture. Cooled the mixture & added

10% sodium carbonate solution to make the clear reaction mass, followed by layer

separation & precipitation by 15%. Aqueous HCl to get the final crude product. The

cake of crude product is filtered & washed with Toluene & water and dried till

complete removal of solvent & water. solvent is recovered & recycled.

Chemical Reaction

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

2-ethoxycarbonylaminosulfonyl-N,N-

dimethyl-3-pyridine carboxamide809

Toluene 3460 123 Ethanol

2-Amino-4,6-dimethoxypyrimidine 404

10% Sodium Carbonate 2500 3287 Toluene

15% HCl 575 90 Residue


1000 Product

173 Drying Loss

Total 8748 8748

Product Drying

Flow diagram-Nicosulfuron

Reaction

Filtration &

Distillation

MF= C11H15N3O5S

FW=301.32

MF= C6H9N3O2 FW=155.15

MF= C15H18N6O6S FW=410.40


A-101

17. Metsulfuron

Process Description

desired quantities of o-Carboxymethylphenylisocyanate (CMPI) and acetonitrile are

added along with Triethyl amine & 2-amino-4-methoxy-6-methyl-1,3,5-triazine in

to the reactor & mixture is stirred at desired temp. until the desired conversion of

the product, than the reaction mass is cooled & filtered. The crude product is

washed with water & chilled solvent to get desired quality of the Product. Solvent

is recovered and recycled.

Chemical Reaction

COOCH3

SO NCO2 + H N2N

N

N

OCH

CH

3

3

2

3COOCH

SO NHCNH

3

3

CH

OCH

N

N

N

O

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

o-Carboxymethylphenylisocyanate 680

2-amino-4-methoxy-6-methyl-1,3,5-

triazine395

Triethyl amine 210

Acetonitrile 3250

3088 Acetonitrile


2310 Aq. Layer

1000 Product

162 Drying loss

Total 6635 6635

Flow diagram-Metsulfuron

Reaction

Filtration &

Distillation

Product Drying

O-carboxymethyl

Phenylisocyanate

MF= C9H7NO5S FW=241.22

2-amino-4-methoxy-6-

methyl-1,3,5- triazine

MF= C5H8N4O

FW=140.14

Metsulfuron methyl

MF= C14H15N5O6S

FW=381.36


A-102

18. Rimsulfuron

Process Description

Added the desired quantities of Acetonitrile, Triethylamine & 3-(Ehylsulfonyl)

pyridine-2-sulfonamide (EPA) & phenyl (4,6-dimethoxypyrimidin-2-yl) carbamate in

to the reactor. The stirred mixture is heated to reflux till the whole reactants

reached to desired level. Once the reaction is over the excess solvent is recovered

for re-cycling. 10% HCl is added to the mass. The crude mass is then filtered and

washed with water and ethyl acetate to get pure product. Ethyl acetate is recovered

and recycled.

Chemical Reaction

N

S

O

O

NH2

S OO

CH3

+N

N

O

O

CH3

CH3

O

O

NH

N

S

O

O

NH

S OO

CH3

N

N

O

O

CH3

CH3O

NH

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

3-(Ehylsulfonyl) pyridine-2-

sulfonamide 562

Phenyl (4,6-dimethoxy

pyrimidin-2-yl)carbamate515

Triethyl amine 515 1881 Acetonitrile

Acetonitrile 1980

Water 1440 546 Ethyl acetate

10% Hydrochloric acid 1980 77 Residue

Ethyl acetate 575 3935 Aq. Layer

1000 Product

128 Drying loss

Total 7567 7567

Flow diagram-Rimsulfuron

Reaction

Filtration &

Distillation

Product Drying

3-(ethylsulfonyl)

pyridine-2-sulfonamide

MF= C7H10N2O4S2 FW=250.2953

Phenyl (4,6-dimethoxy

pyrimidin-2-yl)

carbamate

MF= C13H13N3O4

FW=275.26

Rimsulfuron

MF= C14H17N5O7S FW=431.44


A-103

19. Sulfometuron

Process Description

Added the desired quantities of TEA, Acetonitrile, 4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-2-amine

(DMPA) in to the reactor and heated the reaction mass up to reaction temp. Then

added the solution of Methyl 2-(isocyanato sulfonyl) benzoate (MICNSB) +

Acetonitrile in to the reactor till the whole reactants reached to desired level. Once

the reaction is over, cooled the mass & filtered, wet cake is then washed by

acetonitrile to get desired quality of the product. Acetonitrile is recovered &

recycled.

Chemical Reaction

O

O

CH3

S

O

O

N

C

O

+NN

CH3CH3

NH2

(c2H5)3N

CH3CN

O

O

CH3

S

O

O

NH

O

NH

N

N

CH3

CH3

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

DMPA 346

MICNSB 711

Triethyl amine 2

Acetonitrile 3345

3178 Acetonitrile

57 Residue

1000 Product

169 Drying Loss

Total 4404 4404

Flow diagram-Sulfometuron

Reaction

Filtration &

Distillation

Product Drying

Methyl 2-(isocyanato

sulfonyl) benzoate


4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-

2-amine

MF= C6H9N3 FW=123.15

Sulfometuron methyl

MF= C15H16N4O5S FW=364.37


A-104

20. Flazasulfuron

Process Description

Added the intermediate Methyl {[3-(trifluoromethyl) pyridin-2-yl] sulfonyl}

carbamate, Acetonitrile and Triethylamine in to the reactor & Stirred the reaction

mass. 4,6-dimethoxy pyrimidin-2-amine is added in the stirred mixture. The

reaction mass is stirred till the whole reactants reached to desired level. Once the

reaction is over the mass is cooled and filtered & washed with water and methanol

to get desired quality of final product. The cake is dried. The solvent is recovered

for re-cycling from aqueous phase.

Chemical Reaction

N

CF3

S

O

O

NH

O

O

CH3

+ NN

NH2

H3CO OCH3 N

CF3

S

O

O

NH

ON

N

NH

OCH3

OCH3

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

Methyl {[3-(trifluoromethyl)

pyridin-2-yl]sulfonyl}carbamate800

4,6-dimethoxy pyrimidin-2-amine 435

Triethyl amine 102

Acetonitrile 2985

2836 Acetonitrile

Water 1200 1330 Methanol

Methanol 1400 235 Residue

1302 Aq. Layer

1000 Product

219 Drying loss

Total 6922 6922

Product Drying

Flow diagram-Flazasulfuron

Reaction

filtration & work up

Methyl {[3-(trifluoro

methyl) pyridin-2-yl]

sulfonyl} carbamate

MF= C8H7F3N2O4S

FW=284.21

4,6-dimethoxy

pyrimidin-2-amine

MF= C6H9N3O2

FW=155.15

Flazasulfuron

MF= C13H12F3N5O5S

FW=407.32


A-105

21. Thifensulfuron

Process Description

Desired quantities of methyl 3-{[(methoxy-carbonyl)amino]sulfonyl} thiophene-2-

carboxylate and Acetone are charged with 4-methoxy-6-methyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-

amine in to the reactor. The mass is stirred. potassium carbonate and MCF solution

is added & stirred till the whole reactants reached to desired level. Once the

reaction is over the excess solvent is recovered for re-cycling. The mass is washed

with water & Aqueous HCl. The precipitated mass is filtered & washed with water

to get desired quality of final product.

Chemical Reaction

S

OOCH3

S

O

O

NH

O

OCH3

+

N

N

N

CH3

OCH3

NH2

S

OOCH3

S

O

O

NH

O

NH

N

N

N

CH3

OCH3

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

MMASTC 764

MMTA 389

Acetone 2829

Potassium Carbonate 278

Methylchloroformate 5

Water 1500 2688 Acetone


2518 Aq. Layer

1000 Product

147 Drying loss

Total 6505 6505

Flow diagram -Thiefensulfuron

Reaction


Product Drying

Methyl 3-{[(methoxy

carbonyl) amino]

sulfonyl} thiophene-2-

carboxylate

MF= C8H9NO6S2

FW=279.29

4-methoxy-6-

methyl-1,3,5-

triazin-2-amine

MF= C5H8N4O

FW=140.14

Thiefensulfuron

MF= C12H13N5O6S2 FW=387.39


A-106

22. Tribenuron

Process Description

Added the desired quantities of Acetonitrile, Triethylamine, methyl 2-

(isocyanatosulfonyl) benzoate & 4-methoxy-N,6-dimethyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-amine in

to the reactor. The reaction mass is stirred till the whole reactants reached to

desired level. Once the reaction is over the excess solvent is recovered for re-

cycling. The mass is washed with water & Aqueous HCl. The precipitated mass is

filtered & washed with water to get desired quality of final product. The cake is then

dried.

Chemical Reaction

O

OCH3

S

O

O

NCO

+ N

N

N

CH3

OCH3

NH

CH3

O OCH3

S

O

ONH

O N

N

N

CH3

OCH3N

CH3

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output


sulfonyl) benzoate650

4-Methoxy-N,6-dimethyl-

1,3,5-triazin-2-amine415

Triethyl amine 515

Acetonitrile 2650

Water 1980 2518 Acetonitrile


3720 Aq. Layer

1000 Product

132 Drying loss

Total 7435 7435

Flow diagram-Tribenuron

Reaction


Product Drying


sulfonyl) benzoate


4-methoxy-N,6-

dimethyl-1,3,5-

triazin-2-amine

MF= C6H10N4O

FW=154.16

Tribenuron methyl

MF= C15H17N5O6S FW= 395.39


A-107

23. Idosulfuron

Process Description

Added the desired quantities of 2-isocyanato-4-methoxy-6-methyl-1,3,5-triazine,

Triethyl amine & Toluene in to the reactor at low temperature and the solution of

2-(aminosulfonyl)-4-iodobenzoic acid in Toluene is added in to the reaction mass &

stirred at desired temperature until reaction is over. pH is adjusted by adding 10%

Aqueous HCl in to the mass, separated layers and solvent is recovered and

recycled. The crude solid mass is filtered & washed with water & Acetonitrile to get

desired quality final product, the wet cake is then dried.

Chemical Reaction

I

OOH

S

O

O

NH2

+ N

N

N

CH3

OCH3

NCO

N

N

N

CH3

OCH3

NHI

O

OH

S

O

ONH

O

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

2-(aminosulfonyl)-4-

iodobenzoic acid795

2-isocyanato-4-methoxy-6-

methyl-1,3,5-triazine405

Triethylamine 515

Toluene 3250

Water 2200 3088 Toluene

Acetonitrile 1500 1425 Acetonitrile

10% Hcl 1625 200 Residue

4340 Aq. Layer

1000 Product

238 Drying Loss

Total 10290 10290

Flow diagram-Idosulfuron

Product Drying

Reaction


2-(aminosulfonyl)-4-

iodobenzoic acid

MF= C7H6INO4S

FW=327.0

2-isocyanato-4-

methoxy-6-methyl-

1,3,5-triazine

MF= C6H6N4O2

FW=166.1

Idosulforon

MF= C13H12IN5O6S FW= 493.23


A-108

24. Flufenacet

Process Description

2-(methylsulfonyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole, catalyst & EDC are added

in to the reactor under stirring to get uniform slurry. The solution of N-(4-

fluorophenyl)-2-hydroxy-N-isopropylacetamide in Ethylene dichloride is added in

the reaction mass to maintaining the desired temperature. 25% aqueous Sodium

hydroxide solution is also added. Reaction mass is stirred at desired temperature,

until the reaction is over. There after Layers are separated, Aqueous layer is further

extracted and Acidified. Excess solvent is recovered for recycling. The mass is

filtered to get crude product and washed by Methanol to get desired quality of final

product. Solvents are recovered & recycled.

Chemical Reaction

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

N-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-hydroxy-

N-isopropylacetamide520

2-(Methylsulfonyl)-5-(trifluoro

methyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole635

Catalyst (PTSA) 6

25% Sodium hydroxide 708

Ethylene dichloride 2450

2328 EDC

5% Hydrochloric acid 575 1330 Methanol

Methanol 1400 155 Residue

1289 Aq. Layer

1000 Product

193 Drying loss

Total 6294 6294

Flow diagram-Flufenacet

Reaction

foltration & work up

Product Drying

MF= C11H14FNO2 FW= 211.23

MF= C4H3F3N2O2S2 FW=232.20

MF= C14H13F4N3O2S

FW= 363.33


A-109

25. Mesosulfuron

Process Description

Added desired quantities of 2-isocyanato-4,6-dimethoxypyrimidine, Triethyl amine

& Toluene in to the reactor. Cooled to reaction mass at desired temp. and the

solution of methyl 2-(aminosulfonyl)-4-{[(methylsulfonyl)amino]methyl} benzoate

in Toluene is added in to the reaction mass & stirred at desired temperature until

reaction is over. pH is adjusted by adding 10% aqueous HCl in to the mass, organic

and aqueous layers are separated and solvent is recovered and recycled. The crude

solid mass is filtered & washed with water & Ethyl acetate to get desired quality of

final product and the wet cake is then dried.

Chemical Reaction

SO

ONH2

O

O CH3

NHS

O

O

CH3

+

N

N

OCN OCH3

OCH3

S

O

O

NH

O

O

CH3

NH

S

O

O

CH3

CH2

N

N

NH OCH3

OCH3

Mass Balance

Input kg kg Output

Methyl 2-(aminosulfonyl)-4-{[(methyl

sulfonyl)amino]methyl}benzoate780

2-Isocyanato-4,6-dimethoxypyrimidine 440

Triethylamine 489

Toluene 3560

10% Hydrochloric acid 1800 3382 Toluene

Ethyl acetate 1400 1330 Ethyl acetate


3489 Aq. Layer

1000 Product

248 Drying loss

Total 9669 9669

Flow diagram-Mesosulfuron

Reaction

Filtration & work up

Product Drying

Methyl 2-(aminosulfonyl)-

4-{[(methyl sulfonyl)

amino] methyl} benzoate

MF= C10H14N2O6S2

FW=322.35

2-isocyanato-4,6-

dimethoxypyrimidine

MF= C7H7N3O3 FW= 181.15

Mesosulfuron

MF= C18H23N5O8S2 FW= 501.54

Annexure-VII

Letter of water permission

ABC

Text Box

A-110

Annexure-VIII Questionnaire for industry sector

Industry Sector Projects A-111

QUESTIONNAIRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL

(INDUSTRY SECTOR PROJECTS)

I. General Information

A. Name of the Project : Rotam Crop Protection Pvt. Ltd.

1. Existing project/proposed project/

expansion project/modernization project : Proposed Project

2. If Existing/expansion/

modernization project, whether

environmental clearance has

been obtained : N.A.

B. Plant Capacity (TPA) : Technical Pesticide 1250 TPA

C. Location

Village Tehsil District State

Sanwad Mavli Udaipur Rajasthan

D. Geographical Information

1. Latitude

2. Longitude

3. Elevation above Mean

Sea Level (metres)

4. Total Area envisaged for setting up

of project (in ha.)

5. Nature of terrain (hilly, valley, plains,

Coastal plains etc.)

6. Nature of Soil (sandy, clayey, sandy

loam etc.).

7. Permeability (cm/sec)

E. Alternate sites considered

No alternatives for site is consider.

F. Reasons for selecting the proposed site based on comparative evaluation of

environmental considerations.


24050’47.00” N

74005’46.00” E

32 meter

8560 m2

Plains

Sandy loam

3.07

Note 1: All information given in the form of annexures should be part of this file itself.

Annexures as separate files will not be accepted.

Note 2: Please enter x in appropriate box where answer is Yes/No


Availability of all basic facilities like infrastructure, communication, medical

facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled manpower, raw materials, road

network etc.

As the proposed project is in the notified/designated Industrial estate there is no

rehabilitation and resettlement involved.

Nearest city Udaipur is @55.0 km away from the location, which is having

connectivity with other parts of the country by road, rail & air.


No National park or Wildlife Habitats falls within 10 km radial distance from

proposed project site.


II. Environmental Setting

A. Current land usage of the proposed project site area (in hectares)

1. Notified Industrial Area/Estate

2. Agricultural

Irrigated

Unirrigated

3. Homestead

4. Forest

5. Grazing

6. Fallow

8. Mangroves

9. Others (Pl. specify)

Total

B. Please indicate area earmarked for each of the following (in ha.)

1. Plant Facilities

2. Ash Disposal

3. Storage (Fuel)

4. Storage (Water)

5. Storage (Hazardous Waste)

6. Storage (Hazardous Chemicals)

7. Storage (Others-RM)

8560 m2

NA

--

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

7. Marshy

NA

784 m2

8560 m2

0

1000 m2

125 m2

200 m2

--

400 m2


8. Approach Road(s)

9. Township

10. Green Belt

11. Others (Parking, office, lab, open area)

Total

C. Is the proposed site located in a low-lying area?

Yes No

If yes,

1. Level before filling (above MSL, in metres) ___________________

2. Level after filling (above MSL in metres) _____________________

Quantity of Fill Material

required (in cum.)

Source

- -

D. Proximity to sea/water bodies:

Sea Other Water bodies like

River/creek/lake etc.

(Please specify)

Distance of site*

boundary (in m)

More than 50 km --

Distance of plant

facilities (in m)

More than 50 km --

* From highest flood line/high tide line

E. Whether any of the following exist within 7 km. of the periphery of the project site. If

so, please indicate aerial distance and the name of the eco-system as given under the

table.

S.

No.

Name Area falling within 7

km periphery of

project (ha.)

Aerial Distance

(in km.)

1 National Park/ Wildlife

Sanctuary

- - -

2 Tiger Reserve/Elephant

Reserve/ Turtle Nesting

Ground

- - -

3 Core Zone of Biosphere

Reserve

- - -

4 Habitat for migratory birds - - -

5 Lakes/Reservoir/Dams - - -

6 Stream/Rivers - - -

7 Estuary/Sea - - -

8 Mangroves - - -

9 Mountains/Hills - - -

√

1250 m2

--

2825 m2

8560 m2

1976 m2


10 Notified Archaeological

sites

- - -

11 Any other Archaeological

sites

- - -

12 Industries/Thermal Power

Plants

- - -

13 Defence Installation - - -

14 Airports Maharana

Pratap

Airport

- 35.0 km

15 Railway Lines* Fatehnagar - 3.0 km

16 National / State

Highways*

State

highway 9 - 3.15 km

* 0.5 km from Railway lines/ National / State Highway should be maintained.

F. Description of the flora/vegetation within 7 km under following headings.

1. Agricultural crops: Wheat, mustard, maize, Jowar, barley etc.

2. Commercial crops: Wheat, mustard, maize, Jowar, barley etc.

3. Plantation: Aam, Imli, Jamun, Ber, Papaya etc.

4. Natural Vegetation/Forest Type: Neem, Babool, Khair etc.

5. Grass Lands: --

6. Endangered species: No

7. Endemic species: No

8. Others (Please Specify): --

G. Description of fauna (non-domesticated) within 7 km under following headings.

1. Total listing of faunal elements- ~ 40 nos.

2. Endemic fauna species – Nil

3. Endangered Species- Nil

4. Migratory species- Nil, most of are native

5. Route of migratory species of birds and mammals- Nil, most of are native

6. Details of aquatic fauna (if applicable) – No

III. Meteorological Parameters

A. Seasonal-Monitoring Data (continuous monitoring for one full season except monsoon

should be carried out)

1. Temperature (in 0C)

(a) Maximum – 46.00C (b) Minimum – 21.0

0C (c) Mean – 34.8

0C

2. Rain fall (in mm) – No rainfall during the study period in the study area

except 0.1 mm to 0.2 mm rainfall on 03.06.15 in some part of study area.


(a) Maximum - ___ (b) Minimum - ___ (c) Mean - ___

3. Mean value of humidity (in %) – 20.8%

4. Inversion occurrence

(a) In percentage (b) Height in meters 100-1200 mtr.

5. Seasonal Wind-rose pattern (16 points on compass scale)

Pls. refer page no. 3.42 of chapter-3 of EIA report for wind rose.

6. Hourly Mean Meteorological data (based on one full season data collected at

site required as input for air quality modeling)

Hour Low/Medium

Cloud amount

(in OCTAS)

Wind

Speed in

(Km/h)

Predominant

wind

direction

Ambient air

temperature

(in deg K)

Hourly

stability

Mixing

depth

(in m)

1. 8.1 WSW 306 5 50

2. 8.1 E 305 5 50

3. 8.1 ESE 305 5 50

4. 8.1 WNW 305 5 50

5. 8.1 WSW 303 5 50

6. 8.1 WNW 303 5 50

7. 8.1 ESE 303 5 50

8. 0.0 W 309 2 100

9. 0.0 SSE 309 2 400

10. 0.0 WSW 309 2 500

11. 14.8 WNW 313 2 1000

12. 14.8 WNW 313 2 1500

13. 14.8 WSW 313 2 1500

14. 0.0 NW 314 2 2000

15. 0 NW 314 2 2000

16. 0.0 WNW 314 2 2000

17. 13.4 WNW 313 2 2000

18. 13.4 NW 313 5 2000

19. 13.4 NNW 313 5 2000

20. 12.1 WSW 309 5 1000

21. 12.1 W 309 5 500

22. 12.1 NNE 309 5 50

23. 8.1 E 306 5 50

24. 8.1 E 306 5 50

Attach additional sheet as required.

IV. Ambient Air Quality Data

[Frequency of Monitoring should be as per guidelines of CPCB and monitoring should cover

one full season (excluding monsoon)]

A. Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out - 20th

March, 2015 to

15th

June, 2015)

B. Frequency of sampling - Twice a week for one location


C. Number of samples collected at each site:

Date,

Time &

Location

Wind

Direction

& Speed

24 hourly Concentration as

monitored (in g/m3)

SPM, RPM, SO2, NOx, CO

Permissible

Standard

(As per EPA/

SPCB consent)

Remarks

(Name of the

instrument and

sensitivity)

Pls. refer table 3.8 to 3.13 of chapter-3 of EIA report.

D. 24 hourly concentrations (in g/m3)

Project site

Pollutant (s) Maximum Minimum Mean 98%

PM10 68.1 56.3 63.7 67.9

PM2.5 36.3 28.5 32.8 36.3

SO2 15.8 11.1 13.6 15.7

NOx 19.0 12.8 15.9 18.8

Girdharipura


PM10 69.2 59.7 59.3 68.6

PM2.5 36.9 23.2 31.4 36.6

SO2 11.9 9.2 10.7 11.8

NOx 15.9 10.2 13.4 15.9

Bhumlawas


PM10 63.0 53.4 58.6 62.9

PM2.5 32.8 22.6 28.3 29.8

SO2 11.6 8.3 10.1 11.6

NOx 14.4 9.4 11.8 14.1

Man khand


PM10 72.4 58.6 64.4 72.0

PM2.5 37.8 25.5 30.4 37.1

SO2 15.9 9.9 12.9 15.8

NOx 16.6 12.6 14.7 16.6

Fatehnagar


PM10 65.0 55.4 60.4 64.9

PM2.5 29.8 21.9 27.0 29.5

SO2 9.8 7.2 8.6 9.8

NOx 12.7 8.3 10.1 12.5

Wasni khurd


PM10 63.3 52.4 58.2 63.2

PM2.5 30.4 23.6 26.6 30.1

SO2 8.8 6.6 7.8 8.7

NOx 10.6 7.2 9.1 10.5

Bhawali


PM10 70.3 61.9 65.6 70.0

PM2.5 40.5 32.1 37.3 40.5

SO2 14.6 10.1 12.7 14.4

NOx 16.4 12.6 14.4 16.1


Sadipura


PM10 62.4 56.3 58.0 62.2

PM2.5 32.8 25.3 28.2 32.5

SO2 14.8 10.2 12.8 14.7

NOx 16.1 11.1 13.5 16.0

D. Specific air pollution issues in the project area.

Not observed any issue.

V. Manufacturing Process details

A. Raw materials (including process chemicals, catalysts, & additives).

List of raw

materials to be

used at all stages

of manufacture

Physical and

chemical nature

of raw material

Quantity

(tonnes/month)

full production

capacity

Source of

materials

Means of transportation

(Source to storage site)

with justification

Pls. refer chapter-2, table 2.5 of chapter-2 for list of raw materials.

B. Brief description of the process : Pls. refer Annexure-VI of EIA

report for mfg. process.

C. Details of process technology know how/collaboration : Self develop process

D. Production profile (tonnes/year):

Name of Products,

Byproducts and Intermediate

Products

Existing Proposed activity

(new/modernization

/ expansion)

Total

A. Main Products -

Plant-1

1. Fenpropimorph - 28 MTPM 28 MTPM

2. Lambda Cyhalothrin - 28 MTPM 28 MTPM

3. Tebuconazole - 28 MTPM 28 MTPM

4. Thiamethoxam - 28 MTPM 28 MTPM

5. Thiodicarb - 14 MTPM 14 MTPM

6. Imidacloprid - 28 MTPM 28 MTPM

7. Dicamba - 28 MTPM 28 MTPM

8. Boscalid - 22.4 MTPM 22.4 MTPM

9. Mesotrione - 22.4 MTPM 22.4 MTPM

10. Oxamyl - 22.4 MTPM 22.4 MTPM

11. Pyraclostrobin - 22.4 MTPM 22.4 MTPM

12. Prothioconazole - 22.4 MTPM 22.4 MTPM

13. Tefluthrin - 22.4 MTPM 22.4 MTPM

14. Chlorantraniliprole - 22.4 MTPM 22.4 MTPM

15. Cyantraniliprole - 22.4 MTPM 22.4 MTPM

Plant-2

16. Nicosulfuron - 14 MTPM 14 MTPM

17. Metsulfuron - 14 MTPM 14 MTPM

18. Rimsulfuron - 14 MTPM 14 MTPM

19. Sulfometuron - 14 MTPM 14 MTPM

20. Flazasulfuron - 14 MTPM 14 MTPM

21. Thifensulfuron - 14 MTPM 14 MTPM


22. Tribenuron - 14 MTPM 14 MTPM

23. Idosulfuron - 14 MTPM 14 MTPM

24. Flufenacet - 14 MTPM 14 MTPM

25. Mesosulfuron - 14 MTPM 14 MTPM

R & D Products - 1.0 MTPM 1.0 MTPM

B. By-Products -

1. -- - - -

2. -

C. Intermediate Products

1.

2.

- - -

E. Means of transportation of raw material and final products:

Means of Transport Raw material Final Product

(in TPA) (in TPA)

1. Road

2. Rail

3. Pipeline

4. Others, Please specify

VI. Water

A. Water Requirement (cum/day):

Purpose Avg.

Demand

Peak

Demand

Source Type Treated/

untreated/

Fresh/

Recycled

Remarks

1. Project

(i) Process 30.0 30.0

Through

tanker

from local

body

73.5 KLD

(ii) Cooling water 43 + 59* 43 + 59*

(iii) DM water 9.0 9.0

(iv) Dust

Suppression - -

(v) Drinking 6.0 6.0 --

(vi) Green Belt 14.5* 14.5*

(vii) Fire Service - -

(viii) Others

(Boiler, washing,

lab, scrubber)

55.0 55.0

2. Township --

(i) Green Belt

(ii) Drinking

(iii) Others (Please

specify)

TOTAL 216.5 216.5

* Recycle water

1000

150


B. Source of Raw Water Supply

S. No. Source Cu.m./hr. Cu.m./day

1 Sea -- --

2 River -- --

3 Groundwater (Bore well) -- 143.0

4 Other surface water bodies

(Please specify)

-- --

C. Lean Season flow in case of surface water source (cusecs/cumecs): -

D. Groundwater (a) Recharge Rate/Withdrawal rate

1. Ground water level (metres)

(i) Pre monsoon

(ii) Post monsoon

(to be obtained from Central/State Ground water authorities)

E. Competing Users of the Water Source:

S.

No.

Usage Present Consumption

(cu.m/day)

Addition Proposed

as per local plan

Total

Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground

1 Irrigation 85% Negligible 85%

2 Industry 5% 5%

3 Drinking 5% 5%

4 Others (Please

specify)

5% 5%

Total 100% 100%

F. Physico - chemical analysis of Raw Water at intake point: Pls. refer table 3.15 of

chapter-3 of EIA report - “Project site”

G. Physico - chemical analysis of treated water to be used in project/township.

Proposed project and not start any activity.

H. Wastewater Management

1. Description of waste water treatment plan with flow chart.

Pls. refer table 2.13 and figure 2.2 on page no. 2.27 and 2-29 of chapter-2 for

scheme of effluent treatment and flow diagram of ETP.

2. Characteristics of discharge stream(s) before and after treatment:

Item Characteristics

Before After

pH 3-4 7.5-8.0

TDS (mg/L) 14000-15000 14000-15000

SS (mg/L) 500-600 80-100

COD (mg/L) 10000-12000 5000-6000

BOD (mg/L) 3000-3500 1500-1800

32 mtr.

21 mtr.


O&G (mg/L) 10-15 5-7

Sulphate (mg/L) 1400-1600 1200-1400

Chloride (mg/L) 2500-3000 2500-3000

Phenolic Compound (mg/L) 3-5 1-2

Ammonical Nitrogen (mg/L) 75-100 25-40

3. Daily discharge (m3/day) from different sources

(a) Plant Operation

(b) Workshop

(c) D.M. Plant Effluent

(e) Other (Utility, washing, water treatment,

Scrubber, lab)

Total

4. Quantity of water recycled

(a) (in %)

(b) (in cum/day)

5. Details of recycling mechanism: Treated water mainly permeate from RO

and condensate recovery from MEE.

6. Mode of final discharge/disposal of treated effluent: Zero discharge

Mode Length (in m.) Quantity (in m3/day)

(i) Open Channel - -

(ii) Pipeline - -

(iii) Others - -

Total -

7. Point of final discharge: Treated water will be reused for utility & greenbelt

development

Final Point Quantity discharged (in m3/day)

(i) Green belt within the plant/township

& utility

73.5

(ii) Agricultural Land --

(iii) Fallow Land --

(iv) Forest Land --

(v) River/Stream --

(vi) Lake --

40.0

-

9.0

5.0

81.5

--

73.5 m3/day

(d) Domestic

27.5


(vii) Estuary --

(viii) Sea --

Total 73.5

8. Lean season flow rate in case of discharge in a river/stream (cusecs): N.A.

9. Downstream users of water (in case of river, reservoir, lake) (cusecs): N.A.

(a) Human

(b) Irrigation

(c) Industry

(d) Others (Pl. specify)

10. Analysis of river water 100 metres upstream of discharge point and 100 metres

downstream of discharge point (except in rainy/monsoon season) along with details

of aquatic life.

We are not going to discharge w/w in river hence not applicable.

11. What is the predicted impact on water quality of the receiving body due to

discharge? (Briefly state the prediction tool adopted).

We are not going to discharge w/w in river hence not applicable.

VII. Solid Waste Management

A. Details

S.

No.

Source Qty. (TPM) Form

(Sludge/ Dry/

Slurry etc.)

Composition

1 Raw water treatment

plant

-

2 ETP 112

MT/month

Sludge

3 Process

(Process Residue)

(Waste Carbon)

65 MT/month

1.0 MT/month

4 Spent Catalyst -

5 Oily Sludge -

6 Others

A Off specific products As & when

generated

Solid

B Discarded containers/

barrels/

Liners

Drum: 1000

Nos./month

Liner: 0.2

MT/month

Solid

C Used Lubricating Oil 1.0 Kl/year Liquid


B. If waste(s) contain any hazardous/toxic substance/radioactive materials or heavy

metals, provide data and proposed precautionary measures. --

C. What are the possibilities of recovery and recycling of wastes? --

D. Possible users of Solid Waste (s).

---

E. Method of disposal of solid waste (s).

Method Qty. (TPM)

1. Landfill

2. Incineration

3. Recovery

4. Downstream users

F. In case of landfill - Not applicable, we are not going to create own land fill site

1. Is solid waste amenable for Yes No

landfill

2. Dimensions of landfill

3. Life of landfill years

4. Proposed precautionary and mitigative measures along with design features

G. In case of incineration: Not applicable

1. Details of incinerator

(i) Type

(ii) Size

(iii) Capacity

(iv) Fuel

2. Likely composition and quantum of emissions: NA

S.No. Composition Quantity (in cu.m/hr.)

VIII. Noise Pollution Control and Management


A. Source

B. Level at Source (dB)

C. Level at project boundary Capacity (dB)

D. Abatement measures (give source-wise details)

112

66

--

--


IX. Fuel/Energy Requirements

A. Total Power Requirement (MW)

Project Township Other (pl. specify) Total

Present

(in existing)

- - - -

Proposed 750 kVA - - 650 kVA

Total 750 kVA - - 650 kVA

B. Source of Power (MW)

SEB/Grid Captive power plant DG Sets

Present -- -- --

Proposed 750 kVA -- 250 kVA

Total 750 kVA -- 250 kVA

C. Details of Fuel used

S.

No.

Fuel Daily Consumption (TPD) Calorific

value

(Kcals/kg)

% Ash % Sulphur

Existing Proposed

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Gas

Naphtha

HSD

Fuel Oil

Coal

Lignite

Other (Pl.

specify)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

50 lit/hr.

255 kg/hr.

FO: 10000-

10500

0.1%

Max.

2.0-4.0%

D. Source of Fuel (Distance in km)

1. Port

2. Mine

3. Refinery

4. Storage depot/Terminal

E. Mode of Transportation of fuel to site

1. Trucks (numbers/day)

2. Pipeline (length in km.)

3. Railway Wagons (numbers/day)

Local supplier

50.0 km

1-2

-

-


X. Atmospheric Emissions

A. Flue gas characteristics (SPM, SO2, NOx, CO)

S. No. Pollutant Source of

Emission

Emission rate

(kg/hr)

Concentration in flue

gas (g/m3)

1 SPM Common

stack attached

to boiler

0.129 0.095

2 RPM

3 SO2 0.014 0.010

4 NOx 0.027 0.020

S. No. Pollutant Source of

Emission

Emission rate

(kg/hr)

Concentration in flue

gas (g/m3)

1 SPM Stack

attached to

D G Set

0.043 0.080

2 RPM

3 SO2 0.013 0.025

4 NOx 0.016 0.030

B. Size distribution of SPM at the top of the stack

S. No. Range % by weight

1

2

3

4

Micron

1-10 Micron

10-20 Micron

<20 Micron

C. Stack emission Details (All the stacks attached to process units, Boilers, captive power

plant, D.G. Sets, Incinerator both for existing and proposed activity).

Plant

section

& units*

Stack

No.

Height

from

ground

level (m)

Internal

Diameter

(Top)

(m)

Emissio

n Rate

(kg/hr)*

Temp. of

Exhaust

Gases

(deg K)

Exit

Velocity

(m/sec)

Exhaust Gas

Temp Density Specific

Heat

Volumetric

Flow

(m3)

Boiler

(4 TPH

each)

(2 nos.)

(1

standby)

1st 30

(commo

n stack)

0.450 SPM:

0.129

SO2:

0.014

NOx:

0.027

445 9.5 445 1359.13

m3/hr.

D G

(250

kVA)

4th

11 0.225 SPM:

0.043

SO2:

0.013

NOx:

0.016

453 15.0 453 536.50

m3/hr.

Vent

attached

to

Lambda

Cyhalot

hrin

reactor

5th

11 0.225 HCl:

0.002

SO2:

0.003

310 6.5 310 232.48

m3/hr.

Vent

attached

to

Fenprop

imorph

reactor

6th

11 0.225 HCl:

0.002

Cl2:

0.001

310 6.5 310 232.48

m3/hr.

*Note: Please indicate the specific section to which the stack is attached. For e.g.: Process section,

D.G. Set, Boiler, Power Plant, incinerator etc.

Emission rate (kg/hr.) for each pollutant (SPM, SO2, NOx) etc. should be specified.


D. Details of fugitive emissions (Indicate the points of fugitive emissions and quantities

estimated).

Source of fugitive emission

There will be chances of generation of VOCs, acid fumes from material handling

area, process area, solvent storage area etc. There will be also changes of

generation of PM (Dust) from packing/finishing area.

Pls. refer table 2.8 (d), page no. 2-22 of chapter-2 of EIA report quantities of

fugitive emission.

E. Predicted impact on air quality (as per CPCB Guidelines for conducting the air quality

modeling).


XI. Pollution load statement (Applicable to Expansion and Modernization Projects only)

Parameter Existing

Plant

Proposed

Expansion/Modernization

Total Remarks

1. Land area (ha)

2. Raw water (m3/day)

3. Power (MW)

4. Waste water (effluent

generation) (m3/day)

a. Process

b. Domestic

5. Air emissions (gms/hr.)

a. SPM

b. CO

c. SO2

d. NOx

e. Others (like HC, Cl2,

NH3 etc.)

6. Hazardous Chemical

Storage (give item-wise)

7. Solid waste

(TPD)

a. Non-Hazardous

b. Hazardous

Not applicable as our is a new unit.

XII. Storage of chemicals (inflammable/explosive/hazardous/toxic substances)

S.

No.

Name Number

of

Storage’s

Capacity

(TPD)

Physical and

Chemical

Composition

Consumpt

ion

(in TPD)

Maximum

Quantity of

storage at

any point of

time

Source of

supply

Means

of

transpor

-tation

Pls. refer table no. 7.1, page no. 7-4 of chapter-7 of EIA report.

XII. Occupational Health and Industrial Hygiene.

Pls. refer chapter - 7 & 10.

A. What are the major occupational health and safety hazards anticipated. (Explain briefly).

B. What provisions have been made/propose to be made to conform to health/safety

requirements. (Explain briefly).

C. Details of personal protective equipment provided/to be provided to the workers.


D. Details of proposed measures for control of fugitive emission/odour nuisance from

different sources.

E. Details of fire protection and safety measures envisaged to take care of fire and explosion

hazards.

XIV. Pollution Control Aspects

A. Details of Pollution Control Systems:

S. No. Existing Proposed to be installed

i) Air - Alkali scrubber followed by

water scrubber to the process

stacks

ii) Water - ETP consisting of primary &

tertiary treatment units

iii) Noise - Acoustic enclosure to noise

generating equipments

iv) Solid Waste - Separate storage area with

impervious platform

B. Efficiency of each pollution control equipment/system installed.

1. Existing Units

S. No. Name of the System

Equipment

Design Efficiency % Present Working

efficiency %

1 Our is a new unit

2. Proposed Project

S. No. Name of the System Equipment Design Efficiency %

2 Scrubbers 80%

XV. Green Belt Plan

A. Total area of project/township (in ha.)

B. Area already afforested (for existing projects), in ha.

C. Area proposed to be afforested (in ha.)

D. Plant species proposed

1. Indigenous

2. Exotic

E. Width of green belt (minimum, in m.)

1. Along plant boundary

2. Roads and avenues within the plant

3. Ash Dike

4. Township

5. Other-ornamental, garden spaces

--

2825 m2

Indigenous

8560 m2


6. Commercial plantations etc.

F. Trees planted & proposed Nos.

1. Planted

2. Survival rate

3. List of species planted

4. Proposed

5. List of Species

XVI. Construction Phase Management Aspects

A. Estimated duration of construction in months

B. Number of persons to be employed for construction

1. Peak

2. Average

C. What provision has been made for the sewage treatment for the construction

workers?

Soak pit

D. How the fuel (kerosene/wood, etc.) requirement of labour force will be met to avoid

cutting of trees from the adjoining areas.

We will provide kerosene to family of workers.

E. Proposed Health care Measures with emphasis on protection from endemic

diseases.

Part time doctor will be appointed.

F. Educational and other social welfare measures proposed.

Given in chapter-10 of EIA report.

XVII. Human Settlement:

S.

No.

Aerial distance from the periphery of the site

Up to 500 m from

periphery

500 m to 3000 m

from the periphery

3000 m to 7000 m

from the periphery

1 Population


2 Number of

Houses

3 Present

Occupational

Pattern

Pl. refer ch. 10

5-7 months

40

20

75%

New unit

Pl. refer ch. 10

Pl. refer ch. 10


XVIII. Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan (Wherever applicable)

A. Village(s) affected by the project: Not applicable as there is no Rehabilitation &

Resettlement is involved

S.

No.

Village (Tribal/Others) Population Occupation Average Income

per annum

B. Population to be displaced: Not applicable as no Rehabilitation & Resettlement is

involved

S.

No.

Name of Village Population

Land oustees

only

Homestead oustees

only

Land and Homestead

oustees

C. Salient features of Rehabilitation Plan. - Not applicable as no Rehabilitation &

Resettlement is involved

(i) Site where the people are proposed to be resettled

(ii) Facilities proposed at the resettlement site

(iii) Compensation package

(iv) Agency/Authority responsible for their resettlement.

XIX. Expenditure on Environmental Measures

A. Capital cost of the project (as proposed to approved by the funding agency/ financial

Institutions.

(Rs. Lakhs)

B. Cost of environmental protection measures (Rs. Lakhs)

S. No. Recurring Cost per annum Capital Cost

1 Air Pollution Control 77 93

2 Water Pollution Control 115 150

3 Noise Pollution Control - -

4 Environment Monitoring and

Management

6 60

5 Reclamation borrow/

mined area

-- --

6 Occupational Health 7 20

7 Green Belt 10 15

8 Others (Rain water harvesting

& Haz. Waste management) 85 12

Total 300 Lakhs 350 lakhs

C. Details of organizational set up/cell for environmental management and monitoring.

Pls. refer sec. 10.3.2, page no. 10-2 of chapter-10 of EIA report.

350 lakhs


D. Details of community welfare/peripheral development programmes envisaged/ being

undertaken by the project proponent:

Pls. refer chapter-10 of EIA report for CSR activities.

XX. Public Hearing details: Public Hearing is not applicable in our case.

A. Date of Advertisement:

B. Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared

(with copies)

C. Date of Hearing

D. Panel Present

E. List of public present along with address and occupation

F. Summary/details of public hearing report

S. No.

Issues raised Recommendation of panel Response of Project

Proponents

1

2

The data and information given in this Performa are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Date: 14.09.2015 Signature of the Applicant with full name

& address.

Place: Udaipur

Given under the seal of organization

on behalf of whom the applicant

is signing.

-

-

-


LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE ATTACHED WITH THE QUESTIONNAIRE

(Industry Sector Projects)

S. No. Documents to be Attached

1. Topographic map of the site indicating contours (1:2500 scale)

2. Topographic map covering 7 kms radius from the periphery of the site indicating

main features

3. Wind rose diagram of the site (Seasonal)

4. Wind rose diagram of the site (Artificial)

5. Site map indicating the positions of ambient air quality monitoring stations vis-à-

vis wind direction

6. Flow sheet of the process adopted indicating mass input/output, brief description

of the process including technological and engineering details

7. Alternative technologies considered along with details of criteria used for selecting

the technology and results of evaluation

8. Approval of ground water board/ irrigation department/ Municipality etc. for

supply of water

9. Mass balance for water used by the project in a flow chart

10. Flow chart for waste water treatment with mass balance

11. Site map indicating solid waste disposal facilities

12. Approval of electricity connection and supply of electricity

13. Lay out map of the plant showing the position of stacks for deciding the inter stack

distance

14. Site map indicating the storage facilities

15. Approval of Chief controller of explosives for lay out and storage of hazardous

substances

16. Layout of green belt indicating width on all sides, trees, lawns and bushes

17. Copy of advertisement issued in respect of public hearing

18. No objection certificate from the pollution control board

19 In case of proposals for expansion copies of renewals of consent from SPCB /

PCC

20. In case of expansion proposal copy of approval of factory inspector

21. Copy of the application submitted to the State Government for the forest clearance

in case diversion of forest land is involved

22. Comments/Observations/Recommendation of Chief Wildlife Warden in case

wildlife habitat/ migration path exists within 25 kilometers of the project site

23. Hydrogeological report in case ground water is to be used and/or the area is

drought prone or the waste water is likely to be discharged on land

24. Environmental Audit report for the previous two years in case of expansion of

existing undertaking.

25. In case the proposal involves installations in coastal zone, copy of the application

forwarded by the State Government

Annexure-IX NABET/QCI Certificate

NABET/EIA/327/IA14 The Director San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. 424, Medicine Market, Opp. Shefali Centre, Paldi Cross Road, Paldi, Ahmeda bad-380007 (Kind Attention: Dr. Mahendra Sadaria)

May 12,2014

Dear Sir,

QCI - NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultaht Omanization

. his is with reference to yquiapplication to QCI - NABET for ~ccreditation a* ElA Consultant Organization. t.'

We are pleased to inform you that based on Document & Office Assessments, the Accreditation Committee has recommended provisional accreditation of your organization as per the scope given in Annexure II and Ill. Also find attached'herewith the following:

a. Results of various aspects of assessment of your organization (Annexure I). b. Non-Conformances/Observations/Alerts issued after Initial Assessment (Annexure IV). c. Detailed Terms & Conditions of accreditation (Annexure V): d. Guidelines for addressing Non-Conformances/ Observations/ Alerts (Annexure VI). e. or mat to be followed for'mentioning the names of the experts involved in EIA reports prepared by . .

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. (Annexure VII).

~lease'confirm the correctness of spellings of the names of the e~~erts'mentioned in Annexure: Ill. Please also check the QCI website for the Minutes of the Accreditation Committee Meeting January 22 and February 13, 2014 for observations related to your application, for compliance. You are advised to visit QCI website t o check clarifications on the.Scheme issued from time to time for necessary actions at your '

.

end.

' The accreditation of your organization will be for a period of three years starting-December 21, 2013, the date of ofice assessment. The continuation of the accreditation will be confirmed based on surveillance assessment to be carried out after 18 months from the date of initial accreditation. Surveillance assessment will be conducted t o ensure compliance with NABET Scheme including . the . details mentioned ,

in your Quality ~ a n u a l and the terms & conditions mentioned in Annexure V. .

May we request you for your confirmation of acceptance of the terms and conditions attached. Compliance to above will enable us to issue you the requisite accreditation certificate.

We thank you for your esteemed support in making this Scheme successful and for your participation in this national cause.

Thanks and best regards, . .

Yours sincerely,

C m

(vip\n Sahni) C.E.O.

Institution of Engineers Build~ng, 2nd Floor, Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi - 110 002, India Te!. : +W -11-2337 9321. 2337 8057 Fax . +91-11-2332 3415 e-mail : [email protected] Website : www.qcin.org

ABC

Text Box

A-131

QCI Scheme for ADMditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

Scope of Accreditation Annexure I k

Name of the Consultant: San Endattech Pvt, Ltd. 424, Medicine Market, Opp. Shefati Centre,Paidi Cross Road, Paldi, Ahmedabad-380007

I I 4 ( Thermal Power Plants t. I

', . ..

1 1 21 1 drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations, rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals

51. No.

2

3

and chemical intehedlates) . , ' Building and larde construction projects including shopping malls,

Sector No.

9

l7

r

Total = Seetors* i

38

I *Sectors allocated to individual EIA ~a)rdimtors w e mentioned in ~nnexure 111. 1

Name of Sector i

Cement Plants Pesticides industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates, bulk

& (Vip~n Sahni)

C.E.O.

Category A/B

B.

A

multiplexes, co~mercial. complexes, housing estates, hospitals, institutions 1


B

ABC

Text Box

A-132

Annexure-X

Copy of Terms of Reference (TOR)

ABC

Text Box

A-133

ABC

Text Box

A-134

ABC

Text Box

A-135

ABC

Text Box

A-136

ABC

Text Box

A-137

ABC

Text Box

A-138

ABC

Text Box

A-139

ABC

Text Box

A-140

EIA Report of - Welcome to...

Documents

Transcript of EIA Report of - Welcome to...